CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL INC
S-1/A, 1998-04-17
COMMERCIAL PRINTING
Previous: CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INC, 8-A12G, 1998-04-17
Next: BROADCOM CORP, 424B4, 1998-04-17



   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 17, 1998
                                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT 333-46541
    
================================================================================

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON D.C. 20549

                               ----------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
    
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER THE

                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                               ----------------

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>                              <C>
                NEW JERSEY                         2750                       22-3561164
     (State or Other Jurisdiction      (Primary Standard Industrial        (I.R.S. Employer
 of Incorporation or Organization)      Classification Code Number)     Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                                629 GROVE STREET
                          JERSEY CITY, NEW JERSEY 07310
                                 (201) 217-1990
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
                   Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

                            MR. MICHAEL R. CUNNINGHAM
                 CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                629 GROVE STREET
                          JERSEY CITY, NEW JERSEY 07310
                                 (201) 217-1990

 (Name, Address Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                              of Agent For Service)

                                ----------------
                          Copies of Communications to:


       JEFFREY A. BAUMEL, ESQ.        JEFFREY S. LOWENTHAL, ESQ.
     LAWRENCE A. GOLDMAN, ESQ.      STROOCK & STROOCK & LAVAN LLP
      GIBBONS, DEL DEO, DOLAN,             180 MAIDEN LANE
   GRIFFINGER & VECCHIONE, P.C.        NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10038
         ONE RIVERFRONT PLAZA               (212) 806-5400
      NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102
             (973) 596-4500

                                ----------------

APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  COMMENCEMENT  OF PROPOSED  SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]

     If this form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ] ______.

     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ] ______.

     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ] ______.

   
     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. [X]
    
<PAGE>


     THE REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.

================================================================================
<PAGE>

   

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 17, 1998

PROSPECTUS

                                2,100,000 SHARES

[LOGO]               CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

     Cunningham Graphics International, Inc. (the "Company" or "CGII") is hereby
offering (the "Offering") 2,100,000 shares of the Company's common stock, no par
value per share (the "Common Stock").  Prior to the Offering,  there has been no
public market for the Common Stock.  It is  anticipated  that the initial public
offering price will be between $11.00 and $13.00 per share.  Approximately  $5.8
million,  or 25.7%,  of the  estimated  net  proceeds  of the  Offering  will be
received  by, or applied for the benefit of, the  existing  stockholders  of the
Company,  substantially  all of whom are executive  officers and/or directors of
the Company.  See "Underwriting"  for information  relating to the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price. It is expected that
approximately 300,000 shares will be offered outside of the United States.

     The  Company  has  applied  for  listing of the Common  Stock on the Nasdaq
National  Market System under the symbol  "CGII." At the request of the Company,
up to 200,000  shares  have been  reserved  for sale in the  Offering to certain
individuals,  including directors and employees of the Company, members of their
families,  and other persons having business relationships with the Company. See
"Underwriting." Following the Offering,  affiliates of the Company will continue
to control  approximately  56.5% of the  outstanding  Common  Stock,  which will
enable them to control all matters requiring a stockholder  vote,  including the
election of directors.
    

                                 ---------------

     SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 7 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.

                                 ---------------

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR
  ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
      PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

================================================================================
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  UNDERWRITING
                    PRICE TO      DISCOUNTS AND     PROCEEDS TO
                     PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS(1)      COMPANY(2)
<S>                <C>          <C>                <C>
Per Share    .         $               $                $
Total(3)    .          $               $                $
</TABLE>
================================================================================
(1)  The  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
     liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."

(2)  Before deducting  expenses of the Offering payable by the Company estimated
     at $800,000.

(3)  The Company has granted to the  Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
     to  315,000  additional  shares of Common  Stock at the price to the public
     less  underwriting  discounts and  commissions  for the purpose of covering
     over-allotments,  if any. If such option is  exercised  in full,  the total
     Price to Public,  Underwriting  Discounts and  Commissions  and Proceeds to
     Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting."

                                 ---------------

     The  shares of Common  Stock are being  offered by the  Underwriters  named
herein,  subject to prior  sale,  when,  as and if accepted by it and subject to
certain  prior  conditions  including  the right of the  Underwriters  to reject
orders in whole or in part.  It is expected that delivery of such shares will be
made in New York, New York, on or about , 1998.

SCHRODER & CO. INC.                           PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED

                 The date of this Prospectus is        , 1998.

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of securities in any
State in which  such  offer,  solicitation  or sale would be  unlawful  prior to
registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

<PAGE>












                                ----------------

     CERTAIN  PERSONS  PARTICIPATING  IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN  OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON  STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY, INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZING  TRANSACTIONS,  SYNDICATE
SHORT  COVERING  TRANSACTIONS  AND  PENALTY  BIDS.  FOR A  DESCRIPTION  OF THESE
ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."


                                        2

<PAGE>



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed  information and financial statements and
notes thereto  appearing  elsewhere in this  Prospectus.  Prospective  investors
should  consider  carefully  the  information  set forth under  "Risk  Factors."
Immediately prior to the Offering, Cunningham Graphics, Inc. (the "Predecessor")
will be reorganized  (the  "Reorganization")  such that the  stockholders of the
Predecessor will contribute all of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
Predecessor to CGII in exchange for shares of Common Stock and promissory  notes
(the  "Exchange  Notes")  in the  aggregate  principal  amount  of $2.4  million
(assuming an initial public  offering  price of $12.00 per share).  Concurrently
with the  Reorganization,  CGII will assume the  Predecessor's  obligations with
respect to  undistributed  subchapter S corporation  taxable  income through the
date of the Reorganization, estimated at $2.2 million, and will issue promissory
notes in such amount to evidence such obligations (the "Distribution Notes" and,
together with the Exchange Notes, the "Reorganization  Notes"). See "The Company
- --  The   Reorganization."   In   addition,   the  Company   will  acquire  (the
"Acquisition"),  in exchange for consideration  consisting of cash and shares of
Common  Stock,  all of the issued  share  capital of Roda Limited  ("Roda"),  an
English  corporation.  Unless  otherwise  indicated  or  the  context  otherwise
requires,  all  references  herein to the "Company"  mean the  Predecessor  with
respect to periods prior to the Offering or CGII and its subsidiaries (including
Roda) with respect to periods after the Offering. In addition,  unless otherwise
indicated,  (i) all  information in this  Prospectus  assumes no exercise of the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  and  (ii)  the  exchange  rate  used  for
conversion  from Pounds Sterling to United States Dollars is $1.68 (the exchange
rate in effect on March 27, 1998).

                                   THE COMPANY

   
     Cunningham  Graphics  International,  Inc. provides a wide range of graphic
communications services to financial institutions and corporations,  focusing on
producing  and  distributing  time-sensitive  analytical  research and marketing
materials  and on providing  on-demand  printing  services.  The Company,  which
commenced operations in 1989, currently operates in select international markets
through its  facilities  in the United  States and through  alliances  with Roda
Limited,  its strategic  partner in the United  Kingdom,  and with its strategic
partner in Hong Kong.  The  Company is a major  producer of  financial  research
reports,  having produced over 2 billion pages during 1997. The Company provides
services, on a non-exclusive basis, to 13 of 20 leading investment banking firms
in the United States as ranked by  Institutional  Investor in October 1997 based
on their capabilities in providing research and analysis.

     The Company  estimates  that in 1997 the  commercial  printing and document
production  market  accounted for more than $75 billion in revenue in the United
States,  based  upon  information  from  certain  trade  associations  and other
industry sources.  The printing and document  management  business in the United
States is highly fragmented,  with approximately  40,000 companies  presently in
operation, only approximately 5% of which are estimated to have annual net sales
in excess of $5 million.  The Company believes that the commercial  printing and
document production  business is similarly  fragmented in the United Kingdom and
in certain  other  markets.  The printing and document  management  industry has
evolved significantly over the last several years, driven in large part by rapid
advances  in  publishing  and  electronic  information  technology.  The Company
believes  that the growth of the printing and document  production  industry has
been due to various factors, including (i) the increasing volume, complexity and
variety of documents and printed  materials  produced by  businesses  worldwide,
(ii) the increasing demand by businesses for the international  dissemination of
time-sensitive  information,  and  (iii)  the  growing  trend of  businesses  to
outsource their in-house printing  operations  (e.g.,  print shops, copy centers
and  document  management  facilities)  to  document  professionals  equipped to
provide these services more efficiently and cost-effectively.
    

     Graphic  communications  services  provided by the Company  include digital
communications,  document management,  offset printing,  digital printing,  data
output, bindery,  fulfillment services, mailing services and outsource services.
The  Company  prints  brochures,   booklets,   confirmations  of  trade,  client
statements and adhesive books to meet the daily, weekly and monthly needs of its
customers.  To facilitate  the rapid  distribution  of documents  globally,  the
Company has designed and  implemented  the World  Research  LinkTM,  an array of
electronic data communication  networks linking each of the Company's facilities
with its strategic operating

                                        3

<PAGE>



partners and major  customers.  To date, the Company has  established  extensive
non-exclusive  client  relationships  with leading  companies  in the  financial
services, insurance and publishing industries, providing certain of the printing
and graphic  communications  needs of Credit  Suisse First  Boston  Corporation,
Deutsche Morgan Grenfell,  Goldman,  Sachs & Co., Lehman Brothers Inc.,  Merrill
Lynch & Co.,  Inc.,  The Prudential  Insurance  Company of America,  Empire Blue
Cross/Blue Shield, New York Life Insurance Company, and The McGraw-Hill Company,
among others.

     The Company has experienced significant growth, with net sales growing from
$17.3  million  for the year ended  December  31, 1995 to $35.7  million  ($42.7
million pro forma for the  Acquisition) for the year ended December 31, 1997 and
income  from  operations  growing  over the same  period  from  $528,000 to $2.4
million ($3.2 million pro forma for the  Acquisition),  representing  compounded
annual growth rates of 43.6% and 113.2%,  respectively. A significant portion of
this growth is attributable to the  assimilation  of certain  in-house  printing
operations  of  Goldman,  Sachs & Co. and Empire  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield.  The
Company intends to continue its growth strategy by (i) pursuing acquisitions and
establishing strategic alliances to expand and strengthen the Company's business
reach in target  markets  worldwide,  (ii)  pursuing  outsourcing  opportunities
through  the  assimilation  of  in-house  printing   operations  of  third-party
businesses,  (iii)  expanding  the scope and volume of  services  offered,  (iv)
actively  cross-selling  existing  or  newly-added  products  or services to its
customers worldwide,  and (v) improving the operating efficiency of its existing
operations.  Pursuant to its growth strategy,  concurrently  with the closing of
the Offering,  the Company will acquire its London-based strategic partner Roda.
Roda provides printing and document output and management  services to financial
services companies, primarily in the United Kingdom and European markets.

     The  Company's  senior  officers have  extensive  experience in the graphic
communications  services  industry,  having been  employed by the Company for an
average of approximately 6 years and having an average of approximately 19 years
of industry  experience.  The Company's Chairman,  President and Chief Executive
Officer,  Michael R.  Cunningham,  founded  the  Company  and has been  actively
involved in the industry for over 15 years.  The Company believes that, based on
the proven track record of its experienced management team and the wide range of
services it provides,  it is  well-positioned  to capitalize  on the  increasing
outsourcing trend as well as on consolidation opportunities in the industry.

                                  THE OFFERING

Common Stock offered.......       2,100,000 shares

Common Stock to be outstanding
 after the Offering........       4,865,000 shares(1)(2)

   
Use of proceeds............       Of the total net proceeds  from the  Offering,
                                  approximately  $6.1  million  will  be used to
                                  fund the cash  portion of the  purchase  price
                                  for Roda,  $1.4  million will be used to repay
                                  certain    indebtedness   of   Roda   to   its
                                  stockholders  (the "Roda Seller  Debt"),  $4.6
                                  million  (assuming an initial public  offering
                                  price of  $12.00  per  share)  will be used to
                                  repay the Reorganization Notes, representing a
                                  portion  of  the  total  consideration  in the
                                  Reorganization    to   stockholders   of   the
                                  Predecessor  and  undistributed  S corporation
                                  taxable  income  upon which such  stockholders
                                  have  already  paid  taxes,  and  up  to  $2.2
                                  million   will   be   used   to   repay   bank
                                  indebtedness, including $1.2 million which was
                                  borrowed  in April  1998 to  partially  fund a
                                  $1.4 million  distribution to the stockholders
                                  of   the   Predecessor    (who   are   current
                                  stockholders  of the  Company) for the payment
                                  of  taxes  on  account  of   undistributed   S
                                  corporation  taxable income. The remaining net
                                  proceeds will be used for working  capital and
                                  for  general  corporate  purposes,  which  may
                                  include   capital   expenditures,    marketing
                                  activities and future strategic acquisitions.
    

Proposed Nasdaq symbol.....       CGII

   
- ----------
(1)  Includes  shares  of  Common  Stock to be  issued  in  connection  with the
     Reorganization and the Acquisition.
(2)  Does not include  600,000  shares of Common  Stock  reserved  for  issuance
     pursuant to the  Company's  stock  option  plans,  under  which  options to
     purchase 290,300 shares have been granted at an exercise price equal to the
     initial public offering price, subject to consummation of the Offering. See
     "Management -- Stock Option Plans."
    

                                        4

<PAGE>



                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

     The following  summary  financial  data is qualified in its entirety by the
more detailed information in the financial statements of the Predecessor and the
related notes thereto,  the  consolidated  financial  statements of Roda and the
related  notes  thereto  and  the  pro  forma  financial  information  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1994       1995       1996                      1997
                                                    ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------------------------------------
                                                                                            ACTUAL            PRO FORMA(1)
                                                                                     -------------------- --------------------
                                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>                  <C>
 STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
 Net sales ........................................  $15,927    $17,327    $23,193      $     35,744         $     42,705
 Operating expenses:
  Costs of production .............................   12,085     12,860     17,616            26,894               31,187
  Selling, general and administrative .............    3,151      3,441      4,270             5,794                7,212
  Depreciation and amortization ...................      448        498        563               694                1,114
                                                     -------    -------    -------      ------------         ------------
                                                      15,684     16,799     22,449            33,382               39,513
                                                     -------    -------    -------      ------------         ------------
 Income from operations ...........................      243        528        744             2,362                3,192
  Interest expense ................................     (173)      (257)      (234)             (250)                (595)
  Other income ....................................       --          2         48                35                  121
                                                     -------    -------    -------      ------------         ------------
 Income before income taxes .......................       70        273        558             2,147                2,718
  Provision for income taxes ......................        7          6         56               129                  394
                                                     -------    -------    -------      ------------         ------------
 Net income .......................................  $    63    $   267    $   502      $      2,018         $      2,324
                                                     =======    =======    =======      ============         ============
 PRO FORMA DATA (UNAUDITED):
 Income before income taxes .......................                                     $      2,147         $      2,718
  Pro forma provision for income taxes ............                                              880 (2)            1,142 (3)
                                                                                        ------------         ------------
 Pro forma net income .............................                                     $      1,267         $      1,576
                                                                                        ============         ============
 Pro forma earnings per share .....................                                     $       0.43         $       0.43
                                                                                        ============         ============
 Pro forma shares outstanding .....................                                        2,978,594 (4)        3,657,552 (5)
                                                                                        ============         ============
 Pro forma as adjusted net income .................                                                          $      1,674 (6)
                                                                                                             ============
 Pro forma as adjusted earnings per share .........                                                          $       0.40
                                                                                                             ============
 Pro forma as adjusted shares outstanding .........                                                             4,189,469 (7)
                                                                                                             ============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                            ---------------------------
                                                                                           PRO FORMA
                                                                              ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED(8)
                                                                            ---------   ---------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................    $    67        $ 8,447
Working capital .........................................................        728          8,703
Total assets ............................................................     10,938         33,367
Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations, net of current portion       1,517          2,179
Stockholders' equity ....................................................      3,151         21,765
</TABLE>

                        (See footnotes on following page)

                                        5

<PAGE>



(footnotes from previous page)

(1)  Gives effect to the  Reorganization and the Acquisition as if they each had
     occurred on January 1, 1997. See the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial
     Statements.

(2)  Reflects an increase of $751,000  for income  taxes  computed  utilizing an
     overall  effective  tax  rate  of  41%  as if  the  Company  had  been  a C
     corporation since January 1, 1997.

(3)  Reflects a pro forma provision for income taxes for the Company and Roda on
     a combined basis computed  utilizing  effective tax rates of 41% for United
     States income taxes and 31% for United Kingdom income taxes.

(4)  Reflects (i) the initial CGII founding share,  (ii) 2,595,260  shares to be
     issued in the  Reorganization,  and (iii) 383,333 shares,  representing the
     number of shares  having a value  (based  upon an  assumed  initial  public
     offering price of $12.00 per share)  corresponding  to the principal amount
     of the Reorganization Notes.

(5)  Reflects  (i) the shares  described  in footnote  (4) above,  (ii)  169,739
     shares  issuable in  connection  with the  Acquisition,  and (iii)  509,219
     shares,  representing  the number of shares  having a value  (based upon an
     assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share) corresponding to
     the $6.1 million  liability  for cash payable to the Roda  stockholders  in
     connection with the Acquisition.

(6)  Reflects the  elimination of interest  expense of $142,000  ($98,000 net of
     taxes)  on the Roda  Seller  Debt of  approximately  $1.4  million  (POUNDS
     850,000)  to be repaid  through  the  application  of a portion  of the net
     proceeds from the Offering as if such  repayment had occurred on January 1,
     1997. See "The Company -- The Roda Acquisition" and "Use of Proceeds."

   
(7)  Reflects (i) the shares described in footnote (5) above and (ii) 531,917 of
     the additional shares to be sold in the Offering,  representing the portion
     of the shares  being sold in the  Offering in order to generate  sufficient
     proceeds  necessary to (a) repay the $1.4  million  (POUNDS  850,000)  Roda
     Seller  Debt,  (b) repay $2.4 million of bank  indebtedness  of the Company
     assumed  to  have  been  outstanding  on  December  31,  1997  and  (c) pay
     underwriting  discounts  and  expenses  of the  entire  Offering.  See  the
     Unaudited  Pro Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements,  "The Company -- The
     Reorganization" and "Use of Proceeds."

(8)  Gives  effect to the  following  transactions  as if they had  occurred  on
     December 31, 1997: (i) the Reorganization;  (ii) the Acquisition; and (iii)
     the sale of 2,100,000  shares of Common Stock offered hereby and the use of
     the  net  proceeds   therefrom,   including:   (a)  the  repayment  of  the
     Reorganization  Notes,  (b) the  satisfaction of the liability for the cash
     payable  to the Roda  stockholders  of $6.1  million  (assuming  an initial
     public  offering price of $12.00 per share),  (c) the repayment of the Roda
     Seller Debt,  and (d) the  repayment  of $2.4 million of bank  indebtedness
     assumed to have been  outstanding on that date. See the Unaudited Pro Forma
     Combined Financial Statements and "Use of Proceeds."
    

                                        6

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

     An  investment  in the  shares  of  Common  Stock  being  offered  by  this
Prospectus involves a high degree of risk. In addition, this Prospectus contains
forward-looking  statements which involve risks and  uncertainties.  Discussions
containing  such  forward-looking  statements  may be found in the  material set
forth under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors,"  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations,"  "Business  --
Industry  Background,"  "Business  --  Business  Strategy,"  Business -- Graphic
Communications  Services,"  "Business  --  Printing  Operations,"  "Business  --
International  Network,"  "Business -- Sales and  Marketing,"  and  "Business --
Competition,"  as well as in this  Prospectus  generally.  The Company's  actual
results could differ materially from those anticipated in these  forward-looking
statements  as a result of  various  factors,  including  those set forth in the
following   risk  factors  and  elsewhere  in  this   Prospectus.   Accordingly,
prospective  investors should consider carefully the following risk factors,  in
addition  to the other  information  concerning  the  Company  and its  business
contained  in this  Prospectus,  before  purchasing  the shares of Common  Stock
offered hereby.

RELIANCE ON LIMITED NUMBER OF CUSTOMERS

     The Company's five largest customers accounted for approximately 65% of its
net sales for the year ended December 31, 1997. The Company's  largest customer,
Goldman, Sachs & Co., has contracted with the Company for the Company to provide
certain print-related  products and services through December 30, 1999. Goldman,
Sachs & Co.  accounted for  approximately  24% of the Company's net sales during
1997. Although the Company has had long-term relationships with Goldman, Sachs &
Co. and its other significant  customers,  the Company's customers generally may
terminate their  relationships  with the Company upon minimal,  if any,  advance
notice and there can be no assurance that these relationships will continue. The
termination  of the  relationships  with any one or more  significant  customers
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.  In addition, there has been a trend toward
consolidation  in the financial  services  industry and a merger or  acquisition
involving any of the Company's  principal customers resulting in the termination
of such a relationship could have a material adverse effect on the Company.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and "Business -- Sales and Marketing."

DEPENDENCE ON FINANCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRY

     To date, the Company has focused the marketing of its services primarily on
companies  within the  financial  services  industry and the Company  expects to
continue this focus.  As a result,  the Company's  results of operations will be
particularly  sensitive  to  fluctuations  in the economy or  financial  markets
affecting this industry.  Any event adversely  affecting the financial  services
industry could adversely affect the Company. The Company's success in increasing
its revenues  will also depend,  in part, on its ability to attract new business
from  customers  outside the financial  services  industry.  No assurance can be
given that the  Company  will be  successful  in  attracting  new  customers  in
different industries.

INTEGRATION OF RODA

     Following the Acquisition, the success of the Company will depend, in part,
on the Company's ability to centralize accounting and administrative systems and
eliminate  unnecessary  duplication of functions.  Although  Roda's  business is
similar to a portion of the businesses  conducted by the Company's  Predecessor,
Roda  operates  in a foreign  market  that is  distinct  from the  Predecessor's
market.  There are differences in technologies,  cultural and business  customs,
applicable  laws,  operating  and labor matters and  currencies  that will place
substantial strains upon the Company's ability to integrate the business of Roda
into its  existing  business.  In  addition,  management  of the  Company has no
experience  in  operating  facilities  that are  outside  the  United  States or
geographically  separated.  No assurance can be given that the Company's  senior
management  group will be able to  integrate  and manage  effectively  the newly
acquired operations of Roda. Roda's printing operations in London have, to date,
been

                                       7

<PAGE>



conducted  independently of the Company,  as a separate business.  Consequently,
there can be no assurance  that  operating  results of the Company will match or
exceed the combined individual operating results achieved by the Predecessor and
Roda prior to the Acquisition.

RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY'S EXPANSION STRATEGY

     The  Company  intends  to  seek  to  expand  its  operations   through  the
acquisition  of  additional  businesses  which provide  commercial,  digital and
time-sensitive  printing  services and through the expansion of its  outsourcing
business by assimilating  additional customers' document management  operations.
There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  identify,
successfully  integrate or profitably  manage any such businesses or operations.
The proposed expansion may involve a number of special risks, including possible
adverse effects on the Company's  operating  results,  diversion of management's
attention,   inability  to  retain  key   personnel,   risks   associated   with
unanticipated  events and the financial statement effect of potential impairment
of acquired intangible assets, any of which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of operations.  In
addition,  if competition for acquisition  candidates or assumed operations were
to increase,  the cost of acquiring businesses or assuming customers' operations
could increase materially.  The inability of the Company to implement and manage
its expansion  strategy  successfully  may have a material adverse effect on the
business  and  future  prospects  of the  Company.  See  "Business  --  Business
Strategy."

MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH

     The Company is  continuing  to  experience  significant  growth,  which has
placed,  and could continue to place,  a strain on the Company's  managerial and
other  resources.  From  December 1995 through  January 1998,  the number of the
Company's  employees  increased  from  186  to 370  and  further  increases  are
anticipated during 1998. The Company's future performance and profitability will
depend,  in large part, on its ability to manage its growth,  particularly  with
respect to a workforce that is  geographically  dispersed,  while  continuing to
integrate  the  operations  of  additional  companies  and to expand its current
business.  In order to manage growth successfully,  the Company will be required
to continue to improve its operational, financial and other internal systems and
the training,  motivation  and  management of its  employees.  If the Company is
unable to manage growth effectively, the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING

     The Company will need  additional  funds to implement its  acquisition  and
internal  growth  strategies.  If the  Company  does  not have  sufficient  cash
resources,  its growth could be limited  unless it is able to obtain  additional
capital through additional debt or equity financings.  Moreover, the Company may
seek to use its  Common  Stock for all or a portion of the  consideration  to be
paid in future  acquisitions,  the  issuance  of which may result in dilution to
investors  in the  Offering.  The  extent to which the  Company  will be able or
willing to use its Common Stock for this purpose will depend on its market value
from time to time and the  willingness  of potential  acquisition  candidates to
accept  Common  Stock  as  part of the  consideration  for  the  sale  of  their
businesses.  If the  Company  is unable to use its Common  Stock to make  future
acquisitions,  the Company may be required to use more of its cash resources, if
available,  to initiate and maintain its  acquisition  program.  There can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  obtain  additional  financing  as
needed.  As a result,  the Company might be unable to implement its  acquisition
strategy,  which would have a material adverse effect on the future prospects of
the Company. See "Business -- Business Strategy."
   
     The Company has a $2.0  million  revolving  line of credit from Summit Bank
under  which $1.2  million was  outstanding  as of April 16,  1998.  The Company
intends to use the line of credit for working capital,  equipment  purchases and
other general  corporate  purposes.  The Company's line of credit expires on May
30, 1998. Although the Company intends to seek to renew
    

                                        8

<PAGE>



and, if possible,  increase the line, no assurance can be given that the line of
credit will be renewed or  increased  or that it will be renewed or increased on
terms that are acceptable to the Company. In addition, there can be no assurance
that this or any future  line of credit  will be  sufficient  for the  Company's
needs or that the Company will be able to obtain  other  financing on terms that
are acceptable to the Company. See "Business -- Business Strategy."

RISK OF INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

     On a pro forma  basis  after  giving  effect to the  Acquisition,  sales to
customers  outside  the  United  States  would  have  accounted  for  16% of the
Company's  net  sales in the year  ended  December  31,  1997,  and the  Company
anticipates  that foreign  sales will account for a  significant  portion of net
sales in the foreseeable future.  Risks inherent in the Company's  international
business activities include the fluctuation of currency exchange rates,  various
and changing  regulatory  requirements,  increased sales and marketing expenses,
political and economic instability,  difficulty in staffing and managing foreign
operations, potentially adverse taxes, complex foreign laws and treaties and the
possibility of difficulty in accounts  receivable  collections.  There can be no
assurance  that any of these factors will not have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

DEPENDENCE ON TECHNOLOGY; RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL OBSOLESCENCE

     The  success of the  Company  will be highly  dependent  on its  ability to
acquire  and  utilize  competitive   computer  output  and  document  production
technologies  that are not readily  available on a  cost-effective  basis to the
Company's existing and potential  customers,  thereby creating the incentive for
such customers to outsource  various services to the Company.  Increasing use of
the Internet and other  electronic  means of  delivering  information  which has
traditionally  been  delivered  in paper  form  could  substantially  erode  the
Company's core business of printing financial research reports.  There can be no
assurance that one or more non-paper-based technologies (whether now existing or
developed in the future)  will not reduce or supplant  the physical  delivery of
documents as a preferred medium for the Company's customers, which could in turn
adversely  affect  the  Company's   business.   The  emergence  of  services  by
competitors of the Company  incorporating new technologies  could render some or
all  of  the  Company's  services  unmarketable  or  obsolete.  There  can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to obtain the rights to use any such new
technologies,   that  it  will  be  able  to  implement   effectively  such  new
technologies on a cost-effective  basis or that new technologies will not render
noncompetitive  or obsolete the Company's role as a provider of computer  output
and  document   management   services.   In  addition,   in  order  to  maintain
state-of-the-art technologies, the Company will have to make significant capital
expenditures,  which will  require the Company to obtain  additional  financing.
There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be able  to  obtain  such
additional financing. See "Business -- Graphic Communications Services."

VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS

   
     The Company's quarterly operating results have been and will continue to be
subject to variation,  depending  upon factors such as the mix of business among
the  Company's   services,   the  cost  of  materials,   labor  and  technology,
particularly  in connection  with the delivery of business  services,  the costs
associated with initiating new outsourcing contracts,  the economic condition of
the Company's target markets,  seasonal  concerns and the costs of acquiring and
integrating  new  businesses.  For example,  while the Company has experienced a
steady  growth in net sales,  the  percentage  in growth of net sales has varied
from  quarter to quarter  during the years ended  December 31, 1996 and December
31, 1997.  The  percentage in growth of net sales over the previous  quarter was
19.5%,  9.4%, 19.9% and 13.8% for the four quarters of 1996; and 22.7%,  (1.9%),
1.0% and 16.1% for the four  quarters of 1997.  Although  most of the  Company's
long-term  contracts for the provision of business  services provide for pricing
adjustments  to reflect the actual costs of  materials  incurred by the Company,
these adjustments  typically occur on a quarterly and annual basis and therefore
may add to  fluctuations  in  quarterly  and  annual  operating  results  of the
Company.
    

                                        9

<PAGE>



RISK OF BUSINESS  INTERRUPTIONS  AND DEPENDENCE ON SINGLE FACILITIES FOR CERTAIN
     SERVICES

     The Company's  business is particularly  sensitive to meeting deadlines and
performing  services for numerous clients on an overnight basis.  Certain of the
Company's  existing  operations  are performed  exclusively at either its Jersey
City  or  Manhattan   locations  and  such   operations  are  dependent  on  the
availability of continuous  computer,  electrical and telephone service.  All of
Roda's operations are performed at its single London location.  As a result, any
disruption of day-to-day  operations  could have a material  adverse effect upon
the  Company.  While  the  Company  has,  and  intends  to  develop  additional,
reciprocal  relationships with major printing and document production  companies
in  locations  elsewhere  in the  United  States  and near  London  for  back-up
facilities in the event of emergencies,  there can be no assurance that the loss
or disruption of any services affecting one or more of the Company's  facilities
would not disable the Company,  at least  temporarily.  Any  interruption in its
ability to provide  services,  however brief,  could result in the Company being
unable to satisfy the needs of clients and could adversely  affect the Company's
business  and its  reputation  within the  industry.  See  "Business  -- Graphic
Communications Services," "-- Printing Operations" and "-- Facilities."

BENEFITS TO INSIDERS

   
     The  Company  will use $4.6  million of the net  proceeds  of the  Offering
(assuming  an initial  public  offering  price of $12.00 per share) to repay the
Reorganization  Notes,  which represent a portion of the total  consideration in
the   Reorganization  to  the  stockholders  of  the  Predecessor,   Michael  R.
Cunningham,  Gordon  Mays,  Timothy  Mays and  trusts  for the  benefit of their
respective  children,  and undistributed S corporation taxable income upon which
such  stockholders  have already paid taxes. All three individuals are executive
officers of the Company.  Mr.  Cunningham  and Gordon Mays are also directors of
the  Company.  In  addition,  the Company will use up to $1.2 million of the net
proceeds of the Offering to repay borrowings under the Company's  revolving line
of credit  incurred in April 1998 to partially fund a $1.4 million  distribution
to  stockholders  of the  Predecessor  for the  payment  of taxes on  account of
undistributed S corporation taxable income. The contractual  representations and
warranties  made by the  stockholders  of the  Predecessor to the Company in the
Reorganization  Agreement  executed in connection  with the  Reorganization  are
limited  generally to their ownership of the equity interests being conveyed and
do  not  cover  undisclosed   liabilities  or  other  matters  relating  to  the
Predecessor's business. Accordingly, the Company will have only limited recourse
against the stockholders of the Predecessor. However, the limited scope of these
contractual  representations  and  warranties  contained  in the  Reorganization
Agreement  does  not  affect  or  otherwise  reduce  the   responsibilities   or
liabilities  to investors in this Offering,  under the United States  securities
laws,  of the  officers  and  directors  of the  Company  who  have  signed  the
Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part. See "The Company --
The  Reorganization,"  "Use  of  Proceeds"  and  "Certain  Transactions  --  The
Reorganization."
    

COMPETITION

     The graphic communications services industry is highly competitive. In each
of the lines of  business in which the Company  provides  services,  it competes
with a variety of  companies,  many of which have  greater  financial  and other
resources  than  the  Company,  or  are  subsidiaries  or  divisions  of  larger
organizations. In particular, the industry is characterized by a small number of
large, dominant organizations.  No assurances can be given that the Company will
be able to compete  effectively  against the larger  companies in this industry.
During recent periods of economic  downturn,  excess production  capacity in the
Company's  business sectors has resulted in more competitive  pricing,  reducing
the earnings of the Company. In addition, a significant source of competition is
the in-house  capability of the Company's  target customer base. There can be no
assurance  that these  businesses  will  outsource  more of their  printing  and
document  management  needs or that such  businesses  will continue to seek such
outsourcing services. See "Business -- Competition."

FLUCTUATIONS IN THE PRICE AND AVAILABILITY OF SUPPLIES

     Prices for paper and other raw  materials  used by the Company may increase
from time to time in the  future.  Any  significant  increases  in the prices of
these  materials  that  cannot be passed on to  customers  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and

                                       10

<PAGE>



results of  operations.  In  addition,  increases  in the prices of supplies and
other  materials  might  cause  some  of  the  Company's  customers  to  utilize
alternative  technologies in their respective businesses that do not involve the
use of paper or the mail, such as the Internet.  Although the Company  purchases
raw materials  from a varied group of suppliers,  it is dependent  upon a stable
availability  of paper and other  supplies to continue  its  operations.  Should
shortages develop either for any of the Company's  suppliers or generally within
the  industry,  the Company  would be unable to produce  printed  materials on a
consistent basis and its business would be materially adversely affected.

RELIANCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT

     The  Company's  operations  will  continue to be dependent on the continued
services of its executive officers,  including the senior management of Roda and
additional  senior  management  personnel  which the Company  intends to employ.
Furthermore,  the Company will likely be dependent on the senior  management  of
any  companies  that may be acquired in the future.  The Company has  employment
agreements with each of its senior executive officers.  However, if any of these
individuals  elect not to continue in their  roles with the  Company,  or if the
Company  is unable to  attract  and  retain  senior  management,  the  Company's
business could be adversely  affected.  The Company maintains key executive life
insurance for Michael R. Cunningham,  its President and Chief Executive Officer,
in the amount of $3.0 million. See "Management."

NEED TO ATTRACT  AND RETAIN KEY  PERSONNEL  IN HIGHLY  COMPETITIVE  MARKETPLACE;
     LABOR DELAYS

     The Company's  performance will depend, to a large extent, on the continued
service  of key  technical  employees  and its  ability to  attract,  retain and
motivate such personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, particularly
for highly skilled and experienced technical personnel who perform the Company's
information  technology  services.  Such technical personnel are in great demand
and are likely to remain a limited  resource for the foreseeable  future.  There
can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will be able to  attract,  retain  and
motivate such  personnel in the future,  and the inability to do so could have a
material  adverse effect upon the Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.  In addition,  a strike or other  labor-related  delay or
stoppage  could have a material  adverse  effect  upon the  Company's  business,
operations and financial condition.

ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS; GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS

     The Company's business is subject to a variety of federal,  state and local
laws, rules and regulations.  Its production facilities in the United States are
governed by laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health,
primarily the  Occupational  Safety and Health Act ("OSHA") and the  regulations
promulgated  thereunder.  Comparable  laws and  regulations  exist in the United
Kingdom,  in  particular,  the Health  and Safety at Work etc.  Act 1974 and the
numerous  regulations  issued  under  it.  The  Company  believes  that it is in
substantial compliance with OSHA and its United Kingdom counterparts.

     The Company is also subject to  environmental  laws and  regulations of the
United  States,  the United  Kingdom and the various States in which it operates
concerning emissions into the air, discharges into waterways and the generation,
handling  and  disposal of waste  materials.  The  printing  business  generates
substantial  quantities  of inks,  solvents and other waste  products  requiring
disposal.  The Company  typically  recycles  waste paper,  and contracts for the
removal of waste ink and other waste  products.  The  Company  believes it is in
substantial compliance with all applicable air quality, waste disposal and other
environmental-related  laws and regulations.  However, there can be no assurance
that  future  changes  in such  laws and  regulations  will not have a  material
adverse effect on the Company's operations.

CONTROL BY CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS

   
     Following the completion of the Offering, the directors and other executive
officers of the Company,  and entities  affiliated with them, will  beneficially
own approximately 56.5% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (53.2% if
the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
    

                                       11

<PAGE>



Accordingly, present management of the Company is likely to continue to exercise
substantial  control over the  Company's  affairs.  These  stockholders,  acting
together, would be able to elect a sufficient number of directors to control the
Company's  Board of  Directors  and would be able to approve or  disapprove  any
matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. In addition, because the Company has
adopted a staggered Board of Directors,  stockholders will be less able to alter
the  composition  of the Board of Directors.  See "Principal  Stockholders"  and
"Description of Capital Stock -- Staggered Board of Directors."

ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET AND DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

     Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock,  and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or be sustained.  The initial public offering price for the Common Stock offered
hereby  will  be  determined  by  negotiations   between  the  Company  and  the
Underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which the Common Stock
will trade after completion of the Offering.  See  "Underwriting" for factors to
be considered in determining such offering price.

POTENTIAL EFFECTS OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON PRICE OF COMMON STOCK
   
     Upon  the  consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the  Acquisition  and the
Offering,  4,865,000  shares of Common Stock will be outstanding.  The 2,100,000
shares of Common Stock being sold in the Offering will be freely tradable unless
acquired by affiliates of the Company.  The remaining shares  outstanding may be
sold publicly only following their effective  registration  under the Securities
Act,  or  pursuant  to an  available  exemption  (such as  provided  by Rule 144
following  a  holding  period  for  previously  unregistered  shares)  from  the
registration  requirements of the Securities  Act. Upon the  consummation of the
Offering, the Company will have outstanding under its stock option plans options
to purchase an aggregate of 290,300 shares of Common Stock at the initial public
offering  price.  The  Company  intends to  register  the shares  issuable  upon
exercise  of  options  granted  under the stock  option  plans,  and,  upon such
registration,  such shares will be eligible for resale in the public market. See
"Management  -- Stock  Option  Plans."  The  Company,  the  stockholders  of the
Predecessor  and the  officers  and  directors  of the Company have agreed for a
period of 180 days from the  consummation of the Offering not to offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of any shares of Common Stock (or any securities  convertible
into or  exercisable or  exchangeable  for Common Stock) or grant any options or
warrants  to  purchase  any shares of Common  Stock  without  the prior  written
consent of Schroder & Co. Inc.  on behalf of the  Underwriters,  except that the
Company  may grant  options  pursuant  to its stock  option  plans and may issue
privately  placed shares of Common Stock in  connection  with  acquisitions  and
pursuant to the Company's  stock option plans.  See "Shares  Eligible For Future
Sale."  Sales of a  substantial  number of shares of Common  Stock in the public
market could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
    
DILUTION

     Investors  purchasing  shares  of the  Common  Stock in the  Offering  will
experience  immediate and  substantial  dilution of $9.76 per share (assuming an
initial  public  offering  price of $12.00 per share) in the net  tangible  book
value of their shares. See "Dilution."

EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS

     The Board of  Directors  of the Company is  empowered to issue common stock
and  preferred  stock  without   stockholder   action.  The  existence  of  this
"blank-check"  common stock and preferred  stock could render more  difficult or
discourage  an  attempt to obtain  control  of the  Company by means of a tender
offer,  merger,  proxy  contest  or  otherwise  and  may  adversely  affect  the
prevailing  market price of the Common Stock. The Company currently has no plans
to issue any such  securities,  other  than the  Common  Stock  being  issued in
connection with the Reorganization,  the Offering and the Acquisition.  See "The
Company -- The  Reorganization" and "- The Roda Acquisition" and "Description of
Capital  Stock."  In  addition,  the  New  Jersey  Shareholders  Protection  Act
prohibits  certain  persons  from  engaging  in business  combinations  with the
Company. See "Description of Capital Stock."

                                       12

<PAGE>



POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

     The market  price of the Common  Stock  offered  hereby could be subject to
significant  fluctuations in response to various  factors and events,  including
the liquidity of the market for the securities offered hereby, variations in the
Company's  operating  results,  new  statutes  or  government  regulations.   In
addition,  the stock  market in recent  years has  experienced  broad  price and
volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated to the operating  performance
of particular companies.  Such market fluctuations also may adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance  that
the market price of the Common Stock will not decline  below the initial  public
offering price.

DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company  expects to retain any earnings to finance the  operations  and
expansion of the Company's  business.  The Company's  existing Loan and Security
Agreement  with Summit  Bank may,  under  certain  circumstances,  restrict  the
Company's ability to pay dividends. Moreover, any additional debt financing that
the  Company  arranges  in the  future is  likely to  restrict  the  payment  of
dividends.  Therefore,  the payment of any cash dividends on the Common Stock is
unlikely in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."





                                       13

<PAGE>



                                   THE COMPANY

GENERAL

     The Predecessor  commenced operations in 1989. The Company was incorporated
in New Jersey in January 1998 in contemplation of the Offering and to effect the
Reorganization. The Company's executive offices are located at 629 Grove Street,
Jersey City, New Jersey 07310 and its telephone number is (201) 217-1990.

THE REORGANIZATION

     Immediately prior to the Offering, the Predecessor will be reorganized such
that the  stockholders of the Predecessor will contribute all of the outstanding
shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor  to CGII in exchange  for a total of
2,595,260 shares of Common Stock and the Exchange Notes.  Upon completion of the
Reorganization, CGII will have 2,595,261 shares of Common Stock outstanding. The
principal amount of the Exchange Notes will be $2.4 million, assuming an initial
public  offering price of $12.00 per share and will be subject to adjustment for
any  change  in  the  initial  public  offering  price.  Concurrently  with  the
Reorganization,  CGII will assume the Predecessor's  obligations with respect to
undistributed   S   corporation   taxable   income   through  the  date  of  the
Reorganization,  estimated to total $2.2  million,  and will issue  Distribution
Notes in such amount to evidence such  obligations.  The principal amount of the
Exchange   Notes  was   determined  by  the  Company  in  connection   with  the
Reorganization  based  on a  number  of  factors,  including  the  value  of the
enterprise  contributed to the Company. The principal amount of the Distribution
Notes  was   determined   by  the  Company  based  upon  the  actual  amount  of
undistributed  S  corporation  taxable  income as of  December  31, 1997 and the
anticipated  additional  undistributed  S corporation  taxable income during the
period  January 1, 1998 through the  expected  date of the  Reorganization.  The
Company intends to repay the  Reorganization  Notes from the net proceeds of the
Offering.  The  representations  and warranties made by the  stockholders of the
Predecessor  to the Company in connection  with the  Reorganization  are limited
generally to their  ownership of the equity  interests being conveyed and do not
cover  undisclosed  liabilities or other matters  relating to the  Predecessor's
business.  Accordingly,  the Company will have only limited recourse against the
stockholders  of the  Predecessor.  See "Risk  Factors -- Benefits to Insiders,"
"Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions -- The Reorganization."

THE RODA ACQUISITION

   
     The Company will  acquire 100% of the share  capital of Roda in two stages.
Concurrently with the consummation of the Offering, the Company will acquire all
of the issued  ordinary  share  capital of Roda  pursuant to an agreement  dated
January 16, 1998, as amended (the "Roda  Purchase  Agreement")  for an aggregate
consideration of approximately $6.3 million. The $6.3 million consideration will
be satisfied by (i) the delivery of 169,739  shares of Common Stock,  which will
be valued at the initial public offering price,  and (ii) a cash payment for the
balance of the consideration ($4.3 million,  assuming an initial public offering
price of $12.00 per share). In addition,  upon consummation of the Offering, the
Company will deliver into escrow $1.8 million, representing the total redemption
price of all of the issued preference share capital of Roda. The Company has the
right to redeem, and intends to redeem, such preference shares on June 30, 1998.
The Company may be  required by the holders of the  preference  shares to redeem
such shares prior to June 30, 1998. The amount in escrow will be used to pay the
redemption price upon such redemption.
    

     In addition to the  consideration  for the  ordinary and  preference  share
capital,  Roda's  outstanding  indebtedness  will be reflected on the  Company's
consolidated  balance sheet from and after the  consummation of the Acquisition.
As of December 31, 1997,  Roda had  approximately  $4.3 million of  indebtedness
outstanding,  including  the  Roda  Seller  Debt.  Under  the  terms of the Roda
Purchase Agreement,  the Company has committed to cause Roda to repay the entire
$1.4 million  (POUNDS  850,000) of the Roda Seller Debt within 28 days following
the closing. The Company intends to repay the Roda Seller Debt from the proceeds
of the Offering. In order to secure the performance by the selling

                                       14

<PAGE>



stockholders  of Roda of certain  warranties  and  covenants,  $462,000  (POUNDS
275,000) of the cash portion of the  consideration  will be held in escrow until
one year  following the closing.  The  obligations of the parties under the Roda
Purchase Agreement are contingent upon the closing of the Offering.

     Roda  provides  printing and  document  output and  management  services to
financial  services  companies  primarily  in the United  Kingdom  and  European
markets,  and has been a strategic partner in the World Research Link(TM).  Upon
completion of the Offering and the Acquisition,  Roda will become a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company and its day-to-day  operations in London will continue
to be supervised by its current management team. Peter L. Furlonge, who has been
a senior executive  officer of Roda since 1989, and its chief executive  officer
since 1995, is continuing in such capacity pursuant to an employment  agreement.
Two other key employees of Roda will also enter into employment  agreements with
Roda  incidental to the  Acquisition.  See  "Business -- Graphic  Communications
Services" and "-- International Network."

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

   
     The net  proceeds to the Company  from the  Offering  are  estimated  to be
approximately  $22.6 million ($26.2 million if the Underwriters'  over-allotment
option is  exercised  in full),  assuming an initial  public  offering  price of
$12.00 per share.  Of this  amount,  approximately  $6.1  million  (assuming  an
initial public offering price of $12.00 per share) will be used to fund the cash
portion of the consideration for the acquisition of Roda, and approximately $1.4
million  (POUNDS  850,000) will be used to repay the Roda Seller Debt.  See "The
Company -- The Roda  Acquisition."  The Roda Seller Debt, which has no specified
maturity  date,   bears  interest  at  the  rate  of  10%  per  annum,   payable
semi-annually.  Pursuant to the Roda Purchase Agreement,  the Company has agreed
to cause Roda to repay the Roda Seller Debt within 28 days following the closing
of the  Acquisition.  In  addition,  the  Company  expects  to use $4.6  million
(assuming  an initial  public  offering  price of $12.00 per share) to repay the
Reorganization  Notes,  representing  a  portion  of  the  consideration  in the
Reorganization  to the  stockholders  of the  Predecessor  and  undistributed  S
corporation  taxable  income upon which they have already  paid taxes.  See "The
Company -- The  Reorganization."  The Reorganization  Notes bear no interest and
have no specified  maturity  date.  The Company also intends to repay up to $1.0
million of  indebtedness  to Summit Bank under its term loan and all outstanding
borrowings  under its  revolving  line of credit with Summit  Bank,  expected to
total $1.2  million as of the  consummation  of the  Offering.  The  Predecessor
borrowed  $1.2  million  under  the line of  credit  in  April  1998 in order to
partially fund a $1.4 million distribution to stockholders of the Predecessor to
enable  them to pay taxes due on April 15,  1998 on account of  undistributed  S
corporation  taxable income.  The term loan bears interest at a rate of 8.5% per
annum and  matures on  December  1, 2001.  The  revolving  line of credit  bears
interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate and matures on May 30, 1998.
As a result of the use of a portion of the  proceeds  of this  Offering to repay
borrowings  under the revolving  line of credit and to repay the  Reorganization
Notes, a total of $5.8 million,  or 25.7%,  of the estimated net proceeds of the
Offering  will  be  received  by,  or  applied  for  the  benefit  of,  existing
stockholders  of the  Company.  The  remaining  net  proceeds  of the  Offering,
estimated to be approximately $8.1 million, will be used for working capital and
general corporate purposes,  which may include capital  expenditures,  marketing
activities and strategic acquisitions. The Company currently has no agreement or
understanding  with respect to any future  acquisitions.  Pending the use of the
net  proceeds,  the Company will invest the net proceeds in  short-term,  United
States government securities.
    

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     Following  the Offering,  it will be the policy of the  Company's  Board of
Directors to retain all future  earnings to finance the  operation and expansion
of  the  Company's  business.  Accordingly,  the  Company  does  not  anticipate
declaring  or paying  cash  dividends  on the  Common  Stock in the  foreseeable
future.  The  payment  of cash  dividends  in the  future  will  be at the  sole
discretion of the  Company's  Board of Directors and will depend on, among other
things, the Company's earnings, operations, capital

                                       15

<PAGE>



requirements,  financial  condition,  restrictions  in then  existing  financing
agreements,  and other factors  deemed  relevant by the Board of  Directors.  In
addition,  the Company's  existing Loan and Security  Agreement with Summit Bank
may,  under  certain  circumstances,  restrict  the  Company's  ability  to  pay
dividends.

     Prior to the  Reorganization,  the  Predecessor  has been an S  corporation
within the meaning of  (section)1361  of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
amended (the "Code"),  making  distributions  to its  stockholders in respect of
income which was taxable to such stockholders under the applicable provisions of
the Code. In  connection  with the  Reorganization,  the Company will pay to the
stockholders of the Predecessor the amounts of their respective  undistributed S
corporation taxable income through the anticipated date of the Reorganization by
delivery of the Distribution  Notes. See "The Company -- The  Reorganization." A
portion  of the  net  proceeds  of the  Offering  will  be  used  to  repay  the
Distribution Notes. See "Use of Proceeds."







                                       16

<PAGE>



                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following  table sets forth at December 31, 1997,  (i) the actual short
term debt and  consolidated  capitalization  of the Predecessor and (ii) the pro
forma short-term debt and consolidated capitalization of the Company as adjusted
to give  effect  to the  Reorganization,  the  Acquisition,  and the sale of the
Common Stock offered  hereby and the  application  of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom as set forth under "Use of Proceeds." The capitalization  table should
be read in connection with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations,"  the
Unaudited Pro Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements,  the  Company's  financial
statements  and  related  notes  thereto  and  Roda's   consolidated   financial
statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                   ----------------------------
                                                                                      COMPANY
                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                    PREDECESSOR     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                   -------------   ------------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>
Short-term debt, including current portion of long-term debt and
 capitalized lease obligations .................................       $  885         $ 1,870
                                                                       ======         =======
Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations, net of current
 portion .......................................................       $1,517         $ 2,179
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized;
   none issued and outstanding .................................           --              --
 Common stock, no par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized;
   and 4,865,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as
   adjusted(1) .................................................            6          21,765
Additional paid-in capital .....................................          734              --
Retained earnings ..............................................        2,411              --
                                                                       ------         -------
Total stockholders' equity .....................................        3,151          21,765
                                                                       ------         -------
Total capitalization ...........................................       $4,668         $23,944
                                                                       ======         =======
</TABLE>

- ----------
   
(1)  Does not include  600,000  shares of Common  Stock  reserved  for  issuance
     pursuant to the  Company's  stock  option  plans,  under  which  options to
     purchase  290,300 shares have been granted at the initial  public  offering
     price subject to  consummation  of the Offering.  See  "Management -- Stock
     Option Plans" and "Underwriting."
    

                                       17

<PAGE>



                                    DILUTION

     The difference  between the initial public offering price per share and net
tangible  book value per share of Common Stock after this  Offering  constitutes
the dilution to investors in this Offering. Net tangible book value per share is
determined  by  dividing  the net  tangible  book  value of the  Company  (total
tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of then outstanding shares
of Common Stock. At December 31, 1997, the Predecessor's net tangible book value
was $3.2 million, or $1.06 per share of Common Stock. After giving effect to (i)
the  Reorganization,  (ii) the Acquisition,  and (iii) the sale of the 2,100,000
shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby at an assumed  initial  public  offering
price of $12.00 per share and the receipt and  application  of the estimated net
proceeds  therefrom (less  underwriting  discounts and commissions and estimated
offering  expenses),  the  adjusted  pro forma net  tangible  book  value of the
Company as of  December  31,  1997  would  have been $10.9  million or $2.24 per
share,  representing an immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible book value
of $1.22 per share to existing  stockholders and an immediate  dilution of $9.76
per share to new investors.

     The following table  illustrates the foregoing  information with respect to
dilution to new investors on a per share basis:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price ............................                 $  12.00
                                                                                      --------
    Predecessor net tangible book value .............................    $  1.06
    Decrease attributable to the Reorganization .....................      (2.03)
    Decrease attributable to the Acquisition ........................      (2.24)
    Increase attributable to investors in this offering .............       5.45
                                                                         -------
   Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of the Company after
    the Offering ....................................................                     2.24
                                                                                      --------
   Dilution to new investors ........................................                 $   9.76
                                                                                      ========
</TABLE>

     The following table  summarizes the number of shares of Common Stock issued
by the Company,  the total  consideration  paid to the Company,  and the average
price per share paid by the existing stockholders, the Roda stockholders and the
new  investors.  For purposes of the total  consideration  and average price per
share paid by the existing stockholders, the Company has based such valuation on
the aggregate  amount of such  stockholders'  cash equity  contributions  to the
Predecessor without deducting distributions paid to such stockholders.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      SHARE PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                  -----------------------   -------------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                     NUMBER      PERCENT        AMOUNT       PERCENT       PER SHARE
                                  -----------   ---------   -------------   ---------   --------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>
Existing stockholders .........   2,595,261        53.3%    $   740,000         2.6%       $  0.29
Roda stockholders .............     169,739         3.5       2,037,000         7.3        $ 12.00
New investors .................   2,100,000        43.2      25,200,000        90.1        $ 12.00
                                  ---------       -----     -----------       -----
Total .........................   4,865,000       100.0%    $27,977,000       100.0%
                                  =========       =====     ===========       =====
</TABLE>

     See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Underwriting."


                                       18

<PAGE>



                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The following  unaudited pro forma combined financial  statements are based
on  the  historical  financial  statements  of the  Predecessor  and  Roda.  The
unaudited pro forma  combined  balance  sheet,  to the extent  indicated,  gives
effect to: (i) the Reorganization,  (ii) the Acquisition and (iii) the Offering,
as if each occurred as of December 31, 1997.  The  unaudited pro forma  combined
statement of income gives effect to the Acquisition as if it occurred on January
1, 1997. With the exeception of share and per share amounts,  the Reorganization
and the Offering have no effect on the unaudited pro forma combined statement of
income.

     The unaudited pro forma combined  financial  statements  give effect to the
Acquisition  under  the  purchase  method  of  accounting.  The  Roda  financial
statements  have been  adjusted to conform to United States  Generally  Accepted
Accounting  Principles  and have been  converted  into Dollars using the average
exchange  rate of $1.66 to POUNDS 1.00 for the  statement of income for the year
ended  December 31, 1997 and the year end exchange  rate of $1.67 to POUNDS 1.00
for the balance sheet as of December 31, 1997.

     The unaudited  pro forma  combined  statement of income is not  necessarily
indicative  of  operating  results  which  would  have  been  achieved  had  the
Acquisition  been  completed  on January 1, 1997 and should not be  construed as
representative of future operating  results.  These unaudited pro forma combined
financial statements should be read in conjunction with the historical financial
statements  of the  Company and Roda  Limited  including  the notes  thereto and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."



                                       19

<PAGE>




                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       REORGANIZATION
                                                                       PREDECESSOR   ADJUSTMENTS(1)(2)
                                                                      ------------- -------------------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...............................................................    $    67       $        --






 Accounts receivable ................................................      5,673                --
 Inventories ........................................................        940                --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................         78                --
 Notes and advances receivable -- stockholder/officers ..............        136                --
 Deferred income taxes ..............................................         47               295 (1)
                                                                         -------       -----------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ................................................      6,941               295

  Property and equipment, net .......................................      3,579                --
  Goodwill and other assets .........................................        418                --
                                                                         -------       -----------

TOTAL ASSETS ........................................................    $10,938       $       295
                                                                         =======       ===========
CURRENT LIABILITIES

 Current portion of long-term debt -- third parties .................    $   407       $        --
 Revolving line of credit ...........................................        300             1,400 (2)
 Current portion of obligations under capital lease .................        178                --
 Accounts payable ...................................................      3,854                --
 Accrued expenses ...................................................      1,474                --
 Reorganization notes ...............................................         --             4,600 (2)
 Cash payable to Roda stockholders ..................................         --                --
                                                                         -------       -----------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ...........................................      6,213             6,000
  Long-term debt third parties -- net of current portion ............      1,185                --
  Obligations under capital lease -- net of current portion .........        332                --
  Notes payable -- related parties ..................................         --                --
  Deferred income taxes .............................................         57               354 (1)
  Other liabilities .................................................         --                --
                                                                         -------       -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES ...................................................      7,787             6,354
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Common stock .......................................................          6            (2,914) (2)

 Additional Paid-in capital .........................................        734              (734) (2)
 Retained Earnings ..................................................      2,411               (59) (1)
                                                                                            (2,352) (2)

                                                                         -------       -----------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................................      3,151            (6,059)

                                                                         -------       -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................    $10,938       $       295
                                                                         =======       ===========
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        RODA
                                                                          THE       (HISTORICAL      ACQUISITION     COMPANY
                                                                        COMPANY    CONVERTED)(3)   ADJUSTMENTS(4)   PRO FORMA
                                                                      ----------- --------------- ---------------- -----------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>             <C>              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...............................................................  $     67        $    2        $      --       $    69






 Accounts receivable ................................................     5,673         1,381               --         7,054
 Inventories ........................................................       940           246               --         1,186
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................        78           169               --           247
 Notes and advances receivable -- stockholder/officers ..............       136            --               --           136
 Deferred income taxes ..............................................       342            --               --           342
                                                                       --------        ------        ---------       -------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ................................................     7,236         1,798               --         9,034
  Property and equipment, net .......................................     3,579         1,442               --         5,021
  Goodwill and other assets .........................................       418         3,513             (100)       11,206
                                                                                                        (3,513)
                                                                                                        10,888

                                                                       --------        ------        ---------       -------
TOTAL ASSETS ........................................................  $ 11,233        $6,753        $   7,275       $25,261
                                                                       ========        ======        =========       =======
CURRENT LIABILITIES

 Current portion of long-term debt -- third parties .................  $    407        $  780        $      --       $ 1,187
 Revolving line of credit ...........................................     1,700            --               --         1,700
 Current portion of obligations under capital lease .................       178           205               --           383
 Accounts payable ...................................................     3,854           932               --         4,786
 Accrued expenses ...................................................     1,474           579               --         2,053
 Reorganization notes ...............................................     4,600            --               --         4,600
 Cash payable to Roda stockholders ..................................        --            --            6,111         6,111
                                                                       --------        ------        ---------       -------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ...........................................    12,213         2,496            6,111        20,820
  Long-term debt third parties -- net of current portion ............     1,185         1,195               --         2,380
  Obligations under capital lease -- net of current portion .........       332           467               --           799
  Notes payable -- related parties ..................................        --         1,419               --         1,419
  Deferred income taxes .............................................       411           165               --           576
  Other liabilities .................................................        --           138               --           138
                                                                       --------        ------        ---------       -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES ...................................................    14,141         5,880            6,111        26,132
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Common stock .......................................................    (2,908)          334             (334)         (871)
                                                                                                         2,037
 Additional Paid-in capital .........................................        --           334             (334)           --
 Retained Earnings ..................................................        --           205             (205)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................................    (2,908)          873            1,164          (871)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................  $ 11,233        $6,753        $   7,275       $25,261
                                                                       ========        ======        =========       =======
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          COMPANY
                                                                          OFFERING       PRO FORMA
                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS(5)   AS ADJUSTED
                                                                      ---------------- ------------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ...............................................................    $   22,636       $ 8,447
                                                                                272
                                                                             (6,111)
                                                                             (1,419)
                                                                             (4,600)
                                                                             (1,000)
                                                                             (1,400)
 Accounts receivable ................................................                       7,054
 Inventories ........................................................            --         1,186
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................            --           247
 Notes and advances receivable -- stockholder/officers ..............            --           136
 Deferred income taxes ..............................................            --           342
                                                                         ----------       -------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ................................................         8,378        17,412
  Property and equipment, net .......................................            --         5,021
  Goodwill and other assets .........................................          (272)       10,934


TOTAL ASSETS ........................................................    $    8,106       $33,367
                                                                         ==========       =======
CURRENT LIABILITIES

 Current portion of long-term debt -- third parties .................    $       --       $ 1,187
 Revolving line of credit ...........................................        (1,400)          300
 Current portion of obligations under capital lease .................            --           383
 Accounts payable ...................................................            --         4,786
 Accrued expenses ...................................................            --         2,053
 Reorganization notes ...............................................        (4,600)           --
 Cash payable to Roda stockholders ..................................        (6,111)           --
                                                                         ----------       -------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ...........................................       (12,111)        8,709
  Long-term debt third parties -- net of current portion ............        (1,000)        1,380
  Obligations under capital lease -- net of current portion .........            --           799
  Notes payable -- related parties ..................................        (1,419)           --
  Deferred income taxes .............................................            --           576
  Other liabilities .................................................            --           138
                                                                         ----------       -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES ...................................................       (14,530)       11,602
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Common stock .......................................................        22,636        21,765

 Additional Paid-in capital .........................................                          --
 Retained Earnings ..................................................

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................................        22,636        21,765
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..........................    $    8,106       $33,367
                                                                         ==========       =======
</TABLE>

                                       20

<PAGE>



              NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

(1)  As a result of the conversion  from a S corporation to a C corporation  the
     Company will record: (i) a deferred tax asset of $295,000,  (ii) a deferred
     tax liability of $354,000, and (iii) the resulting net decrease in retained
     earnings of $59,000.

   
(2)  Reflects the issuance of the Reorganization  Notes,  consisting of: (i) the
     $2.2  million  Distribution  Notes,  the amount of which  approximates  the
     undistributed S corporation taxable income to the Predecessor  stockholders
     estimated through the anticipated date of the Reorganization,  and (ii) the
     $2.4 million Exchange Notes to be issued as part of the  consideration  for
     the equity of the Predecessor (assuming an initial public offering price of
     $12.00 per  share).  Assumes  that the  Company  borrowed  $1.4  million on
     December 31, 1997 under the Predecessor's existing revolving line of credit
     to fund  distributions  to shareholders of the Predecessor for taxes due on
     April 15, 1998 attributable to undistributed S corporation income.
    

(3)  Historical  balances  for Roda at December  31, 1997 have been  adjusted to
     conform  to  United  States  Generally  Accepted   Accounting   Principles,
     including (i) the recognition of goodwill of $3.5 million related to a 1996
     management  buyout of Roda,  (ii) the recording of a deferred tax liability
     of $165,000 and (iii) the resulting net increase to stockholders' equity of
     $3.3 million.

(4)  The  aggregate   consideration   of  $8.1  million   payable  to  the  Roda
     stockholders  will consist of (i) 169,739 shares of Common Stock and (ii) a
     cash  payment  for  the  balance  of the  consideration.  For  presentation
     purposes, the shares issuable as part of the consideration have been valued
     at $2.0 million  (assuming an initial  public  offering price of $12.00 per
     share), resulting in an assumed cash payment of $6.1 million which has been
     presented as "Cash Payable to Roda  Stockholders."  This  liability will be
     satisfied with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.

     The  purchase  of  Roda  has  been   accounted  for  based  upon  available
     information   regarding  the  estimated   fair  value  of  the  assets  and
     liabilities acquired as follows:

          Purchase price ..................   $ 8,148,000
          Acquisition costs ...............       100,000
          Net liabilities assumed .........     2,640,000
                                              -----------
          Goodwill ........................   $10,888,000
                                              ===========

     Roda's  stockholders' equity of $873,000 and prior goodwill of $3.5 million
     have been eliminated in consolidation with the Company.

   
(5)  The Offering  adjustments assume an initial public offering price of $12.00
     per share and give effect to (i) the receipt of the assumed net proceeds of
     $22.6 million (after  deducting  underwriting  discounts and commissions of
     $1.8  million  and  estimated  offering  expenses  of  $800,000),  (ii) the
     recognition of a $272,000 portion of the offering expenses  previously paid
     and deferred by the  Predecessor at December 31, 1997,  (iii) the repayment
     of the  Reorganization  Notes,  (iv) satisfaction of the liability for cash
     payable to the Roda stockholders of $6.1 million,  (v) the repayment of the
     $1.4 million  (POUNDS  850,000)  Roda Seller Debt and (vi) the repayment of
     $2.4  million of bank  indebtedness  of the Company,  consisting  of a $1.0
     million term loan and $1.4 million  assumed to have been borrowed under the
     revolving line of credit on December 31, 1997.
    

                                       21

<PAGE>



                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  RODA
                                                           PREDECESSOR/       (HISTORICAL      ACQUISITION           COMPANY
                                                              COMPANY        CONVERTED)(1)     ADJUSTMENTS          PRO FORMA
                                                       -------------------- --------------- ----------------- --------------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                    <C>                  <C>             <C>               <C>
Net sales ............................................    $      35,744        $  6,961        $      --         $      42,705
Operating expenses:
 Costs of production .................................           26,894           4,293               --                31,187
 Selling, general and administrative .................            5,794           1,418               --                 7,212
 Depreciation and amortization .......................              694             148               --                   842
 Amortization of goodwill ............................               --              90              (90)(2)               272
                                                                                                     272 (2)
                                                                                               ---------
                                                                 33,382           5,949             (182)               39,513
                                                          -------------        --------        ---------         -------------
Income from operations ...............................            2,362           1,012             (182)                3,192
 Interest expense ....................................             (250)           (345)              --                  (595)
 Other income ........................................               35              86               --                   121
                                                          -------------        --------        ---------         -------------
Income before income taxes and minority interest.                 2,147             753             (182)                2,718
 Provision for income taxes ..........................              129             265               --                   394
                                                          -------------        --------        ---------         -------------
Income before minority interest ......................            2,018             488             (182)                2,324
 Minority interest ...................................               --             106             (106) (3)               --
                                                          -------------        --------        ---------         -------------
Net income ...........................................    $       2,018        $    382        $     (76)        $       2,324
                                                          =============        ========        =========         =============
PRO FORMA DATA (UNAUDITED):

Income before income taxes ...........................    $       2,147                                          $       2,718
 Pro forma provision for income taxes ................              880 (4)
                                                          -------------                                          -------------
                                                                                                                         1,142 (5)
                                                                                                                 -------------
Pro forma net income .................................    $       1,267                                          $       1,576
                                                          =============                                          =============
Pro forma earnings per share .........................    $        0.43                                          $        0.43
                                                          =============                                          =============
Pro forma shares outstanding .........................        2,978,594 (6)
                                                          =============                                          =============
                                                                                                                     3,657,552 (7)

                                                                                                                 =============
Pro forma as adjusted net income .....................                                                           $       1,674 (8)
                                                                                                                 =============
Pro forma as adjusted earnings per share .............                                                           $        0.40
                                                                                                                 =============
Pro forma as adjusted shares outstanding .............                                                               4,189,469 (9)
                                                                                                                 =============
</TABLE>

                                       22

<PAGE>



            NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME

(1)  Historical  balances  for Roda at December  31, 1997 have been  adjusted to
     conform  to  United  States  Generally  Accepted   Accounting   Principles,
     including  the  amortization  of  goodwill  of  $90,000  related  to a 1996
     management buyout of Roda and the recording of deferred taxes of $75,000.

(2)  Reflects (i) the elimination of Roda's  amortization of goodwill of $90,000
     related  to the 1996  management  buyout  of Roda  and  (ii) the  Company's
     recognition  of  amortization  of goodwill of $272,000  resulting  from the
     Acquisition.

(3)  Reflects the  elimination of $106,000 of minority  interest in the earnings
     of Roda.

(4)  Reflects an increase of $751,000  for income  taxes  computed  utilizing an
     overall  effective  tax  rate  of  41%  as if  the  Company  had  been  a C
     corporation since January 1, 1997.

(5)  Reflects a pro forma provision for income taxes for the Company and Roda on
     a combined  basis and  computed  utilizing  effective  tax rates of 41% for
     United States income taxes and 31% for United Kingdom income taxes.

(6)  Reflects (i) the initial CGII founding share,  (ii) 2,595,260  shares to be
     issued in the  Reorganization,  and (iii) 383,333 shares,  representing the
     number of shares  having a value  (based  upon an  assumed  initial  public
     offering price of $12.00 per share)  corresponding  to the principal amount
     of the Reorganization Notes.

(7)  Reflects  (i) the shares  described  in footnote  (6) above,  (ii)  169,739
     shares  issuable in  connection  with the  Acquisition,  and (iii)  509,219
     shares,  representing  the number of shares  having a value  (based upon an
     assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share) corresponding to
     the $6.1 million  liability  for cash payable to the Roda  stockholders  in
     connection with the Acquisition.

(8)  Reflects the  elimination of interest  expense of $142,000  ($98,000 net of
     taxes)  on the Roda  Seller  Debt of  approximately  $1.4  million  (POUNDS
     850,000)  to be repaid  through  the  application  of a portion  of the net
     proceeds from the Offering as if such  repayment had occurred on January 1,
     1997. See "The Company -- The Roda Acquisition" and "Use of Proceeds."

   
(9)  Reflects (i) the shares described in footnote (7) above and (ii) 531,917 of
     the additional shares to be sold in the Offering,  representing the portion
     of the shares  being sold in the  Offering in order to generate  sufficient
     proceeds  necessary to (a) repay the $1.4  million  (POUNDS  850,000)  Roda
     Seller  Debt,  (b) repay $2.4 million of bank  indebtedness  of the Company
     assumed  to  have  been  outstanding  on  December  31,  1997  and  (c) pay
     underwriting  discounts  and  expenses  of the  entire  Offering.  See  the
     Unaudited  Pro Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements,  "The Company -- The
     Reorganization" and "Use of Proceeds."
    

                                       23

<PAGE>



                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following table sets forth selected  historical  financial data for the
Predecessor  and selected  unaudited pro forma  combined  financial data for the
Company.  The selected  historical  financial data presented below as of and for
the three years ended  December  31,  1995,  1996 and 1997 are derived  from the
Predecessor's   audited  financial   statements   appearing  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with those financial statements and
the  related  notes  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.   The  selected
historical financial data presented below as of and for the years ended December
31, 1993 and 1994 are derived from the  unaudited  financial  statements  of the
Predecessor  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1993  and  audited  financial
statements  of the  Predecessor  for the year ended  December 31, 1994.  The pro
forma  data are  unaudited.  The  unaudited  financial  statements  include  all
adjustments,  consisting of only normal  recurring  accruals,  which  management
considers  necessary for a fair  presentation of the financial  position and the
results of  operations  for these  periods.  The selected  financial  data below
should be read in conjunction with the Predecessor  financial statements and the
related notes thereto, the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements and
the related notes thereto and the  information in  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1993         1994        1995        1996                      1997
                                    ------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------------------------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL            PRO FORMA(1)
                                     (UNAUDITED)                                      -------------------- --------------------
                                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                 <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Net sales .........................   $ 13,959     $ 15,927    $ 17,327    $ 23,193      $     35,744         $     42,705
Operating expenses:
 Costs of production ..............      9,637       12,085      12,860      17,616            26,894               31,187
 Selling, general and
  administrative ..................      3,053        3,151       3,441       4,270             5,794                7,212
 Depreciation and amortization.....        281          448         498         563               694                1,114
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------      ------------         ------------
                                        12,971       15,684      16,799      22,449            33,382               39,513
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------      ------------         ------------
Income from operations ............        988          243         528         744             2,362                3,192
 Interest expense .................        (99)        (173)       (257)       (234)             (250)                (595)
 Other income .....................          3           --           2          48                35                  121
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------      ------------         ------------
Income before income taxes ........        892           70         273         558             2,147                2,718
 Provision for income taxes .......        119            7           6          56               129                  394
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------      ------------         ------------
Net income ........................   $    773     $     63    $    267    $    502      $      2,018         $      2,324
                                      ========     ========    ========    ========      ============         ============
PRO FORMA DATA (UNAUDITED):
Income before income taxes ........                                                      $      2,147         $      2,718
 Pro forma provision for income
  taxes ...........................                                                               880 (2)            1,142 (3)
                                                                                         ------------         ------------
Pro forma net income ..............                                                      $      1,267         $      1,576
                                                                                         ============         ============
Pro forma earnings per share ......                                                      $       0.43         $       0.43
                                                                                         ============         ============
Pro forma shares outstanding ......                                                         2,978,594 (4)        3,657,552 (5)
                                                                                         ============         ============
Pro forma as adjusted net income.                                                                             $      1,674 (6)
                                                                                                              ============
Pro forma as adjusted earnings
 per share ........................                                                                           $       0.40
                                                                                                              ============
Pro forma as adjusted shares
 outstanding ......................                                                                              4,189,469 (7)
                                                                                                              ============
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1993       1994     1995     1996             1997
                                                  ------------- -------- -------- -------- -------------------------
                                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                                             ACTUAL   AS ADJUSTED(8)
                                                   (UNAUDITED)                             --------- ---------------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                               <C>           <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents .......................     $   71     $  144   $    1   $  543   $    67      $ 8,447
Working capital .................................        553        338       32     (867)      728        8,703
Total assets ....................................      3,787      5,680    5,568    9,471    10,938       33,367
Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations,

 net of current portion .........................        623      1,414    1,151    1,300     1,517        2,179
Stockholders' equity ............................      1,742      1,084      830    1,344     3,151       21,765
</TABLE>
    

                        (See footnotes on following page)

                                       24

<PAGE>



(footnotes from previous page)

(1)  Gives effect to the  Reorganization and the Acquisition as if they each had
     occurred on January 1, 1997. See the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial
     Statements.

(2)  Reflects an increase of $751,000  for income  taxes  computed  utilizing an
     overall  effective  tax  rate  of  41%  as if  the  Company  had  been  a C
     corporation since January 1, 1997.

(3)  Reflects a pro forma provision for income taxes for the Company and Roda on
     a combined basis computed  utilizing  effective tax rates of 41% for United
     States income taxes and 31% for United Kingdom income taxes.

(4)  Reflects (i) the initial CGII founding share,  (ii) 2,595,260  shares to be
     issued in the  Reorganization,  and (iii) 383,333 shares,  representing the
     number of shares  having a value  (based  upon an  assumed  initial  public
     offering price of $12.00 per share)  corresponding  to the principal amount
     of the Reorganization Notes.

(5)  Reflects  (i) the shares  described  in footnote  (4) above,  (ii)  169,739
     shares  issuable in  connection  with the  Acquisition,  and (iii)  509,219
     shares,  representing  the number of shares  having a value  (based upon an
     assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share) corresponding to
     the $6.1 million  liability  for cash payable to the Roda  stockholders  in
     connection with the Acquisition.

(6)  Reflects the  elimination of interest  expense of $142,000  ($98,000 net of
     taxes)  on the Roda  Seller  Debt of  approximately  $1.4  million  (POUNDS
     850,000)  to be repaid  through  the  application  of a portion  of the net
     proceeds from the Offering as if such  repayment had occurred on January 1,
     1997. See "The Company -- The Roda Acquisition" and "Use of Proceeds."

   
(7)  Reflects (i) the shares described in footnote (5) above and (ii) 531,917 of
     the additional shares to be sold in the Offering,  representing the portion
     of the shares  being sold in the  Offering in order to generate  sufficient
     proceeds  necessary to (a) repay the $1.4  million  (POUNDS  850,000)  Roda
     Seller  Debt,  (b) repay $2.4 million of bank  indebtedness  of the Company
     assumed  to  have  been  outstanding  on  December  31,  1997  and  (c) pay
     underwriting  discounts  and  expenses  of the  entire  Offering.  See  the
     Unaudited  Pro Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements,  "The Company -- The
     Reorganization" and "Use of Proceeds."

(8)  Gives  effect to the  following  transactions  as if they had  occurred  on
     December 31, 1997: (i) the Reorganization;  (ii) the Acquisition; and (iii)
     the sale of 2,100,000  shares of Common Stock offered hereby and the use of
     the  net  proceeds   therefrom,   including:   (a)  the  repayment  of  the
     Reorganization  Notes,  (b) the  satisfaction of the liability for the cash
     payable  to the Roda  stockholders  of $6.1  million  (assuming  an initial
     public  offering price of $12.00 per share),  (c) the repayment of the Roda
     Seller Debt,  and (d) the  repayment  of $2.4 million of bank  indebtedness
     assumed to have been  outstanding on that date. See the Unaudited Pro Forma
     Combined Financial Statements and "Use of Proceeds."
    



                                       25

<PAGE>



           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                            AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

     The  Company  provides a wide range of graphic  communications  services to
financial institutions and corporations,  focusing on producing and distributing
time-sensitive  analytical  research and  marketing  materials  and on providing
on-demand printing  services.  The Company commenced its operations in 1989 when
it opened a printing  facility in New Jersey to provide  overnight  printing and
delivery of  time-sensitive  analytical  research and marketing  reports for its
financial  institution  customers  in  the  New  York  City  metropolitan  area.
Currently, the Company operates two facilities in the New York City area and has
agreed to acquire  London-based  Roda,  giving the  Company  its first  facility
outside the United  States.  To date,  the Company has  experienced  significant
growth primarily  through the (i) expansion of its existing  customer base, (ii)
addition of products  and  services,  (iii)  assimilation  of in-house  printing
operations,  (iv)  acquisition  of  selected  assets  and (v)  establishment  of
strategic alliances.

   
     Immediately prior to the Offering, the Predecessor will be reorganized such
that the  stockholders of the Predecessor will contribute all of the outstanding
shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor  to CGII in exchange  for a total of
2,595,260  shares of Common Stock and Exchange Notes in the aggregate  principal
amount of $2.4 million  (assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per
share). Concurrently with the Reorganization, CGII will assume the Predecessor's
obligations with respect to  undistributed S corporation  taxable income through
the date of the Reorganization,  estimated to total $2.2 million, and will issue
Distribution  Notes in such amount to evidence such obligations.  In April 1998,
the  Predecessor  borrowed $1.2 million  under its  revolving  line of credit to
partially fund a $1.4 million  distribution to its  stockholders for the payment
of taxes on account of undistributed S corporation taxable income.
    

     The Company will  acquire 100% of the share  capital of Roda in two stages.
Concurrently with the consummation of the Offering, the Company will acquire all
of the issued  ordinary  share  capital of Roda  pursuant to an agreement  dated
January 16, 1998, as amended (the "Roda  Purchase  Agreement")  for an aggregate
consideration of approximately $6.3 million. The $6.3 million consideration will
be satisfied by (i) the delivery of 169,739  shares of Common Stock,  which will
be valued at the initial public offering price,  and (ii) a cash payment for the
balance of the consideration ($4.3 million,  assuming an initial public offering
price of $12.00 per share). In addition,  upon consummation of the Offering, the
Company will deliver into escrow $1.8 million, representing the total redemption
price of all of the issued preference share capital of Roda. The Company has the
right to redeem, and intends to redeem, such preference shares on June 30, 1998.
The Company may be  required by the holders of the  preference  shares to redeem
such shares prior to June 30, 1998. The amount in escrow will be used to pay the
redemption price upon such redemption.

     In addition to the  consideration  for the  ordinary and  preference  share
capital,  Roda's  outstanding  indebtedness  will be reflected on the  Company's
consolidated  balance sheet from and after the  consummation of the Acquisition.
As of December 31,  1997,  Roda had $4.3  million of  indebtedness  outstanding,
including the Roda Seller Debt. Under the terms of the Roda Purchase  Agreement,
the Company has committed to cause Roda to repay the entire $1.4 million (POUNDS
850,000)  of the Roda  Seller Debt within 28 days  following  the  closing.  The
Company intends to repay the Roda Seller Debt from the proceeds of the Offering.
In order to  secure  the  performance  by the  selling  stockholders  of Roda of
certain warranties and covenants,  $462,000 (POUNDS 275,000) of the cash portion
of the  consideration  will be held in  escrow  until  one  year  following  the
closing.  The  obligations of the parties under the Roda Purchase  Agreement are
contingent upon the closing of the Offering. Roda provides printing and document
output and  management  services to financial  services  companies in the United
Kingdom and  European  markets,  and has been a  strategic  partner in the World
Research Link(TM). Following the Offering and the completion of the Acquisition,
Roda will become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company and its  day-to-day
operations in London will  continue to be  supervised by its current  management
team.

     To date, the Predecessor has been taxed as an S corporation.  In connection
with the  Offering,  the Company will become  subject to federal and  additional
state  income  taxes  upon  the   termination  of  the  S  corporation   status.
Concurrently with becoming subject to federal and additional state income taxes,
the


                                       26

<PAGE>



Company will record  additional  deferred tax assets of $295,000 and  additional
deferred  tax  liabilities  of $354,000 and a  corresponding  net tax expense of
$59,000 in its  statement  of income.  These tax items  will be  reflected  as a
special  charge in the Company's  income  statement for the quarter in which the
Reorganization occurs.

     The  Company's  five  largest   customers,   all  of  which  are  financial
institutions,  accounted  for  approximately  65% of its net  sales for the year
ended December 31, 1997.  After giving effect to the  Acquisition,  net sales to
customers  outside  the  United  States  would  have  accounted  for  16% of the
Company's  pro forma net sales in the year  ended  December  31,  1997,  and the
Company anticipates that foreign sales will account for a significant portion of
net sales in the foreseeable  future. As a result, the Company's  operations may
be subject to the fluctuation of currency  exchange rates,  various and changing
regulatory requirements,  increased sales and marketing expenses,  political and
economic  instability,  difficulty in staffing and managing foreign  operations,
potentially adverse taxes, complex foreign laws and treaties and the possibility
of difficulty in accounts receivable collections.

     The  Company's  largest  customer,  Goldman,  Sachs  & Co.,  accounted  for
approximately  24% of the Company's net sales during 1997.  Although the Company
has had long-term  relationships with its significant  customers,  the Company's
customers may terminate their relationship upon minimal,  if any, advance notice
and there  can be no  assurance  that  these  relationships  will  continue.  In
addition,  given  the  concentration  of  customers  in the  financial  services
industry,  the Company's results of operations will be particularly sensitive to
fluctuations in the economy or financial markets affecting this industry.

     The Company's net sales are derived  primarily from providing  printing and
distribution  services for  customers in the financial  services,  insurance and
publishing  industries,  a  substantial  component  of which is the printing and
distribution  of financial and analytical  research and marketing  materials for
the financial services industry.  The Company also derives part of its net sales
from providing fulfillment services, including labeling, mailing, inserting, kit
assembly  and  inventory  management  for its  customers.  Finally,  the Company
provides  computer and data output services and other document  related services
for customers.

     The Company's  operating  expenses  consist of the following:  (i) costs of
production,   (ii)  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  and  (iii)
depreciation and amortization. Costs of production consist primarily of the cost
of paper and other production materials, labor, outside services,  insurance and
other production  expenses including repairs and maintenance and rent.  Selling,
general  and   administrative   expenses   consist   primarily  of   management,
administrative  and  marketing  expenses,  salaries for  officers,  salaries and
commissions paid to sales persons and professional fees.

     The Company's quarterly operating results have been and will continue to be
subject to variation,  depending  upon factors such as the mix of business among
the  Company's   services,   the  cost  of  materials,   labor  and  technology,
particularly  in connection  with the delivery of business  services,  the costs
associated with initiating new outsourcing contracts or opening new offices, the
economic  condition of the Company's target markets,  seasonal  concerns and the
costs of acquiring and integrating new businesses.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following  table sets forth certain items from the Company's  Statement
of Income as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                              1995          1996          1997
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales .............................................       100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
 Costs of production ..................................        74.2          76.0          75.3
 Selling, general and administrative expenses .........        19.9          18.4          16.2
 Depreciation and amortization ........................         2.9           2.4           1.9
                                                              -----         -----         -----
Income from operations ................................         3.0           3.2           6.6
 Interest expense .....................................       ( 1.5)        ( 1.0)        ( 0.7)
 Other income .........................................         0.0           0.2           0.1
                                                              -----         -----         -----
Income before income taxes ............................         1.5           2.4           6.0
 Provision for income tax .............................         0.0           0.2           0.4
                                                              -----         -----         -----
Net income ............................................         1.5%          2.2%          5.6%
                                                              =====         =====         =====
</TABLE>


                                       27

<PAGE>



Year ended December 31, 1997 compared to year ended December 31, 1996.

     Net sales.  The Company  reported  net sales of $35.7  million for the year
ended  December 31, 1997 compared to $23.2  million for the year ended  December
31, 1996, an increase of $12.5 million or 54%. The majority of this increase was
attributable  to an increase  in  business  with  existing  customers,  with the
balance attributable to the addition of new customers.  In 1997, the Company had
four  customers  each of whom  represented  in excess of 10% of net  sales,  and
together  represented an aggregate of 57% of net sales. In 1996, the Company had
three  customers  each of whom  represented  in excess of 10% of net sales,  and
together represented an aggregate of 42% of net sales.

     Costs of  production.  Costs of production  were $26.9 million for 1997, as
compared to $17.6 million for 1996, an increase of $9.3 million or 53%. Costs of
production  were  approximately  75% of net  sales  for  1997,  as  compared  to
approximately  76% of net sales for 1996. The decrease in costs of production as
a percentage of net sales was primarily a result of economies of scale resulting
from improved utilization of the Company's existing facilities.

     Selling,  general  and  administrative   expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  increased to approximately  $5.8 million for 1997 from
approximately  $4.3 million for 1996, an increase of $1.5 million.  The increase
was  attributable to costs  associated with the addition of personnel to support
future growth. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative
expenses  decreased from  approximately  18% for 1996 to  approximately  16% for
1997,  primarily  reflecting  greater economies of scale as the Company improved
the utilization of its existing facilities.

     Depreciation and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization  expense was
$694,000 for 1997 as compared to $563,000  for 1996,  an increase of $131,000 or
23%. The increase in depreciation and  amortization  expense was attributable to
the addition of equipment by the Company  during 1997.  In  connection  with the
Acquisition,  the Company will record  goodwill of  approximately  $10.9 million
which  will  result  in  additional   amortization  expense  in  the  future  of
approximately $272,000 per year.

     Interest  expense.  Interest  expense was $250,000 for 1997, as compared to
$234,000  for 1996,  an  increase of $16,000 or 7%.  Such  increase  was largely
attributable  to higher  levels of  borrowings  during  1997.  Interest  expense
reflects   interest  on  notes  payable,   capital  lease   obligations  and  on
utilizations of the line of credit with Summit Bank.

     Other  income.  Other  income  included  $35,000  for 1997,  as compared to
$48,000 for 1996, a decrease of $13,000.  Other income primarily reflected gains
on the sale of certain depreciated equipment.

     Provision  for income  taxes.  Provision  for income taxes was $129,000 for
1997, as compared to $56,000 for 1996.  The increase is  attributable  to higher
income generated during the period.  As discussed above, upon termination of the
Company's S corporation  status,  the Company will become subject to federal and
additional state income taxes.

     Net income. As a result of the aforementioned, net income increased to $2.0
million for 1997 from  $502,000  for 1996,  an increase  of $1.5  million.  As a
percentage of net sales, net income increased to 6% in 1997 from 2% in 1996.

Year ended December 31, 1996 compared to year ended December 31, 1995.

     Net sales.  The Company  had net sales of $23.2  million for the year ended
December  31, 1996  compared to $17.3  million for the year ended  December  31,
1995,  an increase of $5.9  million or 34%.  The  majority of this  increase was
attributable  to an increase  in  business  with  existing  customers,  with the
balance attributable to the addition of new customers.  In 1996, the Company had
three  customers  each of whom  represented  in excess of 10% of net sales,  and
together  represented an aggregate of 42% of net sales. In 1995, the Company had
two  customers  each of whom  represented  in  excess of 10% of net  sales,  and
together represented an aggregate of 37% of net sales.

     Costs of  production.  Costs of production  were $17.6 million for 1996, as
compared to $12.9 million for 1995, an increase of $4.7 million or 37%. Costs of
production  were  approximately  76% of net  sales  for  1996,  as  compared  to
approximately  74% of net sales for 1995. The decrease in costs of production as
a percentage of net sales was primarily a result of economies of scale resulting
from improved utilization of the Company's existing facilities.

                                       28

<PAGE>



     Selling,  general  and  administrative   expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  increased to approximately  $4.3 million for 1996 from
approximately  $3.4  million for 1995,  an  increase  of  $900,000  or 26%.  The
increase was  attributable to costs associated with the addition of personnel to
support  future  growth.  As a  percentage  of net sales,  selling,  general and
administrative   expenses   decreased  to   approximately   18%  for  1996  from
approximately  20% for  1995,  reflecting  economies  of  scale  as the  Company
increased facilities utilization.

     Depreciation and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization  expense was
$563,000  for 1996 as compared to $498,000  for 1995,  an increase of $65,000 or
13%. The increase in depreciation and amortization  expense  primarily  reflects
the addition of equipment by the Company during 1996.

     Interest  expense.  Interest  expense  was  $234,000  for 1996  compared to
$257,000 for 1995, a decrease of $23,000 or 9%.

     Other income.  Other income included $48,000 for 1996 as compared to $2,000
for 1995.  Other income  primarily  reflected  gains on the sale of  depreciated
equipment.

     Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes was $56,000 for 1996
as compared to $6,000 for 1995.  The increase is  attributable  to higher income
generated during the period.

     Net income.  As a result of the  aforementioned,  net income  increased  to
$502,000 for 1996 from $267,000 for 1995, an increase of $235,000 or 88%.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     To date, the Company has financed its operations, including working capital
and equipment acquisitions,  using bank borrowings, vendor financing,  financing
lease  transactions,  as  well  as  from  cash  flow  generated  from  operating
activities,  and stockholder debt and equity  contributions.  As of December 31,
1997,  the  Company had net working  capital of  $728,000,  as compared to a net
working capital  deficit at December 31, 1996 of $867,000.  Net cash provided by
operating activities was $1.5 million, $1.7 million and $594,000 for each of the
years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Net cash used in
investing activities was $797,000, $1.6 million and $254,000 for the years ended
December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Net cash used in  investing
activities  was  primarily  attributable  to the  acquisition  of  property  and
equipment,  offset in part by the cash  generated from the sale and leaseback of
certain  equipment  for  $1.3  million  in  1997.  Net  cash  used in  financing
activities  totaled $1.1 million in 1997, as compared to net cash generated from
financing  activities of $511,000 in 1996.  In 1995,  net cash used in financing
activities  totaled  $483,000.  In 1997,  cash was used in financing  activities
primarily to repay indebtedness to related parties and to fund a dividend to the
Company's  stockholders.  In 1996,  cash was  provided by  financing  activities
primarily  from the net  incurrence of additional  third-party  indebtedness  to
finance the acquisition of equipment and certain other assets. In 1995, cash was
used in  financing  activities  primarily  to pay a  dividend  to the  Company's
stockholders, as well as to repay certain indebtedness.

     On December  15,  1997,  the Company  entered  into a new Loan and Security
Agreement  with Summit Bank (the "Loan and  Security  Agreement").  The Loan and
Security  Agreement  provides for a $2.0 million  revolving line of credit and a
$1.0 million three-year term loan facility. The revolving line of credit expires
on May 30,  1998.  Borrowings  under the line of  credit  and the term loan bear
interest at the bank's prime rate or, at the Company's option,  LIBOR plus 2.25%
(8.5% at December 31, 1997). The debt is  collateralized by substantially all of
the  Company's  assets.  Among other  things,  the Loan and  Security  Agreement
restricts the Company's  ability to incur  additional  indebtedness and requires
the Company to maintain  certain  financial  ratios.  As of December  31,  1997,
$300,000 was outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $1.0 million was
outstanding under the term loan facility.  The Company intends to repay the term
loan facility with the proceeds of the  Offering.  As of December 31, 1997,  the
Company had no commitments for capital expenditures.

     As a result of the  Acquisition,  the  Company  will have  additional  debt
outstanding, including borrowings under Roda's existing credit facility with the
Bank of Scotland (the "Roda Facility")  consisting of a $2.0 million (POUNDS 1.2
million) term loan and a $418,000 (POUNDS 250,000) revolving line of credit. The
line of credit is reviewed by the bank  annually for renewal,  but is payable on
demand. Borrowings under both

                                       29

<PAGE>



   
the term loan and the line of credit bear  interest at the bank's base rate plus
2.50%  (9.75%  as  of  December  31,  1997).  The  debt  is   collateralized  by
substantially  all of Roda's  assets.  As of December  31,  1997,  approximately
$357,000  (POUNDS  214,000)  was  outstanding  on the credit  facility  and $1.6
million (POUNDS  968,000) was outstanding  under the term loan. The term loan is
payable in equal monthly installments through October 20, 2001.
    

     The  Company  intends  to  seek  to  expand  its  operations   through  the
acquisition  of  additional  businesses  which provide  commercial,  digital and
time-sensitive  printing  services and through the expansion of its  outsourcing
business.  Such acquisitions could involve the issuance of additional securities
of the Company,  the payment of cash,  including proceeds from the Offering,  or
the  incurrence of debt.  No  assurances  can be made that the Company will have
access to  necessary  financing  to pursue  its  growth  strategy.  The  Company
believes that the combination of the proceeds raised from the Offering, together
with  internally  generated  funds,  will  provide  sufficient  cash to meet the
Company's capital and other cash requirements for the next twelve months.

YEAR 2000 ISSUES

     In the year 2000, the Company's  computer programs that have date sensitive
software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than 2000. This
could  result in a system  failure or  miscalculations  causing  disruptions  of
operations,  including  among other  things,  a temporary  inability  to process
transactions, send invoices or engage in similar normal business activities.

     The Company will be required to modify its  purchased  software  program so
that its computer  systems will  function  properly with respect to dates in the
year 2000 and thereafter.  The Company has been informed that the vendor for the
purchased  software  is  expected to release an upgrade to address the Year 2000
issue no later than December 31, 1998, which is prior to any anticipated  impact
on the Company's  operating  systems.  The cost of the upgrade to the Company is
included  in its  maintenance  contract  with  its  vendor  and  will not have a
material impact on the Company's future financial results.

     The  Company  has had  communications  with all of its  significant,  large
customers and suppliers to determine the extent to which the Company's interface
systems  are  vulnerable  to any failure by third  parties to upgrade  their own
software.  The Company  believes  that its large  customers  and  suppliers  are
addressing  the issues and will timely adjust their  systems.  However,  if such
modifications  are not made by the Company or its vendors or  customers,  or are
not completed in a timely manner,  the Company's  operations  could be adversely
affected.

RECENT PRONOUNCEMENTS OF THE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD

     Recent  pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
which are not required to be adopted at December 31, 1997, include the following
Statements of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS"):

     SFAS No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income," establishes standards for
reporting  and display of  comprehensive  income (all changes in equity during a
period except those resulting from  investments by and  distributions to owners)
and its components in the financial statements. This new standard, which will be
effective  for the Company for the year ending  December 31, 1998,  is currently
anticipated  to only impact the Company's  financial  statements  related to the
reporting of translation gains and losses for the proposed acquisition of Roda.

     SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosure  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related
Information,"  which  will be  effective  for the  Company  for the year  ending
December  31,  1998,  establishes  standards  for  reporting  information  about
operating  segments in the annual  financial  statements,  selected  information
about operating  segments in interim  financial  reports and  disclosures  about
products and services,  geographic areas and major customers.  This new standard
will require the Company to report  financial  information  on the basis that is
used internally for evaluating segment  performance and deciding how to allocate
resources  to segments,  which may result in more  detailed  information  in the
notes to the  Company's  financial  statements  than is  currently  required and
provided.   The  Company  has  not  yet  determined  the  effects,  if  any,  of
implementing SFAS No. 131 on its reporting of financial information.

                                       30

<PAGE>



                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

   
     The  Company  provides a wide range of graphic  communications  services to
financial institutions and corporations,  focusing on producing and distributing
time-sensitive  analytical  research and  marketing  materials  and on providing
on-demand printing services.  The Company,  which commenced  operations in 1989,
operates in select  international  markets  through its facilities in the United
States and through  alliances  with Roda,  its  strategic  partner in the United
Kingdom,  and with its  strategic  partner in Hong Kong.  The Company is a major
producer of financial  research  reports,  having  produced over 2 billion pages
during 1997. The Company provides services,  on a non-exclusive  basis, to 13 of
the top 20 leading  investment  banking  firms in the United States as ranked by
Institutional  Investor in October 1997 based on their capabilities in providing
research and analysis.
    

     Graphic  communications  services  provided by the Company  include digital
communications,  document management,  offset printing,  digital printing,  data
output, bindery,  fulfillment services, mailing services and outsource services.
The  Company  prints  brochures,   booklets,   confirmations  of  trade,  client
statements and adhesive books to meet the daily, weekly and monthly needs of its
customers.  To facilitate  the rapid  distribution  of documents  globally,  the
Company has designed and  implemented the World Research  Link(TM),  an array of
electronic data communication  networks linking each of the Company's facilities
with its strategic operating partners and major customers.  To date, the Company
has  established  extensive  non-exclusive  client  relationships  with  leading
companies  in the  financial  services,  insurance  and  publishing  industries,
providing  certain of the  printing  and graphic  communication  needs of Credit
Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Morgan Grenfell, Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
Lehman  Brothers  Inc.,  Merrill Lynch & Co.,  Inc.,  The  Prudential  Insurance
Company of  America,  Empire Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield,  New York Life  Insurance
Company, and The McGraw-Hill Company, among others.

   
     The Company has experienced significant growth, with net sales growing from
$17.3  million  for the year ended  December  31, 1995 to $35.7  million  ($42.7
million pro forma for the  Acquisition) for the year ended December 31, 1997 and
income  from  operations  growing  over the same  period  from  $528,000 to $2.4
million ($3.2 million pro forma for the  Acquisition),  representing  compounded
annual  growth  rates of  43.6%  and  113.2%,  respectively.  See  "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operation."  A
significant  portion  of this  growth is  attributable  to the  assimilation  of
certain  in-house  printing  operations of Goldman,  Sachs & Co. and Empire Blue
Cross/Blue   Shield.  See  "Graphic   Communications   Services  --  Outsourcing
Services." The Company  intends to continue to pursue its growth strategy by (i)
pursuing  acquisitions  and  establishing  strategic  alliances  to  expand  and
strengthen  the  Company's  business  reach in target  markets  worldwide,  (ii)
pursuing outsourcing opportunities through the assimilation of in-house printing
operations of third-party  businesses,  (iii)  expanding the scope and volume of
services offered, (iv) actively  cross-selling  existing or newly-added products
or  services  to its  customers  worldwide,  and  (v)  improving  the  operating
efficiency  of  its  existing  operations.  As  part  of  its  growth  strategy,
concurrently  with the closing of the  Offering,  the Company  will  acquire its
London-based  strategic partner Roda. Roda provides printing and document output
and management services to financial services companies, primarily in the United
Kingdom and European markets.
    

     The  Company's  senior  officers have  extensive  experience in the graphic
communications  services  industry,  having been  employed by the Company for an
average of approximately 6 years and having an average of approximately 19 years
of industry  experience.  The Company's Chairman,  President and Chief Executive
Officer,  Michael R.  Cunningham,  founded  the  Company  and has been  actively
involved in the  industry  for over 15 years.  Furthermore,  based on the proven
track record of its  experienced  management team and the wide range of services
it provides,  the Company is  well-positioned  to capitalize  on the  increasing
outsourcing trend as well as on consolidation opportunities in the industry.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

   
     The Company  estimates  that in 1997 the  commercial  printing and document
production  market  accounted for more than $75 billion in revenue in the United
States,  based  upon  information  from  certain  trade  associations  and other
industry sources. The printing and document management business in the
    

                                       31

<PAGE>



United  States  is  highly  fragmented,   with  approximately  40,000  companies
presently in  operation,  only  approximately  5% of which are estimated to have
annual  net  sales in  excess  of $5  million.  The  Company  believes  that the
commercial printing and document production business is similarly  fragmented in
the United Kingdom and in certain other markets.

     The  printing and document  management  industry has evolved  significantly
over the last several years driven in large part by rapid advances in publishing
and electronic information  technology.  The Company believes that the growth of
the printing and document  production  industry has been due to various factors,
including (i) the  increasing  volume,  complexity  and variety of documents and
printed materials produced by businesses  worldwide,  (ii) the increasing demand
by businesses for the international dissemination of time-sensitive information,
and (iii) the growing trend of businesses to outsource  their in-house  printing
operations (e.g., print shops, copy centers and document management  facilities)
to document  professionals  equipped to provide these services more  efficiently
and cost-effectively.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     The  Company   believes   that  the   fragmented   nature  of  the  graphic
communications  industry  and the limited  capital  resources  available to many
small,  private operators provide the Company with significant  opportunities to
expand  its base of  operations.  The  Company  intends to  continue  its growth
strategy by (i) pursuing  acquisitions and establishing  strategic  alliances to
expand and strengthen the Company's  business reach in target markets worldwide,
(ii) pursuing  outsourcing  opportunities  through the  assimilation of in-house
printing  operations of third-party  businesses,  (iii)  expanding the scope and
volume of services offered, (iv) actively  cross-selling existing or newly-added
products or services to its customers worldwide, and (v) improving the operating
efficiency of its existing operations.

Pursue Acquisitions and Establish Strategic Alliances

     The Company will seek to acquire  complementary  operations  throughout the
United States, United Kingdom and other international markets which, the Company
believes,  possess  attractive  characteristics,   including  concentrations  of
prospective  customers  with  significant  printing  needs,  such  as  financial
institutions.  The Company will typically target acquisition candidates with (i)
annual net sales  ranging from $3.0 to $15.0  million;  (ii)  attractive  growth
prospects within their respective  markets;  (iii)  complementary  technological
capabilities;  (iv)  opportunities for economies of scale and synergies with the
Company; (v) solid reputation with established customer relationships;  and (vi)
an  experienced  management  team.  The Company may also seek to make  "tuck-in"
acquisitions as a means to expand its existing operations, add product lines and
services as well as expand its customer base.

     The Company will also seek to establish additional alliances with strategic
partners in targeted  geographic  markets.  This incremental  approach to growth
enables the Company to expand the scope of its  operations  without the need for
substantial  capital  investments  while  mitigating the risks  associated  with
start-up facilities in new markets. In addition,  the Company believes that such
relationships  foster  significant   cross-selling   opportunities  across  each
partners'  respective  customer bases.  The Company believes that such alliances
also provide for future  acquisition  opportunities.  Pursuant to this strategy,
the Company initially  established an alliance with Roda, a United Kingdom-based
printing company.  As part of its growth strategy,  the Company recently entered
into an agreement to acquire Roda, thereby solidifying the Company's presence in
the United Kingdom and European printing  markets.  See "The Company -- The Roda
Acquisition," "Graphic  Communications Services -- Time Sensitive Printing," and
"International Network."

Expand Provision of Outsourcing Services

     To date,  the  Company has grown,  in part,  through  the  assimilation  of
certain in-house printing  operations of third-party  businesses,  including the
print shop and data output center of Goldman,  Sachs & Co. and the print shop of
Empire Blue Cross/Blue  Shield. The Company believes that it is a cost effective
and an efficient  provider of a wide range of in-house  printing  services.  The
Company typically

                                       32

<PAGE>



provides outsourcing services by assuming all or part of the document output and
distribution  responsibilities  previously  performed by a  customer's  in-house
operations.  In some  instances,  the Company may take over the  management of a
customer's  in-house  operations.   See  "Graphic   Communications  Services  --
Outsourcing Services."

Expand the Scope and Volume of Services Offered

     The Company  intends to continue to expand the scope and volume of services
provided to its  customers  through the addition of  complementary  products and
services.  The  Company  also  continually  evaluates  opportunities  to add new
equipment to its existing  facilities or enhance its current technology in order
to satisfy the evolving  needs of its customer  base.  In addition,  the Company
regularly evaluates  opportunities to add capacity to its existing operations to
meet any anticipated increase in demand of its larger customers.

Capitalize on Cross-Selling Opportunities

     The Company also intends to actively  cross-sell  existing and  newly-added
products or services to its customers worldwide. By leveraging on the wide range
of products and services  offered  through both its own  facilities and those of
its strategic partners in complementary geographic markets, the Company believes
that it can better  serve the needs of  international  customers  by  offering a
"one-stop  shopping"  approach to satisfying  international  printing  needs. In
addition,  the  Company  also  believes  that  it  can  cultivate  new  customer
relationships as a result of introductions  made by its strategic partners whose
respective  customers may require  printing output in the United States or other
markets  served  by the  Company.  The  Company  believes  that its  ability  to
cross-sell the products and services of its  international  alliance provides it
with a distinct competitive advantage.  See "Graphic  Communications Services --
Time Sensitive Printing" and "International Network."

Improve Efficiency of its Existing Operations

     Central to the Company's  business strategy is to improve the profitability
of its operations by maximizing the efficiency of its existing  facilities while
actively managing its operating and  administrative  costs. The Company believes
that  significant   economies  of  scale  may  be  achieved  by  leveraging  its
underutilized    daytime   production   capacity   through   the   increase   of
non-time-sensitive   business.   A   significant   portion   of  the   Company's
time-sensitive business is currently processed overnight, resulting in available
daytime capacity.  The Company also expects to achieve significant  economies of
scale in conjunction with its acquisition  strategy. In this regard, the Company
expects to (i) consolidate duplicative functions or facilities of newly-acquired
businesses;  (ii) leverage its purchasing  power with its suppliers and employee
benefit  providers;  and (iii) use its  communication  network  to  improve  the
coordination of production, maximize equipment utilization and enhance delivery.

GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES

Time-Sensitive Services

     The Company's  primary business focuses on the production of time-sensitive
documents for major financial institutions and corporations.  The Company offers
a wide range of  time-sensitive  services  including the printing,  assembly and
dissemination  of folders,  booklets and adhesive  books on a daily,  weekly and
monthly  basis.  The Company also prints  prospectuses,  annual and  semi-annual
reports for mutual funds customers.

     Typically, the Company converts electronic data received from its customers
on a daily basis into tailored analytical research reports which are printed and
delivered to the  Company's  customers  prior to the start of the next  business
day. The Company's production processes include digital  communications,  offset
and digital printing,  multiple binding  procedures,  branch  fulfillment,  list
maintenance and prompt distribution.  The Company's  technological  capabilities
enable it to produce colorful, attractive products.

                                       33

<PAGE>



In addition,  the Company's World Research  Link(TM) network enables the Company
to print and  distribute  these  documents,  in  conjunction  with its strategic
partners, contemporaneously throughout several international locations. See

"International Network."

     The  demand for  printed  research  and other  time-sensitive  reports  has
continued  to  grow  despite   continuing   developments   in  electronic   data
transmission,  such as the Internet,  which provide  customers with  alternative
methods of transmitting time-sensitive information. The Company expects that the
demand for time-sensitive printed documents will continue to grow due to (i) the
increasing globalization of its customers,  particularly financial institutions,
(ii) the growth and  expansion of  international  capital  markets and (iii) the
increasing volume, complexity and variety of document and printed materials. The
Company  believes that printed  research  reports not only serve as  information
tools,  but serve as marketing tools as well. As such, the Company believes that
customers will continue to demand high quality and colorful  research reports as
they seek to distinguish themselves in their own competition for clients.

Outsourcing Services

     The Company typically provides outsourcing services by assuming all or part
of the document output and distribution responsibilities previously performed by
a third party's in-house operations. This service often enables such third party
to focus on its core business and to close all or portions of its in-house print
shop  and/or  document  management  and copy  centers and permits the Company to
operate and perform all  services on a remote  basis.  Such third party can also
achieve  significant  cost  savings  on the  cost of  technology,  material  and
services  such as paper and shipping by taking  advantage  of the bulk  purchase
arrangements  which the Company has with its  suppliers.  Thereafter,  the third
party may transmit  computer-generated  data to one of the Company's  production
and printing facilities,  which then processes,  produces and distributes all of
the  reports,  statements  and other  computer-output  documents on an as needed
basis. The Company believes that it can operate print shop,  document management
and copy center  functions  more  efficiently  and cost  effectively  than can a
non-graphic communications company.

   
     The  Company  has an  established  track  record of  assimilating  into its
existing  operations  the assets and  workforce of  third-party  in-house  print
operations,  including its assimilation of the print shop and data output center
of Goldman,  Sachs & Co. and the print shop of Empire Blue Cross/Blue Shield. In
each of the foregoing transactions,  the Company acquired selected equipment and
inventory on favorable terms and retained a majority of the employees.  Sales to
these  customers   accounted  for  57%  and  82%  of  the  total  sales  growth,
post-assimilation,  in the years ended  December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997,
respectively,  and accounted for 18.2% and 28.8%, respectively, of the total net
sales in those two years.  Because the Company was previously providing services
to the two  customers,  it is possible that a portion of this sales growth might
have occurred in the absence of the assimilation of these operations.
    

Data Output Services

     The Company also provides a variety of data output services,  including the
production  of  trade   confirmations  and  brokerage  and  investment   account
statements for a major financial institution.  In addition, the Company provides
certain database management services to its customers,  including the ability to
output  data  files of  addresses  directly  onto  envelopes  or  other  printed
material,  insert flyers and other  materials  into mailings as well as to offer
presorting of first class mail with bulk postal drop services.

Commercial Printing

     The Company  produces a broad range of  commercial  printing  products that
include  catalogs,  directories,   brochures,  booklets,  folders,  newsletters,
flyers,  sales and marketing kits and manuals.  The type of printing varies from
simple one color documents to complex  multi-color  documents on a wide range of
paper stocks. The Company's  customers for commercial  printing products include
its financial

                                       34

<PAGE>



institution  clients,   insurance   companies,   healthcare  and  pharmaceutical
companies and trade associations.  The Company also provides "overflow" printing
for a number of in-house print operations of investment banking firms. Given the
non-time-sensitive  nature  of many of these  projects,  the  Company  typically
produces these products during  non-critical  daytime hours. The Company expects
to  continue  to  increase  the volume of daytime  commercial  printing  to take
advantage of its available  non-time-sensitive  production capacity.  See "Sales
and Marketing."

PRINTING OPERATIONS

     The Company provides a broad range of graphic communications services for a
wide variety of commercial purposes.  These services commence with the intake of
data,  and  continue  through the  prepress and press  processes,  binding,  and
conclude with fulfillment and distribution. The Company continuously reviews its
printing equipment needs and evaluates  advances in computer hardware,  software
and peripheral equipment,  computer networking and telecommunications systems as
they relate to the Company's operations.

Telecommunications and Order Entry

     The Company's capital investment in state-of-the-art telecommunications and
customer  on-line  ordering  systems  allows the  Company to offer its  services
internationally and throughout its customers' organizational network. In lieu of
manual   delivery   of   customer   data  files  or   artwork,   the   Company's
telecommunications  capabilities  allow it to  receive  direct  transmission  of
files,  saving  both  time and  expense  while  increasing  quality  of the work
produced.

     Customers  have  many  alternatives  for  sending  electronic  files to the
Company.  Using a modem,  customers can contact the Company's private and secure
electronic  bulletin  board,  log-in and  transmit  or access  data  files.  For
customers with advanced telecommunications requirements, the Company offers ISDN
line  communication  capability.  For  some of the  Company's  most  significant
customers,  specialized  equipment,  such  as  fractional  T1  lines  have  been
installed.  Customers  having  Internet  access may use available  File Transfer
Protocol  ("FTP") and World Wide Web  applications to send and receive data in a
secure manner.  Secure router-based  connections through proxy servers allow the
Company to control traffic and direct files  containing the text and graphics of
research reports,  marketing materials,  mailing lists, order entry, job tickets
and work  orders,  internationally  through  the  World  Research  Link(TM).  In
addition, the Company has developed a customized order entry system. This system
links the  customer  with the Company and can be accessed by  customers  through
desk-top  computers,  thereby  permitting  customers  to create  an order  while
submitting digital files.

Prepress Operations

     At each of its facilities,  the Company operates a prepress department that
prepares   customer-supplied   text,  data,  artwork  and  images  for  document
production. Using computerized prepress equipment, the Company processes digital
files,  scanned  images and graphics  into  "composed  electronic  files." These
electronic  files are used with a variety of output options,  including  digital
printing,  conventional offset printing or for electronic publishing, such as on
the Internet. In addition,  the Company can distribute composed electronic files
that  include text and graphics in various  formats  through the World  Research
Link(TM)  to  other  facilities  for  document  production.  See  "International
Network."

     The Company believes that enhanced digital printing technology will further
facilitate  multi-purpose  uses by its customers of the same  electronic  files.
Digital printing  technology will augment the Company's ability to return to the
customer a printed  document plus a reformatted  document which can then be used
on multiple media  platforms  including the Internet,  the customer's  intranet,
multiple on-line information services and broadcast faxing.

Press Operations

     The Company operates 12 presses in its Jersey City facility, seven of which
are web  presses  and five of which are  sheet-fed  presses.  The  Company  also
operates five presses in its Manhattan facility,

                                       35

<PAGE>



two of which  are web  presses  and  three of which are  sheet-fed  presses.  In
London,  Roda  operates  10 presses,  all of which are  sheet-fed  presses.  The
Company's  presses vary in size and speed and can produce printed materials that
range in page  size,  type of paper,  number  of pages  and the  amount of color
required.

     The Company currently has four digital presses,  one located in Jersey City
and three in New York City,  and  intends to add  digital  press  capability  in
London.  Two of the Company's  digital presses have in-line binding  attachments
which allow for the  production of finished  booklets.  These presses are linked
directly to the Company's  computerized network and are currently being utilized
for the  production of research  reports,  personalized  health care  documents,
confirmations  of trade,  client  statements  and general  print  products.  The
Company has  developed  the ability to provide  digital  printing  services as a
complement  to offset  printing.  For  smaller  runs,  digital  printing is more
efficient and reliable than printing on traditional presses and often results in
a product of higher quality and better resolution. Digital printing involves the
integration of a variety of systems that compile data, scan images,  and compose
data and images.  Through  high-speed  computers,  data may be received directly
from  customers  and  put  directly  on  the  press,   eliminating   the  costly
intermediate steps involved in the traditional printing process.

Binding Services

     At each facility,  the Company operates a bindery  department which provide
various finishing services. The Company's finishing services include cutting and
folding, saddle stitching,  punching, collation and inserting, and at the Jersey
City facility,  perfect  binding and  shrink-wrapping.  By offering a variety of
finishing  services,  the Company can offer its clients  expeditious  service as
well as a wide range of finishing service options.

Fulfillment Services

     At each facility, the Company also operates a fulfillment department.  Many
of  the  documents   prepared  for  customers  need  to  be  stored  for  future
distribution,  both  electronically  and physically.  The Company's  fulfillment
department  stores materials and assembles orders for distribution upon customer
request. Printed components are assembled into kits and are packed individually,
or in bulk, for delivery.  Upon completion of the order, the fulfillment  system
relieves  the  distribution  from the  customer's  inventory  and  generates  an
activity  report for  inventory  control.  For those  customers who require mail
distribution,  the Company operates a mailing department in each location. Using
inkjet and cheshirre labeling  machines,  electronic mailing lists are addressed
on envelopes. Documents are inserted into envelopes, sealed and sorted for mail.

Management Information System

     The Company's  personnel utilize a comprehensive and integrated  management
information  system  which  gathers  data  from  all  departments  and  provides
management  with job status and  historical  information.  The system is divided
into several fully  integrated  modules  consisting of  estimating,  production,
purchasing,  inventory and accounting modules.  This system gives management the
ability to monitor  all work orders and  department  costs  against  budgets and
profit  goals.  Using  this  system,  management  can also track the status of a
particular  work order as it moves through the  production  process.  The system
permits the Company to (i) determine the most efficient and cost-effective means
of completing  particular  work orders,  (ii) give customers  pricing  estimates
quickly,  (iii) measure  pressroom  efficiency  and waste,  (iv) analyze  buying
patterns,  pricing  and usage for  inventory  control  purposes  and (v) produce
customized financial statements, reports and analyses.

INTERNATIONAL NETWORK

     In 1994, the Company, in conjunction with its strategic partners, developed
an  international  network  known as the World  Research  Link(TM)  designed  to
facilitate the expeditious  distribution of  time-sensitive  financial  research
reports  throughout  select  international  financial  markets,  24 hours a day.
Through the use of high speed electronic links among the Company's facilities in
the United  States and its  strategic  partners  in the United  Kingdom and Hong
Kong,  the Company is able to print  research  reports  concurrently  throughout
these three principal international financial markets.

                                       36

<PAGE>



     The Company's  strategic  partner in the United  Kingdom is Roda, a leading
research report printer  established in 1976. Roda's principal customers include
the London  branches of numerous  major  international  financial  institutions,
including  Credit Suisse First Boston  Corporation  and Lehman Brothers Inc., as
well as other major international institutions,  such as J. Henry Schroder & Co.
Limited,   Indosuez  W.I.  Carr  Securities  Ltd.  and  ABN-AMRO  Hoare  Govett.
Concurrently  with  the  Offering,  the  Company  will  acquire  Roda  and  will
subsequently seek to integrate its operations within the Company.

     The  Company's  strategic  partner  in  Hong  Kong  is  Workable  Co.  Ltd.
("Workable"),  a leading research report printer established in 1988. Workable's
principal   customers   include  the  Hong  Kong  branches  of  numerous   major
international  financial  institutions,  including  Credit  Suisse  First Boston
Corporation,  Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. and Indosuez W.I. Carr  Securities  Ltd.
Workable maintains around-the-clock  operations and provides overnight shipments
to other principal  financial centers throughout Asia.  Workable has invested in
state-of-the art printing and data  communications  technology to facilitate the
receipt  and   distribution   of   electronic   data  files  and  Japanese  data
transmissions.  The Company and Workable have implemented a joint marketing plan
which  provides  the  Company  with  potential  cross-selling  opportunities  to
Workable's customers who maintain operations in New York and London.

     The  Company  intends to  continue  to expand its World  Research  Link(TM)
through the establishment of additional  strategic alliances  throughout Europe,
South America and Asia. The Company regards its  international  relationships as
cross-selling  opportunities  and intends to develop  additional joint marketing
alliances  whereby the Company and its strategic  partners each expect to derive
business from their respective  customers'  operations in various  international
markets.

SALES AND MARKETING

     The Company's  marketing  activities are handled  primarily through its own
sales  force  consisting  of nine  individuals,  a few of whom  hold  management
positions.  Following  the  Acquisition,  the Company  will have two salesmen in
London.  The  Company's  sales  representatives  are generally  organized  among
customer industry groups, such as financial  services,  healthcare and insurance
and by specific printing and document output services,  such as research reports
and on-demand  mutual fund reports and  commercial  printing.  In addition,  the
Company employs customer service  representatives to provide on-going support to
existing customers and to oversee the implementation of new customer projects.

     The Company currently has approximately 350 customers in the United States,
including financial institutions,  healthcare companies, trade organizations and
retail and manufacturing  firms. The Company's four largest customers,  Goldman,
Sachs & Co., The Prudential  Insurance  Company of America,  Credit Suisse First
Boston  Corporation  and Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.  accounted for  approximately
24%,  13%, 10% and 10%  respectively,  of the  Company's  net sales for the year
ended December 31, 1997. After giving effect to the  Acquisition,  the Company's
four  largest  customers,  Goldman,  Sach  & Co.,  Credit  Suisse  First  Boston
Corporation,  Lehman  Brothers  Inc., and The  Prudential  Insurance  Company of
America, accounted for approximately 20%, 12%, 11% and 11%, respectively, of the
Company's net sales on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 1997.

     In 1997,  Roda's  largest  customers  were Lehman  Brothers Inc. and Credit
Suisse First Boston Corporation,  which accounted for approximately 25% and 22%,
respectively,  of its sales.  Roda's next three largest customers in London were
J. Henry Schroder & Co. Limited, Indosuez W.I. Carr Securities Ltd. and ABN-AMRO
Hoare Govett.  Combined, these five customers accounted for approximately 86% of
Roda's sales during 1997.

     The Company  believes that its quality of its work  product,  timeliness of
performance,  on-going customer support and its ability to customize services to
serve  specific  client  needs  have  contributed  to its  record of  successful
customer  retention.  The Company  encourages its major  customers to enter into
service contracts specifying certain types of business for a defined period. The
Company  believes  that such  contracts  enable it to improve its order flow and
provides it with a more predictable  volume of business.  The Company intends to
add sales  representatives  and customer  support staff to further  increase its
customer base in additional  markets and to augment its volume of  non-financial
commercial printing.

                                       37

<PAGE>



COMPETITION

   
     The  commercial   printing  and  document  production  industry  is  highly
competitive.  The Company  competes with a variety of  companies,  many of which
possess significantly greater financial and other resources than the Company. In
the New York market, the Company competes with Bowne & Co., R.R. Donnelly, Xerox
Business Services, Big Flower Press Holdings, Inc. and Merrill Corporation,  and
numerous smaller  operations,  in the printing of  time-sensitive  documents.  A
major  competitor of Roda in the London market is Williams Lea Ltd. (a strategic
partner of Bowne & Co.).
    

     The Company  believes that the principal  competitive  factors in providing
printing and document output services include technological  expertise,  quality
and accuracy,  turnaround time,  fulfillment,  price,  reliability,  security of
service,  reputation,  client  industry  expertise,  capacity  and  personalized
customer  support and service.  No assurances can be given that the Company will
be able to compete  effectively  against the larger  companies  in the  printing
industry.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

     Under various  environmental laws,  ordinances and regulations in effect in
the United States,  a current or previous owner or operator of real property may
be held liable for the cost of removal or  remediation  of certain  hazardous or
toxic substances, including, without limitation,  asbestos-containing materials,
that could be located on, in or under such property.  Such laws and  regulations
often impose clean-up  responsibility  and liability whether or not the owner or
operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of the hazardous or toxic
substances,  and liability under such laws has been  interpreted to be joint and
several  unless  the harm is  divisible  and  there is a  reasonable  basis  for
allocation of  responsibility.  Existing laws of a similar  nature in the United
Kingdom will be replaced and  strengthened  when new laws for the remediation of
contaminated   land  become   effective.   These  laws  will   impose   clean-up
responsibility on a proportionate basis. Primary clean-up responsibility will be
imposed on those who caused or knowingly permitted the presence of the hazardous
or toxic substances.  If no such persons can be found, then the current owner or
occupier may have clean-up responsibility. The costs of any required remediation
or  removal  of  hazardous  or toxic  substances  could be  substantial  and the
liability of an owner or operator as to any  property is  generally  not limited
under such laws and  regulations  and could exceed the property's  value and the
aggregate  assets of the owner or operator.  The presence of these substances or
failure to remediate  such  substances  properly may also  adversely  affect the
owner's ability to sell or rent the property, or to borrow using the property as
collateral.  Under these laws and  regulations in the United  States,  an owner,
operator or an entity that  arranges  for the  disposal  of  hazardous  or toxic
substances,  such as asbestos-containing  materials, at a disposal site may also
be liable for the costs of any required  remediation or removal of the hazardous
or toxic  substances  at the  disposal  site.  In the United  Kingdom,  laws and
regulations require the owner or operator disposing of such substances to ensure
disposal at a properly licensed  disposal site.  Failure to do so is a violation
of law. In  connection  with the ownership or operation of its  properties,  the
Company  could be liable  for  these  costs,  as well as  certain  other  costs,
including governmental fines and injuries to persons or properties. As a result,
the  presence,  with or without the Company's  knowledge,  of hazardous or toxic
substances  at any  property  held or  operated by the  Company,  or acquired or
operated  by the  Company in the  future,  could  have an adverse  effect on the
Company's business,  financial condition and results of operations. No assurance
can be given  that  existing  environmental  audits  with  respect to any of the
Company's  properties reveal all  environmental  liabilities.  In addition,  the
Company's  activities  are also governed by laws and  regulations  affecting the
health and safety of its  employees,  including the United  States  Occupational
Safety and Health Act ("OSHA") and the United  Kingdom Health and Safety at Work
etc. Act 1974 and the numerous  regulations issued under it. Among other things,
these laws and regulations  require the Company to obtain and maintain  licenses
and permits and carry out risk  assessments in connection  with its  operations.
This extensive regulatory  framework imposes significant  compliance burdens and
risks  on the  Company.  Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  laws,  rules  or
regulations  or  permitting  requirements  could  subject  the  Company to civil
remedies,  including  fines  and  injunctions,  as  well  as  possible  criminal
sanctions, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

                                       38

<PAGE>



LITIGATION

     The Company is, from time to time, a party to legal proceedings  arising in
the normal  course of its business.  Management  believes that none of the legal
proceedings  currently  outstanding  will have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

FACILITIES

     The  Company  leases  approximately  110,000  square  feet  of  office  and
production  space at its principal  location in Jersey City,  New Jersey under a
lease  which  expires  on  February  29,  2000.   The  Company  also   subleases
approximately  25,000 square feet of production space in Manhattan from Goldman,
Sachs & Co. under an agreement which expires December 30, 1999. In the Southwark
area of  London,  Roda  leases  approximately  8,000  square  feet of office and
production  space  under an  agreement  which  expires  on the date  five  years
subsequent to the closing of the Acquisition  and leases nearby  warehouse space
under a lease which expires September 28, 2000.

EMPLOYEES

     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had approximately 370 employees in the
United States, all of which were employed on a full-time basis. As of such date,
255 United  States-based  employees  were  members  of the  United  Paperworkers
International  Union, with which the Company has a memorandum of agreement which
expires on June 30, 2000.  As of December 31, 1997,  Roda had  approximately  50
full-time  employees,  of which  approximately  30 were  members of the National
Graphical Association, a labor union in the United Kingdom. The Company believes
that it is in compliance with its labor  agreements and that its labor relations
are good.



                                       39

<PAGE>




                                   MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth certain  information  concerning each of the
Company's directors, executive officers, designees to the Board of Directors who
will become  directors  following  the  consummation  of the  Offering and a key
employee of Roda:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                 AGE               POSITION WITH THE COMPANY
- ----------------------------------- ----- --------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>   <C>

Directors and Executive Officers
Michael R. Cunningham .............  38   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
                                           Executive Officer
Gordon Mays .......................  41   Director and Executive Vice President
Timothy Mays ......................  39   Executive Vice President of Sales; Secretary
Robert Needle .....................  39   Chief Operating Officer
Robert M. Okin ....................  52   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Ioannis Lykogiannis ...............  46   Senior Vice President, Operations
Peter L. Furlonge .................  45   Managing Director of Roda
James J. Cunningham ...............  40   Director
Designees to the Board of Directors
Arnold Spinner* ...................  63   Director Designee
Laurence Gerber* ..................  41   Director Designee
Stanley J. Moss* ..................  68   Director Designee
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
*    Upon consummation of the Offering, it is anticipated that Messrs.  Spinner,
     Gerber and Moss will become directors.

    

Directors and Officers

     Michael R. Cunningham,  the principal founder of the Company,  has been the
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since its inception. He has
spent his entire  professional  career in the printing  and document  production
industry.   He  also  teaches   Quality   Control  at  the  Center  for  Graphic
Communications Management and Technology of New York University.  Mr. Cunningham
has a Masters Degree in Graphic  Communications,  Management and Technology from
New York University.

     Gordon Mays has served as a director and  Executive  Vice  President of the
Company  since 1991.  He is presently  responsible  for  marketing  and business
development  and is also  responsible  for overseeing  the Company's  management
information services departments, including overseeing cost control measures and
governmental  compliance.  He has spent his  entire  professional  career in the
printing and document  production  industry.  From 1977 to 1991, Mr. G. Mays was
employed by Latham Process  Corporation  where he was responsible for production
and sales.

     Timothy Mays has served as Executive  Vice President of Sales and Secretary
of the Company  since  1991.  He  presently  oversees  sales to major  corporate
clients.  He has spent  his  entire  professional  career  in the  printing  and
document  production  industry.  From 1979 to 1991,  Mr. T. Mays was employed by
Latham Process  Corporation where he was engaged in sales. Messrs T. Mays and G.
Mays are first-cousins.

     Robert Needle joined the Company in 1995 and has served as Chief  Operating
Officer of the Company  since  February  1998.  Mr. Needle has served in various
capacities for the Company since 1995, including Co-Chief Operating Officer from
January 1997 to February  1998.  He is  responsible  for all  operations  of the
Company.  He has spent  his  entire  professional  career  in the  printing  and
document  production  industry.  From 1988 to 1995,  Mr.  Needle was employed by
Goldman Sachs & Co.,  first as Art Director of the Graphics  Department and then
as Manager of Print Operations.

   
     Robert M. Okin joined the  Company in April 1998 as Senior  Vice  President
and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Okin has held senior executive positions in the
printing industry for 24 years.  Since June 1997, he has been Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of Applied Printing Technologies, L.P. In
    

                                       40

<PAGE>



1995,  he was  employed by The  Corporate  Printing  Company,  an  international
financial  printing  company,  as Executive Vice  President and Chief  Financial
Officer, and remained with its successor, Merrill Corporation,  until 1997. From
1993 to 1994, he was Senior Vice  President and Chief  Financial  Officer of The
Berkline Corporation.  Prior thereto, he held senior financial officer positions
with  Webcraft  Technologies,  Inc.  and  Polychrome  Corporation.  Mr.  Okin is
licensed as a certified public accountant in the State of New York.

     Ioannis Lykogiannis has served as Senior Vice President,  Operations of the
Company since 1995.  Mr.  Lykogiannis  has served in various  capacities for the
Company since 1991, including Plant Manager from 1991 to 1995. He is responsible
for all internal production  operations of the Company.  From approximately 1984
to 1991,  Mr.  Lykogiannis  was  employed by Latham  Process  Corporation,  most
recently as a Plant Production Manager.

     Peter L. Furlonge has been an executive  officer of Roda since 1989 and its
Managing  Director  since  1995.  Prior  to his  employment  by  Roda,  he was a
financial officer for various construction  companies,  including Foster Wheeler
in South Africa, where he was a manager of financial accounting. Mr. Furlonge is
a Qualified Chartered Secretary in England.

     James J.  Cunningham  has been a Director of the Company since 1989. He has
been engaged in the private practice of law in San Diego, California since 1987,
and  specializes  in workers  compensation  and labor and  employment  law.  Mr.
Cunningham is the brother of Michael R.  Cunningham,  the Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Designees to the Board of Directors

     It is expected  that upon the  consummation  of the  Offering,  each of the
following individuals will become directors of the Company:

     Arnold  Spinner,  Ph.D,  has been the  Director  of the Center for  Graphic
Communications  Management and Technology of New York University  since 1984. He
has held various  teaching and  administrative  positions at New York University
since 1965.

   
     Laurence  Gerber is Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer of Epoch Senior
Living,  Inc., which he co-founded in late 1997.  Prior thereto,  since 1991, he
was President and Chief Executive  Officer of Berkshire Group. From 1991 to 1997
he was also President and Chief Executive  Officer of Berkshire Realty Co., Inc.
(NYSE).  From June 1996 to  October  1997 he was a  director  and  member of the
executive committee of Harborside Healthcare Corporation (NYSE).
    

     Stanley J. Moss is a lawyer engaged in the solo practice of law since 1992.
From  1992  to  1994  he  acted  as  corporate  counsel  to  Brenner  Securities
Corporation.  Prior  thereto he was of counsel to the law firm Katten,  Muchin &
Zavis.  From 1987 to 1990 he was employed as a Senior Vice President,  Secretary
and Corporate  Counsel by Drexel Burnham Lambert Inc. From 1993 to 1997 he was a
trustee  of  Mid-Atlantic  Realty  Trust  (NYSE)  and from 1992 to 1995 he was a
director of Ground Round Restaurants, Inc. (NASDAQ NMS).

Key Employees

     Robert M. Zanisnik has served as Senior Vice President of the Company since
he joined the Company in 1995. He is responsible for all production and customer
service activities of the Company.  From 1970 to 1995, Mr. Zanisnik was employed
by The Prudential  Insurance  Company of America,  most recently as a Manager of
Print Operations.

     Kenneth G. Hay has served as Vice President of Finance of the Company since
February  1998.  Mr.  Hay has  served as a  principal  financial  officer of the
Company  since he joined the  Company in 1997.  Prior to  joining  the  Company,
during the period 1992 through  1996,  he was Vice  President  Finance and Chief
Financial  Officer of Dana Perfumes  Corporation.  He is licensed as a certified
public accountant in the State of New Jersey.


                                       41

<PAGE>



     George Leos has served as Vice  President,  Production of the Company since
1995.  Mr. Leos has served in various  capacities  for the  Company  since 1992,
including  Production  Supervisor  from 1992 to 1995. He is responsible  for all
scheduling and production  planning of the Company.  From  approximately 1971 to
1992,  Mr. Leos was employed by Latham Process  Corporation,  most recently as a
Production POUNDS rinting Superintendent.

     Richard  Monica has served as the  controller  of the  Company  since 1991.
Prior  thereto,  and since 1987, Mr. Monica served as controller of Kenny Press,
Inc., a commercial  printer.  From 1976 through  1988, he served as an assistant
accounting manager at Automatic Switch, a division of Emerson Electric, Inc.

Classified Board

   
     Effective  upon the closing of the Offering,  the Company will  implement a
staggered  Board of  Directors  consisting  of three  classes,  with each  class
containing,  as nearly as  practicable,  an equal number of  directors.  Messrs.
Spinner  and Moss will be Class A  Directors,  for a term  expiring  at the 1999
Annual Meeting of Stockholders,  Messrs.  Gerber and James J. Cunningham will be
Class  B  Directors,  for  a  term  expiring  at  the  2000  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders,  and Messrs. Gordon Mays and Michael R. Cunningham will be Class C
Directors,  for a term  expiring  at the 2001  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders.
Commencing with the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,  directors of one class
will be  elected  for a three year  term.  See  "Description  of  Securities  --
Staggered Board of Directors."
    

     Executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

   
     The Board of Directors of the Company has created two committees, the Audit
Committee and the Compensation Committee.  The members of the committees will be
designated  following the  consummation of the Offering.  It is anticipated that
Messrs.  Spinner,  G. Mays and Moss will  comprise the Audit  Committee and that
Messrs. Spinner, Moss and Gerber will comprise the Compensation  Committee.  The
Audit  Committee  periodically  reviews the  Company's  auditing  practices  and
procedures and makes  recommendations to management or to the Board of Directors
as to any changes to such practices and procedures deemed necessary from time to
time to comply with applicable  auditing rules,  regulations and practices,  and
recommends   independent   auditors  for  the  Company  to  be  elected  by  the
stockholders.  A majority of the members of the Audit  Committee will be outside
directors. The Compensation Committee meets periodically to make recommendations
to the Board of Directors  concerning the  compensation  and benefits payable to
the Company's executive officers and other senior executives and administers the
Company's stock option plan for employees. See "Stock Option Plans."
    

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

     The  following  table  sets forth the  compensation  paid or accrued by the
Company for services  rendered in all capacities for the Chief Executive Officer
and  the  four  most  highly  compensated  executive  officers  of  the  Company
(collectively,  the "Named  Executive  Officers")  during the fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1997.

                                       42

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  LONG TERM
                                              ANNUAL COMPENSATION            COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                       ---------------------------------    SECURITIES UNDERLYING
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION        YEAR     SALARY($)     BONUS($)          OPTIONS(#)
- ------------------------------------   ------   -----------   ----------   ----------------------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>           <C>          <C>
Michael R. Cunningham,
 President and Chief
 Executive Officer                     1997     $347,798            --               --
                                       1996     $324,314            --               --
                                       1995     $305,476            --               --
Gordon Mays,
 Executive Vice President              1997     $170,664       $40,775               --
                                       1996     $153,448            --               --
                                       1995     $134,632            --               --
Timothy Mays,
 Executive Vice President of Sales     1997     $230,150       $36,638               --
                                       1996     $221,137            --               --
                                       1995     $266,650            --               --
Robert Needle,
 Chief Operating Officer               1997     $159,116       $25,000               --
                                       1996     $133,251       $15,000               --
                                       1995     $ 95,231            --               --
Ioannis Lykogiannis,
 Senior Vice President                 1997     $111,690       $14,234               --
                                       1996     $101,336       $ 1,500               --
                                       1995     $ 88,933            --               --
</TABLE>

     Pursuant to their employment  agreements,  each of Messrs.  Cunningham,  G.
Mays, T. Mays,  Needle and  Lykogiannis  will receive base salaries of $250,000,
$175,000, $150,000, $155,000 and $119,000, respectively following the completion
of the Offering. See "Employment Agreements."

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

     Directors  who are  employees  of the  Company  do not  receive  additional
compensation  for serving as directors.  Each director who is not an employee of
the Company  receives  an annual  retainer  of $6,000 and an  additional  fee of
$1,000  for  each  day's  attendance  at a Board  of  Directors  meeting  and/or
committee meeting or $500 for participation in a telephone  conference  meeting.
Under the Company's Directors' Stock Option Plan, each non-employee Director has
been granted an option to acquire  15,000  shares of Common Stock at the initial
public  offering price and will  automatically  receive options to acquire 4,000
shares of Common Stock each year, commencing in 1999. See "Stock Option Plans --
The Directors'  Stock Option Plan."  Directors of the Company are reimbursed for
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in their capacity as directors of the Company.

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     During the year  ended  December  31,  1997,  there  were no stock  options
granted to the Named Executive Officers.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     Michael R.  Cunningham,  Gordon Mays,  Timothy  Mays,  Robert M.  Zanisnik,
Robert  Needle,  Robert  M.  Okin and  Ioannis  Lykogiannis  have  entered  into
employment agreements with the Company which are effective upon the consummation
of the Offering.  Mr.  Furlonge will enter into a new employment  agreement with
the Company which will become effective upon the closing of the Acquisition.

     The  agreement  with Mr.  Cunningham  is for a term of three  years.  He is
employed as President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company with general
supervisory authority of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and is
charged with the  responsibility  of preparing and implementing a strategic plan
and seeking out and consummating  acquisitions,  in accordance with policies set
by the Board of Directors.  Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Cunningham
is paid an annual salary

                                       43

<PAGE>



of $250,000,  which may be increased  from time to time at the discretion of the
Board  of  Directors.  He is also  entitled  to an  annual  bonus  in an  amount
determined  by the  Compensation  Committee  based upon the  realization  of the
Company's goals during such year.

     The agreement with Mr. G. Mays is for a term of three years. He is employed
as Executive  Vice President of the Company with  responsibility  for marketing,
business  development  and  information  systems.  Pursuant  to  his  employment
agreement,  Mr.  G.  Mays is paid an annual  salary  of  $175,000,  which may be
increased from time to time at the  discretion of the Board of Directors.  He is
also  entitled to an annual bonus in an amount  determined  by the  Compensation
Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during such year.

     The agreement with Mr. T. Mays is for a term of three years. He is employed
as Executive  Vice  President of Sales of the Company  with  responsibility  for
overseeing major corporate  accounts and identifying new customers.  Pursuant to
his  employment  agreement,  Mr. T. Mays is paid an annual  salary of  $150,000,
which  may be  increased  from  time to time at the  discretion  of the Board of
Directors. He is also entitled to an annual bonus in an amount determined by the
Compensation  Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during
such year and to commissions on net sales to certain customers of the Company.

     The agreement with Mr. Needle is for a term of three years.  He is employed
as  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the  Company  with   responsibility  for  all
manufacturing  and  customer  service  operations.  Pursuant  to his  employment
agreement,  Mr.  Needle  is paid an  annual  salary  of  $155,000,  which may be
increased from time to time at the  discretion of the Board of Directors.  He is
also  entitled to an annual bonus in an amount  determined  by the  Compensation
Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during such year and
to commissions on net sales to certain customers of the Company.

     The  agreement  with Mr.  Okin has a term of one year,  beginning  April 6,
1998. He will be employed as Senior Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer
of the Company with supervisory authority over the finance,  human resources and
management  information  services  departments  of the Company.  Pursuant to his
employment agreement,  Mr. Okin is paid an annual salary of $145,000,  which may
be increased from time to time at the  discretion of the Board of Directors.  He
is also entitled to an annual bonus in an amount  determined by the Compensation
Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during such year.

     The  agreement  with Mr.  Lykogiannis  is for a term of three years.  He is
employed  as  a  Senior  Vice   President,   Operations   of  the  Company  with
responsibility  for  all  internal  production   operations.   Pursuant  to  his
employment agreement, Mr. Lykogiannis is paid an annual salary of $119,000 which
may be increased from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

     The  agreement  with  Mr.  Zanisnik  is for a term of  three  years.  He is
employed as a Senior Vice President of the Company with  responsibility  for all
production  and  customer  service   activities.   Pursuant  to  his  employment
agreement,  Mr.  Zanisnik  is paid an  annual  salary of  $88,000,  which may be
increased from time to time at the  discretion of the Board of Directors.  He is
also  entitled to an annual bonus in an amount  determined  by the  Compensation
Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during such year and
to commissions on net sales to certain customers of the Company.

     The agreements with each of Messrs. Cunningham, G. Mays, T. Mays, Zanisnik,
Needle and Lykogiannis are automatically  extended for additional periods of one
year effective on the second  anniversary of the  commencement  date and on each
anniversary  thereafter  (the "Renewal Date") unless the Company gives notice to
the contrary at least six months prior to the Renewal Date.  The agreement  with
Mr. Okin is automatically extended for additional periods of one year unless the
Company  gives  notice to the  contrary at least three  months in advance of the
scheduled termination date. Each of the executive officers is entitled to a lump
sum payment in the amount of one-half  times his then annual salary in the event
of a termination  without cause, and, except in the case of Mr. Okin, a lump sum
payment  in the  amount  of two  times  his then  annual  salary  in the event a
termination  without  cause  within one year after a "Change of Control." In Mr.
Okin's case, the payment under such circumstances

                                       44

<PAGE>



increases  from  one-half of his then annual salary to two times his then annual
salary over a period of two years.  Except in the case of Mr. Okin,  each of the
foregoing  individuals  is  entitled  to a lump sum payment in the amount of two
times his then annual salary in the event of a termination  of employment by the
employee for "Good  Reason" as defined under each of the  respective  employment
agreements.   Each  of  the  foregoing   individuals   is  also  entitled  to  a
comprehensive  medical  indemnity  policy for himself and his family,  long-term
disability  insurance  and such other  benefits as the Board of Directors  shall
adopt and approve.  Messrs.  Cunningham,  G. Mays, T. Mays, Okin and Needle also
receive a car allowance.

     The  agreement  between Roda and Mr.  Furlonge is for a term of at least 18
months, and continues until terminated by either party upon at least six months'
prior notice.  Mr.  Furlonge is employed as a senior  executive of Roda with the
job title  Managing  Director.  He is paid an annual salary of $163,000  (POUNDS
100,000),  which is subject to increase each year by an amount at least equal to
the  percentage  increase in a consumer  price index over the prior year.  He is
also  entitled to an annual bonus in an amount  determined  by the  Compensation
Committee based upon the realization of the Company's goals during such year. He
is  entitled  to a lump sum  payment in the amount of two times his then  annual
salary following a "Change in Control" of Roda or the Company,  provided that he
continues to work for at least six months  following  the Change of Control (or,
if longer,  for such  period of time  following  the Change of Control to ensure
that he has completed at least 18 months of service under the agreement). If his
employment is terminated,  except for cause,  following a Change in Control, the
lump sum payment would be payable immediately.  Mr. Furlonge is also entitled to
medical insurance for himself and his family,  continued participation in Roda's
pension plan, life insurance in the amount of four times his annual salary and a
car allowance.

STOCK OPTION PLANS

1998 Stock Option Plan

     In February  1998,  the Board of Directors and the sole  stockholder of the
Company  adopted the 1998 Stock Option Plan ("1998  Plan") and reserved  450,000
shares of Common  Stock  for  issuance  thereunder.  The Plan  provides  for the
granting to employees  (including  employee  directors  and officers) of options
intended  to  qualify  as  incentive   stock  options   within  the  meaning  of
(section)422 of the Code and for the granting of  nonstatutory  stock options to
employees  and  consultants.  The 1998  Plan is  currently  administered  by the
Company's Compensation Committee.

     The 1998 Plan  provides for the granting of both  Incentive  Stock  Options
("ISOs") and  nonstatutory  stock options (a "NSO") and in connection  with such
options the granting of stock appreciation rights (an "SAR") or additional stock
options,  known as progressive stock options, in the event the grantee exercises
such stock  options by  surrendering  shares of Common  Stock of the  Company (a
"PSO").  NSOs and SARs may be  issued  to any key  employee  or  officer  of the
Company  or  its  subsidiaries,  or  any  other  person  who  is an  independent
contractor,  agent or consultant of the Company or its  subsidiaries but not any
director  of the Company  who is not an  employee  of the  Company.  ISOs may be
issued to key  employees and officers of the Company and its  subsidiaries,  but
not to  any  independent  contractor,  agent  or  consultant.  The  Compensation
Committee  also  determines the times at which options will vest and will become
exercisable,  their transferability and the dates, not more than ten years after
the date of grant, on which options will expire.  In the event of a tender offer
for more than 25% of the Company's  outstanding  stock, or a "change in control"
(as defined in the 1998 Plan) of the Company,  all  outstanding  options  become
immediately  exercisable.  The fair  market  value of the stock with  respect to
which  ISOs under the 1998 Plan or any other plan of the  Company  first  become
exercisable  may not exceed  $100,000 in any year. The option price of an ISO is
to be at least 100% of the fair  market  value on the date of grant (110% in the
case of optionees  holding more than ten percent of the combined voting power of
all  classes of stock of the  Company).  The 1998  Plan,  however,  permits  the
Compensation  Committee to grant NSOs at any exercise price  consistent with the
purposes of the 1998 Plan,  whether or not such  exercise  price is equal to the
fair  market  value of the  stock on the date of grant of the NSO.  NSOs with an
exercise  price of less than fair  market  value on the date of grant  would not
qualify as performance-based compensation under (section)162(m) of the Code and,
therefore, any

                                       45

<PAGE>



compensation  expense  generated  by the exercise of such an option would not be
deductible  by the Company when the Company is  considered to be subject to such
Section,  if the optionee is a "covered  employee" who is paid compensation from
the Company in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 in the year of exercise.

     Options  may be  exercised  by the payment of the  exercise  price in cash,
Common Stock or a combination thereof. Subject to compliance with the provisions
of applicable  governmental  regulations,  the Compensation Committee may make a
loan for the purpose of exercising  any option granted under the 1998 Plan to an
optionee  in an amount not to exceed  100% of the  purchase  price of the shares
acquired upon  exercise of the options.  The loan must be secured by a pledge of
shares of the Company  having an  aggregate  purchase  price equal to or greater
than the amount of the loan.

     The  1998  Plan  permits  the  Compensation  Committee  to  grant  SARs  in
connection  with any option granted under the 1998 Plan. SARs enable an optionee
to  surrender  an option and to receive a payment  in cash or Common  Stock,  as
determined by the Compensation  Committee,  equal to the difference  between the
fair market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of  surrender of the related
option and the option price.

     The 1998 Plan also  permits  the  Compensation  Committee  to grant PSOs in
connection  with any option granted under the 1998 Plan. PSOs enable an optionee
to receive  additional stock options in the event the grantee  exercises a stock
option,  in whole or in part,  by  surrendering  shares of  Common  Stock of the
Company.  Any PSO granted  will be for a number of shares equal to the number of
surrendered  shares of Common Stock,  shall not be exercisable  for a minimum of
six months  from the grant date of the  option,  shall have an option  price per
share  equal to 100% of the fair  market  value of a share of stock on the grant
date and shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Compensation
Committee may determine.

   
     At the time of the  Offering,  options  covering  an  aggregate  of 230,300
shares of Common Stock will be outstanding under the 1998 Plan including options
to purchase 50,000 shares of Common Stock granted to each of Messrs.  Needle and
Lykogiannis  and options to purchase  45,000 shares  granted to Mr. Okin. All of
such options will expire ten years after the date of grant, and have an exercise
price per share,  subject to adjustment,  equal to the initial  public  offering
price.  Of the above  230,300  options,  175,000  will be fully  vested upon the
consummation of the Offering and the remaining 55,300 will vest over a period of
three years.
    

The Directors' Stock Option Plan

     In February  1998,  the Board of Directors and the sole  stockholder of the
Company  adopted the Directors'  Stock Option Plan (the  "Directors'  Plan") and
reserved  150,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  insurance   thereunder.   The
individuals  eligible to participate in the Directors' Plan are each Director of
the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (an
"Outside Director").

   
     Under the terms of the Directors'  Plan,  upon the closing of the Offering,
each Outside Director  automatically receives an NSO to acquire 15,000 shares of
Common Stock at the initial public offering price.  Accordingly,  at the time of
the  Offering,  options  covering an aggregate of 60,000  shares of Common Stock
will be outstanding  under the Directors' Plan. In addition,  beginning in 1999,
on the first  business day of the month  following the month in which the annual
meeting of  stockholders  occurs,  each  Outside  Director  shall  automatically
receive  an NSO for the  purchase  of 4,000  shares of Common  Stock at the fair
market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of grant.  New Outside  Directors
shall  receive an NSO for the  purchase  of 15,000  shares of Common  Stock upon
their initial  election as directors.  All options  granted under the Directors'
Plan will be fully vested six months after the date of grant.
    

     Options under the  Directors'  Plan will have a term of ten years and shall
not be exercisable  until six months  following the date of grant.  Payment upon
exercise  may be made  only in cash or by  check.  In the case of a  person  who
ceases to be an Outside Director for reasons other than death, the options shall
not be exercisable after the third anniversary of the date such person ceased to
be an Outside Director.  In the case of death, options that have not expired may
not be exercised by executors,  administrators, heirs or distributees, after the
first anniversary of the date of death.

                                       46

<PAGE>



     The Board of Directors has the authority to amend,  suspend or  discontinue
the Directors' Plan but the Board of Directors may not,  without the approval of
stockholders,  make  any  amendment  which  (i)  makes a change  in the  persons
eligible to receive options under the Directors' Plan, (ii) increases the number
of shares of the Common  Stock which may be issued  under the  Directors'  Plan,
(iii) increases the maximum option price, (iv) decreases the option price or (v)
changes the number of shares subject to the automatic option.

401(K) PLAN

     The  Predecessor  maintains  a salary  deferral  and  savings  plan for its
employees  (the "401(k)  Plan") which is qualified  under Section  401(k) of the
Code.  Subject to limits set forth in the Code,  employees  who meet certain age
and service  requirements  may  participate  in the 401(k) Plan by  contributing
through  payroll  deductions.  The  Company,  at its  discretion,  may  elect to
contribute to the 401(k) Plan in amounts and at times determined by the Board of
Directors.

RODA PENSION PLAN

     Roda maintains a defined  contribution pension plan, approved by the United
Kingdom's  Inland  Revenue,  in which employees who meet certain age and service
requirements may participate. The plan is based upon contributions from both the
employer and employees, with Roda's contribution on behalf of each participating
employee being set at 5% of basic salary.




                                       47

<PAGE>



                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The  following  table sets forth  information  with  respect to  beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock, after giving effect to the Reorganization and the
Acquisition, both before and after the Offering, by (i) each person known to the
Company to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more thereof, (ii) each director and
designee who will become a director upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  (iii)
each of the Named  Executive  Officers and (iv) all  directors and officers as a
group.

     Under  the  rules  of  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission   (the
"Commission"), a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if he
or she has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of such  security or
the power to dispose of or direct the disposition of such security. Accordingly,
more  than  one  person  may be  deemed  to be a  beneficial  owner  of the same
security.  Shares of Common Stock  subject to options held by the  directors and
officers that are not exercisable  within 60 days of the date hereof are not, in
accordance with beneficial ownership rules promulgated by the Commission, deemed
outstanding for the purpose of computing such director's or officer's beneficial
ownership.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF CLASS
                                                                                   BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                                                 ----------------------
                                                            AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                                              OF BENEFICIAL        BEFORE       AFTER
              NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)                       OWNERSHIP         OFFERING     OFFERING
- -------------------------------------------------------   --------------------   ----------   ---------
<S>                                                       <C>                    <C>          <C>
Michael R. Cunningham .................................         2,032,728 (2)        79.0%       41.8%
Gordon Mays ...........................................           228,198 (3)         8.8%        4.7%
Timothy Mays ..........................................           165,803 (4)         6.4%        3.4%
Robert Needle .........................................            50,000 (5)           *         1.0%
Robert M. Okin ........................................            45,000 (5)           *           *
Ioannis Lykogiannis ...................................            50,000 (5)           *         1.0%
Peter L. Furlonge .....................................           128,323 (6)           *         2.6%
Arnold Spinner ........................................                --               *           *
James J. Cunningham ...................................           132,398 (7)         5.0%        2.7%
Laurence Gerber .......................................                --               *           *
Stanley J. Moss .......................................                --               *           *
All directors and officers as a group (11 persons).....         2,832,450 (8)        99.2%       56.5%
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
*    Less than 1%.

(1)  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  address  of  each  such  person  is c/o
     Cunningham  Graphics  International,  Inc., 629 Grove St., Jersey City, New
     Jersey 07310. All persons listed have sole voting and investment power with
     respect to their shares unless otherwise indicated.

   
(2)  Excludes  130,898  shares  held by a trust for the  benefit  of  Michael R.
     Cunningham's children. The trustee of such trust, James J. Cunningham,  the
     brother of Mr. M.  Cunningham,  has the sole  right to vote and  dispose of
     such shares.  Also  excludes  18,000  shares which will be gifted by Mr. M.
     Cunningham at the time of the Offering.
    

(3)  Excludes  9,817  shares  held by a trust for the  benefit  of Gordon  Mays'
     children. The trustee of such trust, William J. Mays, the brother of Mr. G.
     Mays, has the sole right to vote and dispose of such shares.

(4)  Excludes  9,817  shares  held by a trust for the  benefit of Timothy  Mays'
     children.   The  trustee  of  such  trust,   William  Edward  Shannon,  the
     brother-in-law  of Mr. T. Mays,  has the sole right to vote and  dispose of
     such shares.

(5)  Represents  shares  underlying  options  which  have  been  granted  to the
     designated  person, all of which are exercisable within 60 days of the date
     of this Prospectus.

(6)  Gives  effect  to  128,323  shares  to be  issued  to Mr.  Furlonge  in the
     Acquisition.

(7)  Includes the 130,898 shares referred to in footnote (2).

(8)  Includes  145,000  shares  subject  to options  which have been  granted to
     officers  and  which  are  exercisable  within  60 days of the date of this
     Prospectus, and excludes the shares referred to in footnotes (3) and (4).

                                       48

<PAGE>



                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

CAPITALIZATION PRIOR TO THE REORGANIZATION

     The  Predecessor  was initially  capitalized  in September 1983 through the
sale of 100 shares of common stock of the Predecessor, to Michael R. Cunningham,
the Company's founder. Mr. Cunningham subsequently made gifts of six shares to a
trust created for the benefit of his children.

     On June 11, 1991, the Predecessor  entered into a stock purchase  agreement
(the  "Stock   Purchase   Agreement")   with   Timothy   Mays  and  Gordon  Mays
(collectively,  the  "Buyers")  which  entitled the Buyers to purchase  from the
Predecessor  up to 53.85 shares of common stock,  of which up to 11.11 shares of
common  stock of the  Predecessor  could be  purchased by the Buyers on June 12,
1991, and the remaining 42.74 shares of common stock of the Predecessor could be
purchased  by the Buyers,  at certain  times after June 12, 1991 but in no event
later than December 1, 1996 ("Purchase  Option  Termination  Date"). On June 12,
1991,  pursuant  to the  terms of the Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  Timothy  Mays
purchased  3.67  shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor,  and  Gordon  Mays
purchased 7.44 shares of common stock of the Predecessor,  in consideration  for
(i) the return by the Buyers to the Company of a promissory note dated April 12,
1991  evidencing  indebtedness  of the  Company to the  Buyers in the  principal
amount of $100,000 and (ii) $200,000 paid by the Buyers to the Company. Pursuant
to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, from time to time between June 12,
1991 and the  Purchase  Option  Termination  Date,  Timothy  Mays  purchased  an
additional  4.38  shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor,  and Gordon  Mays
purchased  an  additional  3.47 shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor,  in
consideration for the retention by the Company of (i) all dividends  declared by
the Company and payable to the Buyers and (ii) certain "Additional Compensation"
due to the Buyers under employment agreements with the Company.

     Messrs. G. Mays and T. Mays subsequently made gifts of .45 shares of common
stock  of the  Predecessor  each to a trust  created  for the  benefit  of their
respective children.

     Messrs.  Cunningham,  G.  Mays  and T.  Mays  entered  into a  shareholders
agreement in 1991  providing for certain  restrictions  upon the  disposition of
shares  and upon  the  voting  of  stock,  which  agreement  will be  terminated
effective upon the consummation of the Reorganization.

LOANS FROM INSIDERS

     From time to time, the Company  borrowed  funds from Michael R.  Cunningham
and the trust for the benefit of his  children,  which are  stockholders  of the
Company.  A total of $227,000 of such loans was  outstanding  as of December 31,
1996, all of which was repaid in 1997.

THE REORGANIZATION

     In  connection  with the  Reorganization,  the  Company  will  issue to the
stockholders  of the  Predecessor  an aggregate  of  2,595,260  shares of Common
Stock,  Exchange  Notes  in the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $2.4  million
(assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share) and Distribution
Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $2.2 million.  The Exchange Notes and
the Distribution Notes will be paid from the proceeds of the Offering.  See "The
Company  -- The  Reorganization."  The  number of shares  of Common  Stock,  the
principal  amounts  of the  Exchange  Notes  and the  principal  amounts  of the
Distribution Notes, to be received by each stockholder of the Predecessor in the
Reorganization, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       SHARES OF COMMON    PRINCIPAL OF       PRINCIPAL OF
             STOCKHOLDER                     STOCK        EXCHANGE NOTES   DISTRIBUTION NOTES
- ------------------------------------- ------------------ ---------------- -------------------
<S>                                   <C>                <C>              <C>
Michael R. Cunningham ...............      2,050,727        $1,896,432         $1,738,400
Gordon Mays .........................        228,198           211,030            193,443
Timothy Mays ........................        165,803           153,330            140,551
James J. Cunningham, Trustee ........        130,898           121,050            110,962
William J. Mays, Trustee ............          9,817             9,079              8,322
William Edward Shannon, Trustee .....          9,817             9,079              8,322
                                           ---------        ----------         ----------
Totals: .............................      2,595,260        $2,400,000         $2,200,000
</TABLE>

     The Company  also intends to repay up to $1.0  million of  indebtedness  to
Summit  Bank  under  its term  loan and all  outstanding  borrowings  under  its
revolving line of credit with Summit Bank,  expected to total $1.2 million as of
the  consummation of the Offering.  The Predecessor  borrowed $1.2 million under
the line of  credit  in April  1998 in order to  partially  fund a $1.4  million
distribution to stockholders of the

                                       49

<PAGE>



   
Predecessor  to enable  them to pay taxes due on April 15,  1998 on  account  of
undistributed S corporation  taxable  income.  The term loan bears interest at a
rate of 8.5% per annum and matures on December 1, 2001.  The  revolving  line of
credit bears  interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate and matures on
May 30,  1998.  As a result  of the use of a  portion  of the  proceeds  of this
Offering  to  repay  borrowings  under  the  line of  credit  and to  repay  the
Reorganization  Notes, a total of $5.8 million,  or 25.7%,  of the estimated net
proceeds of the  Offering  will be  received  by, or applied for the benefit of,
existing stockholders of the Company.
    

POLICY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     All ongoing and any future  transactions with affiliates of the Company, if
any, will be on terms  believed by the Company to be no less  favorable than are
available from unaffiliated  third parties and will be approved by a majority of
disinterested directors.





                                       50

<PAGE>



                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     The  summary of the terms of the  capital  stock of the  Company  set forth
below does not purport to be  complete  and is subject to and  qualified  in its
entirety by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation  (the  "Certificate of
Incorporation")  and By-Laws of the Company,  copies of which have been filed as
exhibits to the  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. See
"Additional Information."

GENERAL

     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation  authorizes 30,000,000 shares of
Common Stock,  no par value,  and 10,000,000  shares of Preferred  Stock, no par
value.  After giving effect to (i) the  Reorganization,  (ii) the closing of the
Acquisition  and (iii) the  completion  of the  Offering,  the Company will have
outstanding  4,865,000  shares of Common Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock.
In addition,  the Company will have 450,000  shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 150,000 shares of Common
Stock  reserved for issuance under the Company's  Directors'  Stock Option Plan.
See "Management -- Stock Option Plans."

COMMON STOCK

     Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share owned of
record  on all  matters  voted  upon by  stockholders,  and a  majority  vote is
required for all action to be taken by stockholders. Cumulative voting of shares
is prohibited. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the
shares  voting for the election of directors  can elect all of the  directors if
they choose to do so. The Common Stock bears no  preemptive  rights,  and is not
subject to  redemption,  sinking fund or  conversion  provisions.  The shares of
Common Stock  offered  hereby will be, when issued and paid for,  fully paid and
non-assessable.

     Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive  dividends  if, as and when
declared by the  Company's  Board of Directors  out of funds  legally  available
therefor,  subject to the dividend and liquidation rights of any Preferred Stock
that may be issued (and  subject to any  dividend  restriction  contained in any
credit  facility which the Company may enter into in the future) and distributed
pro rata in  accordance  with the number of shares of Common  Stock held by each
stockholder. See "Risk Factors -- Dividend Policy."

PREFERRED STOCK

     Shares of  Preferred  Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of
Directors of the Company,  without stockholder approval, in such series and with
such  preferences,  conversion or other  rights,  voting  powers,  restrictions,
limitations as to dividends, qualifications or other provisions, as may be fixed
by the Board of Directors when designating any such series.

     The  Preferred  Stock and the variety of  characteristics  available for it
offers the Company  flexibility in financing and  acquisition  transactions.  An
issuance of Preferred Stock could dilute the book value or adversely  affect the
relative voting power of the Common Stock.  The issuance of such shares could be
used to enable the holder to block an acquisition  of the Company.  Although the
Board of  Directors  is  required  when  issuing  such stock to act based on its
judgment as to the best interests of the stockholders of the Company,  the Board
could act in a manner  which  would  discourage  or prevent a  transaction  some
stockholders  might  believe  is in the  Company's  best  interests  or in which
stockholders  could or would  receive a premium for their shares of Common Stock
over the market price.

STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISIONS

     The New  Jersey  Business  Corporation  Act  provides  that in  determining
whether a proposal or offer to acquire a corporation  is in the best interest of
the  Corporation,  the Board may, in addition to considering  the effects of any
action on  stockholders,  consider any of the following:  (a) the effects of the
proposed  action  on  the  corporation's  employees,  suppliers,  creditors  and
customers,  (b) the effects on the community in which the  corporation  operates
and (c) the long-term as well as short-term interests

                                       51

<PAGE>



of the corporation and its  stockholders,  including the possibility  that these
interests may best be served by the continued  independence of the  corporation.
The  statute  further  provides  that  if,  based on these  factors,  the  Board
determines  that any such offer is not in the best interest of the  corporation,
it may reject the  offer.  These  provisions  may make it more  difficult  for a
stockholder  to  challenge  the Board's  rejection  of, and may  facilitate  the
Board's  rejection  of, an offer to acquire the  Company.  The  Company  will be
subject to the New Jersey  Shareholders  Protection Act (the "Protection  Act"),
which  prohibits  certain  New Jersey  corporations  from  engaging  in business
combinations (including mergers, consolidations,  significant asset dispositions
and  certain  stock  issuances)  with any  interested  stockholder  (defined  to
include, among others, any person that becomes a beneficial owner of 10% or more
of the  affected  corporation's  voting  power) for five years after such person
becomes an interested  stockholder,  unless the business combination is approved
by the Board of Directors prior to the date the stockholder became an interested
stockholder.  In addition, the Protection Act prohibits any business combination
at any time with an interested  stockholder other than a transaction that (i) is
approved by the Board of Directors prior to the date the interested  stockholder
became an interested stockholder, or (ii) is approved by the affirmative vote of
the holders of  two-thirds  of the voting  stock not  beneficially  owned by the
interested  stockholder,  or (iii)  satisfies  certain  "fair price" and related
criteria.

STAGGERED BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  for  a  Board  of
Directors of not less than three  members,  with the actual  number to be set by
resolution  of the Board from time to time.  In  addition,  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  provides for the implementation of a staggered Board of Directors
effective  at the closing of the  Offering.  Under this  provision  the Board of
Directors will be divided into three classes, Class A, Class B and Class C, with
each class  containing  as nearly as  practicable,  an even number of Directors.
Initially,  the Class A Directors  will have a term  expiring at the 1999 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders,  the Class B Directors will have a term expiring at the
2000 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  and the Class C Directors will have a term
expiring at the 2001 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders.  Commencing  with the 1999
Annual Meeting of Stockholders,  as each class comes up for election, it will be
for a three-year term.

     An effect of the staggered  Board of Directors is to make it more difficult
or to  discourage  an  attempt to obtain  control  of the  Company by means of a
tender offer,  proxy  contest,  merger or otherwise,  and thereby to protect the
continuity of the Company's management.

LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES

     Pursuant to  provisions  of the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation,
directors  of the  Company  are not  personally  liable  to the  Company  or its
stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of  fiduciary  duty,  except for
liability in connection with a breach of duty of loyalty,  for acts or omissions
not in good faith or any transaction in which a director has derived an improper
personal benefit.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is Continental  Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.


                                       52

<PAGE>



                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Prior to the Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock and no
prediction  can be made as to the effect,  if any,  that market  sales of Common
Stock or the  availability of such shares for sale will have on the market price
prevailing from time to time.  Nevertheless,  the possibility  that  substantial
amounts of Common Stock may be sold in the public  market may  adversely  affect
prevailing  market  prices for the Common Stock and could  impair the  Company's
ability to raise capital through the sale of its equity securities.

     Upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  the  Company  will have  outstanding
4,865,000  shares of Common Stock, of which the 2,100,000  Shares offered hereby
will be freely tradable without  restriction or further  registration  under the
Securities Act, except for shares purchased by an "affiliate of the Company" (in
general,  a person who has a  controlling  position with regard to the Company),
which will be subject to the resale  limitations of Rule 144  promulgated  under
the Securities Act.

     The remaining  2,765,000 shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after the
Offering are deemed to be "restricted securities," as that term is defined under
Rule 144 promulgated  under the Securities Act, and may only be sold pursuant to
an effective  registration  under the  Securities  Act, in  compliance  with the
exemption  provisions  of Rule 144 or  pursuant to another  exemption  under the
Securities Act. Such restricted  shares of Common Stock will become eligible for
sale, under Rule 144, subject to certain volume  limitations  prescribed by Rule
144. The holders of all of the restricted  shares have agreed not to sell any of
their  securities of the Company for a period of 180 days  following the date of
this Prospectus, under any circumstances.

     In general,  under Rule 144,  subject to the  satisfaction of certain other
conditions,  a person,  including an affiliate of the Company (or persons  whose
shares are  aggregated  with an affiliate)  who has owned  restricted  shares of
Common Stock  beneficially for at least one year is entitled to sell, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of
the then  outstanding  shares of the issuer's Common Stock or the average weekly
trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale, provided that
certain  public  information  about the issuer as  required  by Rule 144 is then
available and the seller complies with certain other requirements.  A person who
is not an  affiliate,  has not been an  affiliate  within  three months prior to
sale, and has beneficially owned the restricted shares for at least two years is
entitled  to sell  such  shares  under  Rule 144  without  regard  to any of the
limitations described above.

   
     The Company,  the  stockholders  of the  Predecessor  and the directors and
officers of the Company (who in the aggregate  will  beneficially  own 2,832,450
shares of Common Stock) have agreed with the Underwriters  that, for a period of
180 days following the Offering,  they will not offer to sell, contract to sell,
grant an option to purchase or otherwise  dispose (or announce any offer,  sale,
grant of any option or other  distribution) of any shares of Common Stock or any
securities  convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common
Stock without the prior written  consent of Schroder & Co. Inc. on behalf of the
Underwriters  (except  that the Company  may grant  options to purchase or award
shares of Common  Stock  under the 1998 Plan and the  Directors'  Plan and issue
privately  placed shares in connection  with  acquisitions).  See "Management --
Stock Option Plans" and "Principal Stockholders."
    

     As soon as  practicable  following the  consummation  of the Offering,  the
Company  intends to file a  registration  statement  under the Securities Act to
register  shares  of Common  Stock  issuable  pursuant  to the 1998 Plan and the
Directors'  Plan. See "Management -- Stock Option Plans." Shares of Common Stock
issued  pursuant to the 1998 Plan and the  Directors'  Plan after the  effective
date of such  registration  statement  will be  available  for  sale in the open
market, subject to the lock-up agreement described above, if applicable.


                                       53

<PAGE>



                                  UNDERWRITING

     The  Underwriters  named  below  have  agreed,  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement, to purchase from the Company, and the
Company has agreed to sell to the  Underwriters,  the number of shares of Common
Stock set forth opposite their respective names:

UNDERWRITER                                              NUMBER OF SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Schroder & Co. Inc. ...................................     1,050,000
Prudential Securities Incorporated ....................     1,050,000
                                                            ---------
   Total ..............................................     2,100,000
                                                            =========

     The Underwriting  Agreement provides that the Underwriters are obligated to
purchase all of the shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby,  if any such shares
are purchased.

     The  Underwriters  have  advised the Company that they propose to offer the
shares of Common Stock  directly to the public,  initially at the offering price
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus;  that the  Underwriters  propose
initially to allow a concession not in excess of $ per share to certain dealers;
and that the  Underwriters  may initially  allow a concession not in excess of $
per share to other dealers.  After the initial  offering of the shares of Common
Stock,  the public  offering  price and such  concessions  may be changed by the
Underwriters.

     The Company has granted an option to the  Underwriters,  exercisable for 30
days from the date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to 315,000  additional
shares of Common  Stock,  at the public  offering  price  less the  underwriting
discount set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus.  The  Underwriters may
exercise such option only to cover  over-allotments  in connection with the sale
of the Common Stock offered hereby.

     The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the  Company  and  Michael  R.
Cunningham  will  indemnify  the  Underwriters   against  certain   liabilities,
including  liabilities under the federal  securities laws, or will contribute to
payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

     The Underwriters may engage in  over-allotment,  stabilizing  transactions,
syndicate covering transactions,  and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation
M under the Exchange Act.  Overallotment  involves  syndicate sales in excess of
the  offering  size,  which  creates a  syndicate  short  position.  Stabilizing
transactions  permit bids to  purchase  the  underlying  security so long as the
stabilizing  bids  do  not  exceed  a  specific  maximum.   Syndicate   covering
transactions  involve  purchases of the  securities in the open market after the
distribution  has been completed in order to cover  syndicate  short  positions.
Penalty  bids permit the  Underwriters  to reclaim a selling  concession  from a
syndicate  member when the securities  originally sold by such syndicate  member
are  purchased in a syndicate  covering  transaction  to cover  syndicate  short
positions.  Such stabilizing  transactions,  syndicate covering transactions and
penalty  bids may cause the price of the  securities  to be higher than it would
otherwise  be in the absence of such  transactions.  These  transactions  may be
effected on Nasdaq or otherwise and, if commenced,  may be  discontinued  at any
time.

     Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock.  The initial public offering price of the Common Stock will be determined
by negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters. Among the factors to be
considered in determining  the initial  public  offering  price,  in addition to
prevailing  market and  general  economic  conditions,  are the  history of, and
prospects  for, the industry in which the Company  operates,  the ability of the
Company's management,  the Company's past and present operations,  the Company's
historical results of operations,  the Company's earnings prospects,  the prices
of similar securities of comparable companies, and other relative factors. There
can be no assurance, however, that the price at which the Common Stock will sell
in the  public  market  after the  Offering  will not be lower than the price at
which it is being sold by the Underwriters.

   
     The Company,  the  stockholders  of the  Predecessor  and the directors and
officers of the Company (who in the aggregate  will  beneficially  own 2,832,450
shares of Common Stock) have agreed with the Underwriters  that, for a period of
180 days following the Offering,  they will not offer to sell, sell, contract to
sell,  grant an option to purchase or otherwise  dispose (or announce any offer,
sale,  grant of any option or other  distribution) of any shares of Common Stock
or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or
    

                                       54

<PAGE>



exercisable  for shares of Common  Stock  without the prior  written  consent of
Schroder & Co. Inc. on behalf of the  Underwriters  (except that the Company may
grant  options to purchase or award  shares of Common  Stock under the 1998 Plan
and the Directors'  Plan and issue  privately  placed shares in connection  with
acquisitions).   See   "Management   --  Stock  Option  Plans"  and   "Principal
Stockholders."

     At the request of the  Company,  up to 200,000  shares of Common Stock have
been  reserved  for  sale in the  Offering  to  certain  individuals,  including
directors  and  employees  of the  Company,  members  of their  families  and/or
friends,  and other persons having business  relationships with the Company. The
price of such shares to such persons will be the initial  public  offering price
set forth on the cover of this  Prospectus.  The number of shares  available for
sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons  purchase
such reserved  shares.  Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered
hereby.

     The Company  has agreed with the  Underwriters  that it will  exercise  its
right to redeem all of the preference  share capital of Roda on June 30, 1998 if
it is not sooner  required  to redeem  such  shares by the  holders  thereof.  A
portion of the proceeds of the Offering will be deposited into escrow to provide
for the payment of the redemption price of the preference shares.




                                       55

<PAGE>



                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain  legal  matters  with  respect to the  validity of the Common Stock
offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Gibbons,  Del Deo,  Dolan,
Griffinger & Vecchione, a Professional Corporation,  Newark, New Jersey. Certain
legal  matters  in  connection  with the  Offering  will be passed  upon for the
Underwriters by Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, New York, New York.

                                     EXPERTS

     The predecessor financial statements of Cunningham Graphics  International,
Inc.  for each of the  three  years  in the  period  ended  December  31,  1997,
appearing in this Prospectus and  Registration  Statement,  have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP,  independent  auditors,  as set forth in their report thereon
appearing  elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given
the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

     The financial  statements  of Roda Limited for the year ended  December 31,
1997 and for the four months ended December 31, 1996, and of Roda Print Concepts
Limited for the ten month  period  ended  October 31,  1996,  appearing  in this
Prospectus  and  Registration  Statement,  have been  audited  by Ernst & Young,
Chartered  Accountants,  independent  auditors,  as set  forth in  their  report
thereon  appearing  elsewhere  herein,  and are  included in reliance  upon such
report given the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The  Company  has  filed a  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1  under the
Securities  Act with the  Commission  in  Washington,  D.C.  with respect to the
securities  offered hereby.  This Prospectus,  which is part of the Registration
Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto.  For further  information with
respect to the Company and the securities  offered  hereby,  reference is hereby
made to the  Registration  Statement and the exhibits and  schedules  filed as a
part thereof.  Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
agreement or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in
each instance,  if such agreement or document is filed as an exhibit,  reference
is made to the copy of such  agreement  or  document  filed as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement,  each such statement being qualified in all respects by
such reference to such exhibit. The Registration  Statement,  including exhibits
and schedules  thereto,  may be inspected and copied at the principal  office of
the Commission at Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549,  and at the Commission's  Regional  Offices at 7 World Trade Center,  New
York,  New York 10048,  and Northwest  Atrium Center,  500 West Madison  Street,
Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies  of such  material  may also be  obtained  at
prescribed  rates from the Public  Reference  Section of the  Commission  at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. In addition, the Company is required
to file electronic  versions of these documents with the Commission  through the
Commission's  Electronic Data Gathering,  Analysis and Retrieval (EDGAR) system.
The  Commission  maintains  a World  Wide  Web site at  http://www.sec.gov  that
contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information
regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.

                                       56

<PAGE>



                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                        PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997

                                   CONTENTS

Report of Independent Auditors ......................................   F-2

Predecessor Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 .........   F-3

Predecessor Statements of Income for the years ended
 December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 ...................................   F-4

Predecessor Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
 December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 ...................................   F-5

Predecessor Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
 December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 ...................................   F-6

Notes to Predecessor Financial Statements ...........................   F-7


                                  RODA LIMITED
                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996, AND 1997

                                    CONTENTS

Report of Independent Auditors ......................................   F-16

Consolidated  Profit and Loss  Account for the year ended 31 December
 1997  and the  period  from  incorporation  (29  August  1996) to 31
 December 1996 and the Profit and Loss Account of Roda Print Concepts
 Limited for the ten-month period ended 31 October 1996 .............   F-17

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997.........   F-18

Consolidated  Statement  of Cash Flows for the year ended 31 December
 1997  and the  period  from  incorporation  (29  August  1996) to 31
 December 1996 and the Statement of Cash Flows of Roda Print Concepts
 Limited for the ten-month period ended 31 October 1996..............   F-19

Notes to Financial Statements .......................................   F-20


                                       F-1

<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors

Cunningham Graphics International, Inc.

     We have audited the accompanying  predecessor  balance sheets of Cunningham
Graphics  International,  Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related
predecessor statements of income,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each
of the three  years in the period  ended  December  31,  1997.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the  predecessor  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of Cunningham
Graphics  International,  Inc. at December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of
its  operations  and its cash  flows for each of the three  years in the  period
ended  December 31, 1997,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

                                                             Ernst & Young LLP

Princeton, New Jersey
January 16, 1998

                                       F-2

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                           PREDECESSOR BALANCE SHEETS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  PRO FORMA
                                                                                                STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                                                   EQUITY
                                                                         1996        1997           1997
                                                                       --------   ----------   --------------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash ..............................................................    $  543     $    67
 Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $28 in 1996 and $50 in 1997) ....................................     4,607       5,673
 Inventories .......................................................       541         940
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........................        70          78
 Notes and advances receivable -- stockholder/officers .............       158         136
 Deferred income taxes .............................................        --          47
                                                                        ------     -------
Total current assets ...............................................     5,919       6,941
Property and equipment -- net ......................................     3,458       3,579
Other assets .......................................................        94         418
                                                                        ------     -------
                                                                        $9,471     $10,938
                                                                        ======     =======

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Current portion of long-term debt, third-party ....................    $  414     $   407
 Revolving line of credit ..........................................     1,350         300
 Current portion of notes payable -- related parties ...............        73          --
 Current portion of obligations under capital leases ...............       183         178
 Accounts payable ..................................................     3,661       3,854
 Accrued expenses ..................................................     1,105       1,474
                                                                        ------     -------
Total current liabilities ..........................................     6,786       6,213
Long-term debt, third-party -- net of current portion ..............       631       1,185
Notes payable -- related parties -- net of current portion .........       154          --
Obligations under capital leases -- net of current portion .........       515         332
Deferred income taxes ..............................................        41          57
                                                                        ------     -------
Total liabilities ..................................................     8,127       7,787
Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock,  no par value;  2,507 shares  authorized,
   119 shares in 1996 and 1997 issued and outstanding,
   stated at $50 per share..........................................         6           6        $     --
 Additional paid-in capital ........................................       734         734          (2,908)
 Retained earnings .................................................       604       2,411              --
                                                                        ------     -------        --------
Total stockholders' equity .........................................     1,344       3,151        $ (2,908)
                                                                        ------     -------        ========
                                                                        $9,471     $10,938
                                                                        ======     =======
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                        PREDECESSOR STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1995         1996         1997
                                                  ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales .....................................    $17,327      $23,193      $35,744
Operating expenses:
 Costs of production ..........................     12,860       17,616       26,894
 Selling, general and administrative ..........      3,441        4,270        5,794
 Depreciation and amortization ................        498          563          694
                                                   -------      -------      -------
                                                    16,799       22,449       33,382
Income from operations ........................        528          744        2,362
 Interest expense .............................       (257)        (234)        (250)
 Other income .................................          2           48           35
                                                   -------      -------      -------
Income before income taxes ....................        273          558        2,147
 Provision for income taxes ...................          6           56          129
                                                   -------      -------      -------
Net income ....................................    $   267      $   502      $ 2,018
                                                   =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>
PRO FORMA DATA (UNAUDITED):
Income before income taxes .............................................   $   2,147
 Pro forma provision for income taxes ..................................         880
                                                                           ---------
Pro forma net income ...................................................   $   1,267
                                                                           =========
Pro forma earnings per share ...........................................   $    0.43
                                                                           =========
Pro forma shares outstanding ...........................................   2,978,594
                                                                           =========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes.

                                       F-4

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                 PREDECESSOR STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            COMMON STOCK                    ADDITIONAL
                                         -------------------    PAID-IN      RETAINED
                                          SHARES     AMOUNT     CAPITAL      EARNINGS      TOTAL
                                         --------   --------   ---------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at January 1, 1995 ...........      118        $ 6        $722       $  356       $1,084
 Net income ..........................       --         --          --          267          267
 Distributions .......................       --         --          --         (521)        (521)
                                            ---        ---        ----       ------       ------
Balance at December 31, 1995 .........      118          6         722          102          830
 Net income ..........................       --         --          --          502          502
 Sale of common stock ................        1         --          12           --           12
                                            ---        ---        ----       ------       ------
Balance at December 31, 1996 .........      119          6         734          604        1,344
 Net income ..........................       --         --          --        2,018        2,018
 Distributions .......................       --         --          --         (211)        (211)
                                            ---        ---        ----       ------       ------
Balance at December 31, 1997 .........      119        $ 6        $734       $2,411       $3,151
                                            ===        ===        ====       ======       ======
</TABLE>



                             See accompanying notes.

                                       F-5

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      PREDECESSOR STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995           1996           1997
                                                               ------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income .................................................      $ 267        $    502       $ 2,018
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
 Depreciation and amortization .............................        498             563           694
 Gain on sale of equipment .................................         --             (48)          (18)
 Deferred income taxes .....................................         (1)             32           (31)
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Increase in accounts receivable .........................        (34)         (2,161)       (1,066)
   (Increase) decrease in inventories ......................       (436)            509          (399)
   Increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets            (29)            (86)           (8)
   Increase in other assets ................................         (9)            (45)         (324)
   Increase (decrease) in advance to officers ..............        257             (94)           22
   Increase in accounts payable ............................        219           1,835           193
   (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses .................       (138)            664           369
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities ..................        594           1,671         1,450
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 Proceeds from the disposition of equipment ................         --              71         1,349
 Acquisition of property and equipment .....................       (254)         (1,711)       (2,146)
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
Net cash used in investing activities ......................       (254)         (1,640)         (797)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 Net principal proceeds (payments) on revolving line of
   credit ..................................................        306             444        (1,050)
 Proceeds from long-term borrowings, third-party ...........         --             614         1,023
 Principal payments on long-term borrowings, third-party .         (200)           (302)         (476)
 Principal payments on obligations under capital lease .....       (138)           (139)         (188)
 Proceeds from issuance of notes payable -- related
   parties .................................................         70              24            --
 Principal payments on notes payable -- related parties.....         --            (142)         (227)
 Shareholder distribution ..................................       (521)             --          (211)
 Proceeds from sale of common stock ........................         --              12            --
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ........       (483)            511        (1,129)
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
Net (decrease) increase in cash ............................       (143)           (542)         (476)
Cash, beginning of year ....................................        144               1           543
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
Cash, end of year ..........................................      $   1        $    543       $    67
                                                                  -------      --------       ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW DATA
Income taxes paid ..........................................      $  10        $     40       $   169
                                                                  =======      ========       =========
Interest paid ..............................................      $ 254        $    235       $   251
                                                                  =======      ========       =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND
 FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of equipment under capital lease ...............      $  23        $    422       $    --
                                                                  =======      ========       =========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The accompanying predecessor financial statements include the operations of
Cunningham  Graphics,  Inc.  (the  "Company" or the  "Predecessor  Entity").  As
further discussed in Note 14, a reorganization of the Predecessor is planned for
1998.

DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY

     The  Company  provides a wide range of graphic  communication  services  to
financial  institutions and corporations in the eastern United States,  focusing
on producing and distributing  time-sensitive  analytical research and marketing
materials and on providing on-demand printing.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include  all cash  balances  and highly  liquid
investments with a maturity of three months or less when acquired.  The carrying
amount reported for cash equivalents approximates fair value.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

     The Company  performs  periodic  credit  evaluations  of its  customers and
generally does not require collateral.

INVENTORIES

     Inventories  are  stated at the  lower of cost or  market  by the  specific
identification method. Inventory consists of raw materials and work in process.

Finished goods are shipped upon completion.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization of
assets,   including   those  under  capital   lease,   are  computed  using  the
straight-line  method  over the  lesser  of the  estimated  useful  lives of the
related assets or the lease term. Useful lives range from 3 to 10 years.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

     The  Company  records  impairment  losses  on  long-lived  assets  used  in
operations  when  events and  circumstances  indicate  that the assets  might be
impaired  and the  undiscounted  cash flows  estimated  to be generated by those
assets are less than the  carrying  amounts of those  assets.  No such event has
occurred since adoption at January 1, 1995.

INCOME TAXES

     The  Company  and  its  stockholders  have  elected  to  be  taxed  as an S
Corporation  pursuant to the Internal  Revenue Code and certain  state and local
tax  regulations.  Therefore,  no  provision  has been made in the  accompanying
financial statements for federal and certain state and local income taxes, since
such taxes are the liability of the stockholders. The provision for income taxes
principally  reflects taxes levied by certain state and local governments.  (See
Notes 11 and 14).

     Deferred taxes are computed based on the tax effects in future years of the
differences between financial and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are  classified as current and  noncurrent
based on the  classification  of the related  asset or liability  for  financial
reporting  purposes,  or based on the expected  reversal date for deferred taxes
that are not related to an asset or liability.

                                       F-7

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )


1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES --(CONTINUED)

REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenue is recognized upon shipment of products to customers.

USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  presentation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 128,  Earnings  Per Share,  which is required to be adopted on December  31,
1997.  Statement  128  replaced  the  calculation  of primary and fully  diluted
earnings  per share with basic and diluted  earnings per share.  Unlike  primary
earnings per share,  basic earnings per share  excludes any dilutive  effects of
options,  warrants and  convertible  securities.  Diluted  earnings per share is
similar to the previously required fully diluted earnings per share.

2. INVENTORIES

     Inventories consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1996      1997
                                                                     ------   -------
<S>                                                                  <C>      <C>
        Raw materials (net of valuation allowance of $200 at
         December 31, 1996 and $194 at December 31, 1997).........    $477     $805
        Work-in-process ..........................................      64      135
                                                                      ----     ----
                                                                      $541     $940
                                                                      ====     ====
</TABLE>

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1996          1997
                                                               -----------   -----------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>
        Machinery and equipment ............................    $  4,711      $  4,813
        Furniture, fixtures and office equipment ...........         653           974
        Leasehold improvements .............................         261           471
        Autos and transportation equipment .................         214           280
                                                                --------      --------
                                                                   5,839         6,538
        Accumulated depreciation and amortization ..........      (2,381)       (2,959)
                                                                --------      --------
                                                                $  3,458      $  3,579
                                                                ========      ========
</TABLE>

     The gross amount of the leased property  included in property and equipment
is $1,062 and $1,069, and accumulated  amortization is $341 and $386 at December
31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

                                       F-8

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )


4. OTHER ASSETS

     Included  in other  assets is  approximately  $342 of costs  related to the
anticipated  initial public  offering and the  acquisition of Roda Limited (Note
14).

5. ACCRUED EXPENSES

     Other accrued liabilities consists of the following:

                                               1996        1997
                                            ---------   ---------
         Employee compensation ..........    $  761      $  689
         Other ..........................       344         785
                                             ------      ------
                                             $1,105      $1,474
                                             ======      ======

6. REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT, LONG-TERM DEBT AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASE

     On December  15,  1997,  the Company  entered  into a new Loan and Security
Agreement with a bank (the "Loan and Security Agreement"). The Loan and Security
Agreement  provides for a $2,000  revolving  line of credit and a $1,000  3-year
term loan (the "Term  Loan").  The revolving  line of credit  expires on May 30,
1998.  Borrowings  under both the line of credit and the Term Loan bear interest
at the bank's  prime rate or at the  Company's  option LIBOR plus 2.25% (8.5% at
December 31,  1997).  The debt is  collateralized  by  substantially  all of the
Company's assets.  Among other things, the Loan and Security Agreement restricts
the Company's ability to incur additional  indebtedness and requires the Company
to maintain certain financial ratios.

     At December 31, 1996,  the revolving  line of credit  represents the amount
outstanding  under a  previous  $2,000  revolving  line of  credit  with a bank.
Borrowings  under this agreement  carried interest at the bank's prime rate plus
 .5% (8.75% at December 31, 1996) and were  secured by  substantially  all of the
Company's assets and guaranteed by the principal stockholder of the Company.

     The Company leases  property and equipment under capital leases expiring in
various years through 2001.  Amortization  ($74, $105 and $119 in 1995, 1996 and
1997,  respectively)  of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation
expense.

     Long-term  debt  consists  of the  following  (excluding  notes  payable to
related parties, see Note 7):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1996        1997
                                                                                       --------   ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
   Term loan, payable with interest only through December 1998 with principal
    payments beginning January 1999 through December 2001 ..........................    $   --     $1,000
   Notes payable to finance companies, payable in monthly installments with interest
    at rates ranging from 7.48% to 11.75%,  through  various dates from December
    1998 to October 1999 (secured by certain equipment with a carrying value of
    approximately $358).............................................................       518        262
   Non-interest bearing note payable in monthly installments through December
    1999 (discounted based on imputed interest rate of 8%) .........................       449        308
   Various capital lease obligations ...............................................       698        510
   Other (secured by equipment with a carrying value of $135).......................        78         22
                                                                                        ------     ------
                                                                                         1,743      2,102
   Less current maturities .........................................................       597        585
                                                                                        ------     ------
                                                                                        $1,146     $1,517
                                                                                        ======     ======
</TABLE>

     The  aggregate  fair value of the  instruments  representing  the Company's
revolving  line of credit,  long-term debt and  obligations  under capital lease
approximate their carrying value at December 31, 1996 and 1997. Such fair values
are estimated  based on  discounting  the estimated  future cash flows using the
Company's incremental borrowing rate for similar debt instruments.

                                       F-9

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )


6. REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT, LONG-TERM DEBT AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASE

 --(CONTINUED)

     Maturities of long-term debt and obligations under capital lease (principal
and interest) for each of the next five years are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                OBLIGATIONS
                                                                                   UNDER
                                                                  LONG-TERM       CAPITAL
                                                                     DEBT          LEASE
                                                                 -----------   ------------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>
         1998 ................................................       $407          $236
         1999 ................................................        516           185
         2000 ................................................        333           119
         2001 ................................................        336            84
                                                                                   ----
         Total minimum lease payments ........................                      624
         Less amount representing interest ...................                      114
                                                                                   ----
         Present value of net minimum lease payments .........                     $510
                                                                                   ====

</TABLE>

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Included in notes and advances receivable -- stockholder/officers are notes
receivable aggregating $22 at December 31, 1996 and advances of $136 at December
31,  1996 and 1997.  The notes bear  interest  at an annual  rate of 8% and were
repaid in 1997.  Advances  receivable  represent  cash advances with no specific
repayment terms. The stockholder  intends to repay the advances as a part of the
Offering. Notes payable to related parties consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1996     1997
                                                                     ------   -----
<S>                                                                  <C>      <C>
         Note payable to stockholder/officer, payable in
           monthly installments with interest at the prime rate
           (8.5% at December 31, 1996) ...........................    $112     $--
         Note payable to Cunningham Children Trust, payable
           in monthly installments with interest at the prime rate
           (8.5% at December 31, 1996) ...........................     115      --
                                                                      ----     ---
                                                                       227      --
         Less current portion ....................................      73      --
                                                                      ----     ---
                                                                      $154     $--
                                                                      ====     ===

</TABLE>

     In December 1997, the Company repaid the  outstanding  balances under these
notes payable.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )


8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEASES

     The Company  leases  office  facilities,  equipment and  automobiles  under
noncancelable  operating  leases  expiring in various years through 2000. One of
the facility  leases  requires the Company to pay additional  rents based on its
proportionate share of certain costs of the facility.

     In March 1997, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback arrangement. Under
the  arrangement,  the Company sold equipment and leased it back for a period of
six years.  The leaseback has been accounted for as an operating  lease. No gain
or loss was  recorded on the  transaction.  Upon  expiration  of the lease,  the
Company has agreed to acquire the equipment at terms more fully described in the
lease agreement.

     Future minimum  rental  payments for each of the next five years and in the
aggregate under the above lease agreements are as follows:

  1998 ........................    $1,094
  1999 ........................     1,085
  2000 ........................       360
  2001 ........................       286
  2002 ........................       237
  Thereafter ..................        39
                                   ------
                                   $3,101
                                   ======

     Rent expense  under all  operating  leases was $282,  $463 and $631 for the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

9. CONCENTRATIONS

     Sales to  customers  representing  10% or more of the  Company's  total net
sales (two customers in 1995, 24% and 14% each respectively;  three customers in
1996,  15%, 15% and 13% each  respectively;  and four in 1997, 24%, 13%, 10% and
10% each  respectively)  represented  total  net  sales of  $6,445,  $9,812  and
$20,375,  respectively.  Included in trade  accounts  receivable are amounts due
from these  customers  of $1,648 and $2,989 as of  December  31,  1996 and 1997,
respectively.

     The Company has 370 employees,  approximately  255 of whom are members of a
union which are covered  under a memorandum  of agreement  which expires on June
30, 2000.

10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     On  June  11,  1991,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  with  two
stockholders which entitled the two stockholders to purchase from the Company up
to 53.85  shares of its common  stock  through  December  1, 1996.  Through  the
expiration  of the  agreement  and pursuant to the terms of the  agreement,  the
stockholders  purchased  18.96  shares  (including  one  share  in  1995  for an
aggregate consideration of $12).

                                      F-11

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )


11. INCOME TAXES

     The provision for state income taxes consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995      1996      1997
                                                       ---------   ------   -------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>      <C>
         Current ...................................     $ 8        $24      $ 160
         Deferred ..................................        (2)      32        (31)
                                                         ------     ---      -----
         Total provision for income taxes ..........     $ 6        $56      $ 129
                                                         =====      ===      =====
</TABLE>

     The  significant  components of the Company's  deferred tax liabilities and
assets include  depreciation,  accounts  receivable  and inventory  reserves and
accrued  expenses.  (See Note 14 regarding  conversion  from S Corporation  to C
Corporation for tax purposes.)

12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company has a defined  contribution  pension  plan  pursuant to Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code covering  substantially  all employees.  The
Company,  at its discretion,  may elect to contribute to the plan at amounts and
dates  determined  by the Board of Directors.  For the years ended  December 31,
1995,  1996  and 1997  the  Company  made  contributions  of $24,  $-0- and $52,
respectively, to the plan.

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Acquisition of Roda

     On January 16, 1998,  the Company and Roda  entered into an agreement  (the
"Roda Purchase  Agreement") such that  concurrently with the consummation of the
Offering,  the Company will close the acquisition of all the outstanding capital
stock of Roda under the Roda Purchase  Agreement for an aggregate purchase price
of $8,148.  The  purchase  price will be  satisfied  by the  delivery of 169,739
shares of common  stock,  which will be valued at the  initial  public  offering
price, and a cash payment equal to the balance of the purchase price.  Under the
terms of the Roda  Purchase  Agreement,  the Company has  committed to cause the
repayment of POUNDS 850  (approximately  $1,400) of  indebtedness to the present
Roda stockholders  within 28 days following the closing.  The Company intends to
use a portion of the  proceeds of the  Offering to repay this  indebtedness.  In
order to secure the  performance by the selling  stockholders of Roda of certain
warranties and covenants, POUNDS 275 (approximately $459) will be held in escrow
until one year following the closing.  The acquisition of Roda will be accounted
for under the purchase method of accounting.

                                      F-12

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )


14.  FORMATION OF  CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS  INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,  PLANNED  INITIAL
     PUBLIC OFFERING AND PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Reorganization and Planned Public Offering

     The  Company  intends to proceed  with a  reorganization  and a  concurrent
initial  public  offering  of  the  common  stock  of  the  reorganized  entity.
Immediately  prior to the initial  public  offering of shares of common stock of
Cunningham  Graphics  International,  Inc. (CGII) (the "Offering"),  the Company
will be reorganized (the  "Reorganization") such that all of the stockholders of
the Predecessor will contribute all of the outstanding shares of common stock of
the  Predecessor to CGII, in exchange for a total of 2,595,260  shares of common
stock and  promissory  notes (the "Exchange  Notes") in the aggregate  principal
amount of $2,400  (assuming  an initial  offering  price of $12.00  per  share).
Concurrently  with  the  Reorganization,  CGII  will  assume  the  Predecessor's
obligations with respect to  undistributed S corporation  taxable income through
the date of the  Reorganization  estimated  to  total  $2,200,  and  will  issue
promissory notes in such amount to evidence such obligations (the  "Distribution
Notes" and, together with the Exchange Notes, the "Reorganization  Notes").  The
principal  amount of the  Reorganization  Notes was determined by the Company in
connection with the Reorganization  based on a number of factors,  including the
value of the enterprise  contributed to the Company. The principal amount of the
Distribution Notes was determined by the Company based upon the actual amount of
undistributed  S  corporation  taxable  income as of  December  31, 1997 and the
anticipated  additional  undistributed  S corporation  taxable income during the
period  January 1, 1998 through the  expected  date of the  Reorganization.  The
Company  intends to pay the  Reorganization  Notes from the net  proceeds of the
Offering.

1998 Stock Option Plan
   
     In February  1998,  the Board of Directors and the sole  stockholder of the
Company  adopted the 1998 Stock Option Plan ("1998  Plan") and reserved  450,000
shares of Common  Stock  for  issuance  thereunder.  The Plan  provides  for the
granting to employees  (including  employee  directors  and officers) of options
intended  to  qualify  as  incentive   stock  options   within  the  meaning  of
(section)422 of the Code and for the granting of  nonstatutory  stock options to
employees  and  consultants.  The Board of  Directors  has  granted  options  to
purchase  230,300  shares  of  Common  Stock  under  the 1998  Plan  subject  to
consummation of the Offering.
    
The Directors' Stock Option Plan

   
     In February  1998,  the Board of Directors and the sole  stockholder of the
Company  adopted the Directors'  Stock Option Plan (the  "Directors'  Plan") and
reserved  150,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  insurance   thereunder.   The
individuals  eligible to participate in the Directors' Plan are each Director of
the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (an
"Outside  Director").  The Board of  Directors  has granted  options to purchase
60,000 shares of Common Stock under the Directors'  Plan subject to consummation
of the Offering.
    

                                      F-13

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )


14.  FORMATION OF  CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS  INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,  PLANNED  INITIAL
     PUBLIC OFFERING AND PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS (UNAUDITED) --(CONTINUED)

Pro Forma Adjustments (Unaudited)

     The  following  table  sets  forth the  capitalization  of the  Company  at
December 31, 1997,  and the pro forma  capitalization  of the Company as of such
date after giving  effect to the issuance of the  Reorganization  Notes,  to the
stockholders  and the recording of a net deferred tax liability of approximately
$59 in connection  with the Company  becoming  subject to federal and additional
state and local income taxes.

                                                  ACTUAL      PRO FORMA
                                                 --------   ------------
         Common stock ........................    $    6      $     --
         Additional paid-in capital ..........       734        (2,908)
         Retained earnings ...................     2,411            --
                                                  ------      --------
         Total stockholders' equity ..........    $3,151      $ (2,908)
                                                  ======      ========

     As  discussed  in Note 1,  the  Company  has  elected  to be  taxed as an S
corporation  pursuant to the Internal  Revenue Code and certain  state and local
tax regulations.  In connection with the Offering made hereby,  the Company will
become subject to federal and additional state income taxes. Accordingly, in the
quarter in which the Offering is completed,  the Company will record  additional
deferred tax assets of $295 and additional  deferred tax liabilities of $354 and
a corresponding  net tax expense of $59 in the statement of income in accordance
with the provisions of SFAS No. 109.

     The pro  forma  provision  for  income  taxes  represents  the  income  tax
provisions that would have been reported had the Company been subject to federal
and  additional  state income taxes during the year ended December 31, 1997. The
unaudited pro forma net income for the year ended  December 31, 1997 reflects an
increase of $751 for the year ended  December  31,  1997 for income  taxes based
upon income before income taxes as if the Company had become  subject to federal
and additional state income taxes on that date.

     Pro forma  deferred  income  taxes  will  reflect  the net tax  effects  of
temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
pro forma  financial  reporting  and the amounts  used for income tax  purposes.
Significant  components of the Company's pro forma net deferred tax liability as
of December 31, 1997 is as follows:

                                                               1997
                                                            ----------
         Tax over book depreciation .....................     $ (411)
         Allowance for doubtful accounts ................         20
         Inventory capitalization and reserves ..........        100
         Other book accruals ............................        232
                                                              ------
                                                              $  (59)
                                                              ======


     The pro forma income tax provision consists of the following:


                                                      1997
                                                   ---------
         Current:
           Federal .............................    $  820
           State and local .....................       300
                                                    ------
                                                     1,120
           Deferred income tax benefit .........      (240)
                                                    ------
                                                    $  880
                                                    ======

                                      F-14

<PAGE>


                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    NOTES TO PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) -(CONTINUED )


14.  FORMATION OF  CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS  INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,  PLANNED  INITIAL
     PUBLIC OFFERING AND PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS (UNAUDITED) --(CONTINUED)

     A  reconciliation  setting  forth  the  differences  between  the pro forma
effective tax rate of the Company and the U.S. federal  statutory tax rate is as
follows:

                                                                        1997
                                                                     ----------
     Federal statutory rate ......................................       34.0%
     State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefits ..........        7.0
                                                                         ----
     Effective tax rate ..........................................       41.0
                                                                         ====

Pro Forma Earnings Per Share (Unaudited)

     The Pro Forma shares  outstanding  of 2,978,594  represent the total equity
value for the Common Stock of the Predecessor  contributed to the Company in the
Reorganization  and includes (i) the initial CGII founding share, (ii) 2,595,260
shares to be issued in the Reorganization and (iii) 383,333 shares, representing
the value of the $4,600 principal amount of the Reorganization Notes (based upon
the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share).

                                      F-15

<PAGE>



                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors of
Roda Limited

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet of Roda Limited as
of 31  December  1997 and  1996 and the  related  consolidated  profit  and loss
account and  statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 1997 and the
period from  incorporation  (29 August 1996) to 31 December  1996 and the profit
and loss  account and  statement  of cash flows of Roda Print  Concepts  Limited
(Predecessor)  for the ten-month  period ended 31 October 1996.  These financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.

We conducted  our audit in accordance  with United  Kingdom  auditing  standards
which do not differ in any  significant  respect  from United  States  generally
accepted  auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurances about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles  used and  significant
estimates made by the  management,  as well as evaluating the overall  financial
statements  presentation.  We believe our audit provides a reasonable  basis for
our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Roda Limited at 31
December 1997 and 1996 and the  consolidated  results of its  operations and its
cash flows for the year ended 31 December 1997 and the period from incorporation
(29 August  1996) to 31  December  1996 and the results of  operations  and cash
flows of Roda Print Concepts  Limited for the ten-month  period ended 31 October
1996, in conformity with accounting  principles generally accepted in the United
Kingdom  which  differ in certain  respects  from those  followed  in the United
States (see Note 25 of Notes to the Financial Statements).

                                          Ernst & Young Chartered Accountants

Ernst & Young
Chartered Accountants
London, England

11 February 1998

                                      F-16

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                      CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    COMPANY
                                                                PREDECESSOR       PERIOD FROM
                                                                 TEN MONTHS      INCORPORATION     COMPANY YEAR
                                                                  ENDED 31     (29 AUGUST 1996)      ENDED 31
                                                                  OCTOBER       TO 31 DECEMBER       DECEMBER
                                                                    1996             1996              1997
                                                       NOTES       POUNDS           POUNDS            POUNDS
                                                      ------- --------------- ------------------ ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>     <C>             <C>                <C>
TURNOVER ............................................     3       3,058,221         625,525          4,198,219
Cost of sales .......................................            (2,035,263)       (399,674)        (2,589,186)
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
GROSS PROFIT ........................................             1,022,958         225,851          1,609,033
Administrative expenses .............................            (1,067,421)       (149,319)          (943,590)
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
OPERATING (LOSS)/PROFIT .............................     4         (44,463)         76,532            665,443
Profit on disposal of tangible fixed assets .........                    --              --             52,076
Interest receivable .................................                    30              13                344
Interest payable ....................................     7         (29,995)        (37,699)          (208,456)
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
(LOSS)/PROFIT ON ORDINARY
 ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION .........................               (74,428)         38,846            509,407

Taxation ............................................     8           9,070         (11,355)          (169,000)
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
(LOSS)/PROFIT ON ORDINARY
 ACTIVITIES AFTER TAXATION ..........................               (65,358)         27,491            340,407
Minority interest ...................................                    --         (18,130)           (64,101)
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
(LOSS)/PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD ........................               (65,358)          9,361            276,306
DIVIDENDS

Preference dividend on non-equity shares
 of Roda Print Concepts Limited .....................               (45,970)             --                 --
Ordinary dividend on equity shares of Roda Print
 Concepts Ltd .......................................               (28,000)             --                 --
                                                                 ----------        --------         ----------
RETAINED (LOSS)/PROFIT
 FOR THE PERIOD .....................................    17        (139,328)          9,361            276,306
                                                                 ==========        ========         ==========
</TABLE>

There were no recognized gains or losses other than those recorded above.

A summary of the  significant  adjustments to the  profit/(loss)  for the period
that would be required if United States generally accepted accounting principles
were to be applied instead of those generally  accepted in the United Kingdom is
set forth in Note 25.

        The notes to the financial statements are an integral part of the
                              financial statements.

                                      F-17

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       31 DECEMBER       31 DECEMBER
                                                                           1996              1997
                                                            NOTES         POUNDS            POUNDS
                                                           -------   ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>               <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible assets ........................................       9           399,465           863,739
CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks .................................................      11            96,220           148,026
Debtors ................................................      12           799,336           928,254
Cash at bank and in hand ...............................                    89,610               522
                                                                           -------           -------
                                                                           985,166         1,076,802
CREDITORS: amounts falling due within one year .........      13        (1,995,006)       (1,493,999)
                                                                        ----------        ----------
NET CURRENT LIABILITIES ................................                (1,009,840)         (417,197)
                                                                        ----------        ----------
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES ..................                  (610,375)          446,542
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after more than
 one year ..............................................      14        (1,147,710)       (1,928,321)
MINORITY INTEREST ......................................      21              (100)             (100)
                                                                        ----------        ----------
                                                              21        (1,758,185)       (1,481,879)
                                                                        ==========        ==========
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Called up share capital ................................      16           200,000           200,000
Share premium ..........................................      17           199,998           199,998
Profit and loss account ................................      17        (2,158,183)       (1,881,877)
                                                                        ----------        ----------
                                                                        (1,758,185)       (1,481,879)
                                                                        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

A summary of the  significant  adjustments to capital and reserves that would be
required if United States generally  accepted  accounting  principles were to be
applied instead of those  generally  accepted in the United Kingdom is set forth
in Note 25.

        The notes to the financial statements are an integral part of the
                              financial statements.

                                      F-18

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   COMPANY
                                                                                 PERIOD FROM
                                                                PREDECESSOR     INCORPORATION
                                                                TEN MONTHS    (29 AUGUST 1996)   COMPANY YEAR
                                                                 ENDED 31      TO 31 DECEMBER      ENDED 31
                                                               OCTOBER 1996         1996         DECEMBER 1997
                                                       NOTES      POUNDS           POUNDS           POUNDS
                                                      ------- -------------- ------------------ --------------
<S>                                                   <C>     <C>            <C>                <C>
RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING
 (LOSS)/PROFIT TO NET CASH FLOW
 FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Operating (loss)/profit .............................             (44,463)           76,532          665,443
Depreciation charges ................................              58,889             9,506           88,714
(Increase)/decrease in stocks .......................              (7,170)            8,532          (51,806)
(Increase)/decrease in debtors ......................             (75,115)          203,657         (123,515)
Increase/(decrease) in creditors ....................             297,438          (173,652)         (56,337)
                                                                  -------          --------         --------
Net cash inflow from operating activities ...........             229,579           124,575          522,499
                                                                  -------          --------         --------
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
Net cash inflow from operating activities ...........             229,579           124,575          522,499
Returns on investment and servicing of finance .        22        (75,935)          (55,816)        (272,213)
Taxation ............................................             (46,647)               --          (97,865)
Capital expenditure .................................   22        (29,960)           (2,436)         (36,382)
Acquisitions ........................................   10             --        (1,627,222)              --
Equity dividends paid ...............................             (28,000)               --               --
                                                                  -------        ----------         --------
                                                                   49,037        (1,560,899)         116,039
Management of liquid resources ......................   22         25,685                --               --
FINANCING ...........................................   22       (183,432)        1,641,546         (410,245)
                                                                                    -------         --------
(Decrease)/increase in cash .........................            (108,710)           80,647         (294,206)
                                                                 ========        ==========         ========
RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW TO
 MOVEMENT IN NET DEBT
(Decrease)/increase in cash .........................            (108,710)           80,647         (294,206)
Cash flow from decrease/(increase) in debt and
 lease financing ....................................              81,924        (1,241,548)         410,245
Loans and finance leases acquired with
 subsidiary .........................................             (54,351)         (239,912)              --
Loan stock issued ...................................             (25,685)          (50,000)              --
New loan ............................................                  --          (816,000)              --
New finance leases ..................................                  --                --         (464,530)
                                                                 --------        ----------         --------
Change in net debt ..................................            (106,822)       (2,266,813)        (348,491)
Net debt at beginning of period .....................            (328,442)               --       (2,266,813)
                                                                 --------        ----------       ----------
Net debt at end of period ...........................   23       (435,264)       (2,266,813)      (2,615,304)
                                                                 ========        ==========         ========
</TABLE>

The significant  differences between the statement of cash flows presented above
and that required under United States generally accepted  accounting  principles
are described in Note 25.

        The notes to the financial statements are an integral part of the
                              financial statements.

                                      F-19

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                        NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BASIS OF PREPARATION

     These financial  statements comprise the consolidated  financial statements
of Roda Limited ("the Company") and its subsidiary  Roda Print Concepts  Limited
("the Predecessor")  (together,  "the Group") for the period from incorporation,
29 August  1996 to 31  December  1996 and for the year ended 31  December  1997,
together with the  financial  statements  of the  Predecessor  for the 10 months
ended 31 October 1996. The Company  acquired Roda Print  Concepts  Limited on 21
October  1996 (the  trading  results from 21 October 1996 to 31 October 1996 are
not  considered  material).  Prior to its  acquisition  of Roda  Print  Concepts
Limited,  Roda Limited did not trade.  The acquisition was a management  buy-out
and the  current  shareholders  of Roda  Ltd  are not the  same as the  original
shareholders of Roda Print Concepts Limited.

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     Accounting convention

     The financial  statements are prepared under the historical cost convention
and in accordance with United Kingdom applicable accounting standards.

     Goodwill

     Goodwill on acquisition has been set off directly against reserves.  If the
subsidiary is subsequently  sold or closed,  any goodwill arising on acquisition
which was written off to reserves will be taken into account in determining  the
profit or loss on sale or closure.

     Depreciation

     Depreciation  is provided on all tangible fixed assets at rates  calculated
to write off the cost less  estimated  residual  value of each asset evenly over
its expected useful life, as follows:

    Leasehold improvements               --     over the lease term
    Plant and machinery                  --     10% per annum
    Fixtures, fittings and equipment     --     10% per annum
    Motor vehicles                       --     20% per annum

     Stocks

     Stocks  are  stated at the  lower of cost and net  realizable  value.  Cost
includes  all  expenses  incurred in  bringing  the  products  to their  present
location and  condition.  Net  realisable  value is based on  estimated  selling
prices less any further costs to be incurred on disposal.

     Deferred taxation

     Deferred  taxation  is  provided  on the  liability  method  for all timing
differences which are expected to reverse in the future,  calculated at the rate
at which it is estimated that tax will be payable.

     Foreign currencies

     Transactions  in foreign  currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the
date of the  transaction or at the contracted rate if the transaction is covered
by a forward exchange contract.  Monetary assets and liabilities  denominated in
foreign  currencies  are  retranslated  at the rate of  exchange  ruling  at the
balance sheet date or, if appropriate, at the forward contract rate.

     Pensions

     The Group contributes to two defined contribution schemes for its directors
and employees.  The assets of the schemes are held  separately from those of the
Company in independently  administered funds. The pension cost charge represents
contributions paid by the Company to the schemes.

                                      F-20

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)

     Leasing commitments

     Assets held under finance leases,  which are leases where substantially all
the risks and rewards of the  ownership of the asset have passed to the Company,
are  capitalized  in the balance  sheet and are  depreciated  over their  useful
lives. The capital elements of future  obligations under the leases are included
as liabilities in the balance sheet.

     The interest  elements of the rental  obligations are charged in the profit
and loss  account  over the  periods  of the  leases  and  represent  a constant
proportion of the balance of capital repayments outstanding.

     Rentals payable under  operating  leases are charged in the profit and loss
account on a straight line basis over the lease term.

3. TURNOVER

     Turnover,  which is stated net of value  added tax and  represents  amounts
invoiced to third parties,  and pre-tax  profits are wholly  attributable to the
Group's one continuing activity of general printing.

     An analysis of turnover by geographical market is given below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                COMPANY
                                                              PERIOD FROM
                                               PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                  ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                                31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                  1996            1996          1997
                                                 POUNDS          POUNDS        POUNDS
                                              ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>             <C>
     United Kingdom .........................   2,393,100      336,000       2,972,334
     Rest of the European Community .........     236,969      108,918         531,138
     Rest of the world ......................     428,152      180,607         694,747
                                                ---------      -------       ---------
                                                3,058,221      625,525       4,198,219
                                                =========      =======       =========
</TABLE>

4. OPERATING (LOSS)/PROFIT

     This is stated after charging:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             COMPANY
                                                                           PERIOD FROM
                                                            PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                             TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                               ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                                             31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                                1996           1996          1997
                                                               POUNDS         POUNDS        POUNDS
                                                           ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>             <C>
     Auditors' remuneration--audit fees ..................      6,250        1,250              --
     Depreciation of owned fixed assets ..................     46,374        7,005          38,751
     Depreciation of assets held under finance
     leases and hire purchase contracts ..................     12,515        2,501          49,963
     Operating lease rentals--land and buildings .........     30,000        6,000          36,000
                                                               ======        =====          ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-21

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


5. DIRECTORS' EMOLUMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       COMPANY
                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                      PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                       TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                         ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                       31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                          1996           1996          1997
                                         POUNDS         POUNDS        POUNDS
                                     ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>             <C>
     Emoluments ....................   225,435          23,131        157,063
     Pension contributions .........   224,389           2,666         14,149
                                       -------          ------        -------
                                       449,824          25,797        171,212
                                       =======          ======        =======
</TABLE>

     Directors' emoluments,  excluding pension  contributions,  were paid by the
subsidiary undertakings and fell within the following ranges:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      NO.     NO.     NO.
                                                     -----   -----   ----
<S>                                                  <C>     <C>     <C>
          POUNDS nil -- POUNDS 5,000 .............     3       3      --
        POUNDS 15,000 -- POUNDS 19,999 ...........    --       1      --
        POUNDS 20,000 -- POUNDS 24,999 ...........    --      --       2
        POUNDS 75,000 -- POUNDS 79,999 ...........     1      --      --
       POUNDS 105,000 -- POUNDS 109,999 ..........    --      --       1
       POUNDS 120,000 -- POUNDS 127,999 ..........     1      --      --
</TABLE>

     The emoluments of the highest paid  director,  were POUNDS 107,627 (1996 --
POUNDS  120,354,  for the  pre-acquisition  period  and  POUNDS  19,131  for the
consolidated period) (these were not the same directors).

     The chairman received no emoluments.

6. STAFF COSTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       COMPANY
                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                      PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                       TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                         ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                       31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                          1996           1996          1997
                                         POUNDS         POUNDS        POUNDS 
                                     ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>             <C>
     Wages and salaries ............     926,724       190,969      1,300,333
     Social security costs .........      88,627        20,677        126,950
     Other pension costs ...........      15,886         1,215         13,495
                                         -------       -------      ---------
                                       1,031,237       212,861      1,440,778
                                       =========       =======      =========
</TABLE>

     The average  weekly  number of employees  during the period,  including the
directors, was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    NO.     NO.     NO.
                                   -----   -----   ----
<S>                                <C>     <C>     <C>
       Factory .................    19      19      37
       Administration ..........    12      12       9
       Directors ...............     2       2       1
                                    --      --      --
                                    33      33      47
                                    ==      ==      ==
</TABLE>


                                      F-22

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


7. INTEREST PAYABLE AND SIMILAR CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            COMPANY
                                                                          PERIOD FROM
                                                           PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                            TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                              ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                                            31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                               1996           1996          1997
                                                              POUNDS         POUNDS       POUNDS 
                                                          ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>             <C>
     Interest payable on bank overdraft .................     23,513          4,055          4,759
     Finance leases and hire purchase contracts .........      5,808          1,001         27,469
     Other interest payable .............................        674         32,643        176,228
                                                              ------         ------        -------
                                                              29,995         37,699        208,456
                                                              ======         ======        =======
</TABLE>

8. TAXATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            COMPANY
                                                                          PERIOD FROM
                                                           PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                            TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                              ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                                            31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                               1996           1996          1997
                                                              POUNDS         POUNDS        POUNDS 
                                                          ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>             <C>
     Based on the (loss)/profit for the period: .........
     UK corporation tax at 31.5% (1996 -- 33%) ..........     12,505        (11,355)      (115,000)
     Corporation tax underprovided in previous years          (3,435)            --        (54,000)
                                                              ------        -------       --------
                                                               9,070        (11,355)      (169,000)
                                                              ======        =======       ========
</TABLE>

9. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

     Company -- year to 31 December 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      IMPROVEMENT       PLANT         FIXTURES,
                                           TO            AND        FITTINGS AND       MOTOR
                                       LEASEHOLD      MACHINERY       EQUIPMENT      VEHICLES        TOTAL
                                         POUNDS         POUNDS          POUNDS         POUNDS        POUNDS 
                                     -------------   -----------   --------------   ----------   ------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>
COST:
At 1 January 1997 ................       19,438        469,659         152,290        51,690        693,077
Additions ........................        4,602        535,881          54,079         2,350        596,912
Disposals ........................           --        (90,597)             --            --        (90,597)
                                         ------        -------         -------        ------        -------
At 31 December 1997 ..............       24,040        914,943         206,369        54,040      1,199,392
                                         ------        -------         -------        ------      ---------
DEPRECIATION:
At 1 January 1997 ................        5,102        212,736          67,550         8,224        293,612
Provided during the year .........        2,754         58,203          17,302        10,455         88,714
Disposals ........................           --        (46,673)             --            --        (46,673)
                                         ------        -------         -------        ------      ---------
At 31 December 1997 ..............        7,856        224,266          84,852        18,679        335,653
                                         ------        -------         -------        ------      ---------
Net book value at
 31 December 1997 ................       16,184        690,677         121,517        35,361        863,739
                                         ======        =======         =======        ======      =========
Net book value at
 31 December 1996 ................       14,336        256,923          84,740        43,466        399,465
                                         ======        =======         =======        ======      =========
</TABLE>

     The net book value of tangible  fixed  assets  includes  POUNDS  617,529 in
respect of assets held under finance leases.


                                      F-23

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


9. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS - (CONTINUED)

     Company -- period from incorporation (29 August 1996) to 31 December 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             IMPROVEMENT       PLANT         FIXTURES,
                                                  TO            AND        FITTINGS AND       MOTOR
                                              LEASEHOLD      MACHINERY       EQUIPMENT      VEHICLES       TOTAL
                                                POUNDS         POUNDS          POUNDS         POUNDS       POUNDS 
                                            -------------   -----------   --------------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>

COST:

On incorporation ........................           --             --             --             --           --
Arising on acquisition of ...............
subsidiary undertakings .................       14,543        263,440         84,785         43,767      406,535
Additions ...............................           --             --          2,436             --        2,436
                                                ------        -------         ------         ------      -------
At 31 December 1996 .....................       14,543        263,440         87,221         43,767      408,971
                                                ------        -------         ------         ------      -------
DEPRECIATION:

On incorporation ........................           --             --             --             --           --
Provided during the period ..............          207          6,517          2,481            301        9,506
                                                ------        -------         ------         ------      -------
At 31 December 1996 .....................          207          6,517          2,481            301        9,506
                                                ------        -------         ------         ------      -------
Net book value at

 31 December 1996 .......................       14,336        256,923         84,740         43,466      399,465
                                                ======        =======         ======         ======      =======
Net book value on incorporation .........           --             --             --             --           --
                                                ======        =======         ======         ======      =======
</TABLE>

     The net book value of tangible  fixed  assets  includes  POUNDS  152,999 in
respect of assets held under finance leases.

     Predecessor -- ten months to 31 October 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        IMPROVEMENT       PLANT         FIXTURES,
                                             TO            AND        FITTINGS AND       MOTOR
                                         LEASEHOLD      MACHINERY       EQUIPMENT      VEHICLES       TOTAL
                                           POUNDS         POUNDS          POUNDS         POUNDS       POUNDS 
                                       -------------   -----------   --------------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>

COST:
At 1 January 1996 ..................       19,438        453,159         125,933         7,800      606,330
Additions ..........................           --         16,500          23,921        43,890       84,311
                                           ------        -------         -------        ------      -------
At 31 October 1996 .................       19,438        469,659         149,854        51,690      690,641
                                           ------        -------         -------        ------      -------
DEPRECIATION:
At 1 January 1996 ..................        3,857        167,079          53,469           812      225,217
Provided during the period .........        1,038         39,140          11,600         7,111       58,889
                                           ------        -------         -------        ------      -------
At 31 October 1996 .................        4,895        206,219          65,069         7,923      284,106
                                           ------        -------         -------        ------      -------
NET BOOK VALUE:
At 31 October 1996 .................       14,543        263,440          84,785        43,767      406,535
                                           ======        =======         =======        ======      =======
At 31 December 1995 ................       15,581        286,080          72,464         6,988      381,113
                                           ======        =======         =======        ======      =======
</TABLE>

     The net book value of tangible  fixed  assets  includes  POUNDS  145,500 in
respect of assets held under finance leases.

                                      F-24

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


10. ANALYSIS OF THE ACQUISITION OF RODA PRINT CONCEPTS LIMITED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NET BOOK
                                                         VALUE AND
                                                         FAIR VALUE
                                                           POUNDS 
                                                       -------------
<S>                                                    <C>
       Fixed assets ................................       406,535
       Stocks ......................................       104,752
       Debtors .....................................     1,003,004
       Cash ........................................        23,590
       Overdraft ...................................      (218,940)
       Creditors ...................................      (948,599)
       Loans and finance leases ....................      (239,914)
                                                         ---------
       Net assets ..................................       130,428
       Less: Minority interest .....................          (100)
       Goodwill arising on the acquisition .........     2,167,544
                                                         ---------
                                                         2,297,872
                                                         =========
       DISCHARGED BY:
       Loan ........................................       866,000
       Cash ........................................     1,419,872
       Retention account ...........................        12,000
                                                         ---------
                                                         2,297,872
                                                         =========
</TABLE>

     On 21 October  1996 the Company  acquired,  from the family  interests of D
Boulton, 100% of the equity issued share capital of Roda Print Concepts Limited,
a  company  incorporated  in  Great  Britain,  for  a  consideration  of  POUNDS
2,297,872.

     CASH FLOWS RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION OF RODA PRINT CONCEPTS LIMITED:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   POUNDS 
                                                                               ---------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
       Net overdraft .......................................................        (195,350)
       Cost of acquisition of Roda Print Concepts Limited -- cash ..........      (1,419,872)
       Cost of acquisition of Roda Print Concepts Limited -- cash placed
        in escrow account ..................................................         (12,000)
                                                                                  ----------
                                                                                  (1,627,222)
                                                                                  ==========
</TABLE>

11. STOCKS

                                      1996        1997
                                     POUNDS      POUNDS 
                                    --------   ----------
       Raw materials ............    96,220     133,934
       Work in progress .........        --      14,092
                                     ------     -------
                                     96,220     148,026
                                     ======     =======

12. DEBTORS

                                                     1996        1997
                                                   POUNDS       POUNDS 
                                                  ---------   ----------
       Trade debtors ..........................   766,365      827,353
       Other debtors ..........................    16,623       69,399
       Prepayments and accrued income .........    16,348       31,502
                                                  -------      -------
                                                  799,336      928,254
                                                  =======      =======

                                      F-25

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


13. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1996           1997
                                                            POUNDS         POUNDS 
                                                         ------------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>
       Bank loans and overdrafts .....................      261,594        466,712
       Obligations under finance leases ..............       33,618        122,798
       Trade creditors ...............................      631,304        558,372
       Corporation tax ...............................       63,067        134,202
       Advance corporation tax .......................           --          5,403
       Other taxes and social security costs .........       62,316         41,765
       Other creditors ...............................      913,502        133,124
       Accruals ......................................       29,605         31,623
                                                            -------        -------
                                                          1,995,006      1,493,999

                                                          =========      =========
</TABLE>

14. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1996           1997
                                                       POUNDS         POUNDS 
                                                    ------------   ------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>
       Loans wholly repayable within five years:
       Bank loans ...............................      947,369        715,785
       Other creditors ..........................      117,975         82,336
       Obligations under finance leases .........       32,366        280,200
       Loan notes ...............................       50,000        850,000
                                                       -------        -------
                                                     1,147,710      1,928,321
                                                     =========      =========
</TABLE>

     The bank loans and overdraft are secured on the assets of the Group.  Other
creditors  (notes 13 and 14) include a loan from the directors'  pension fund of
POUNDS  130,336  (1996 -- POUNDS  165,480)  which is unsecured  and repayable by
monthly  instalments  until  30  June  2004.  The  loan  notes  are  part of the
management buy-out consideration,  secured on the assets of the Group. These are
convertible to ordinary shares after a period of 5 years, if unredeemed,  at the
option of the stockholder.

     The finance lease liabilities mature as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1996          1997
                                                                        POUNDS        POUNDS 
                                                                     -----------   ------------
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>
       Within one to two years ...................................      40,011        163,536
       Within two to five years ..................................      33,717        321,497
                                                                        ------        -------
                                                                        73,728        485,033
       Less: finance charges allocated to future periods .........      (7,744)       (82,035)
                                                                        ------        -------
                                                                        65,984        402,998
                                                                        ======        =======
</TABLE>

15. PROVISION FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

     Deferred taxation not provided is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NOT PROVIDED
                                                                 ---------------------------
                                                                     1996           1997
                                                                    POUNDS         POUNDS 
                                                                 ------------   ------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
       Capital allowances in advance of depreciation .........      (54,190)       (99,000)
                                                                    =======        =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-26

<PAGE>
                                  RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


16. SHARE CAPITAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ALLOTTED,
                                                                        CALLED UP
                                                 AUTHORIZED           AND FULLY PAID
                                          ------------------------- ------------------
                                              1996         1997        1996     1997
                                             POUNDS       POUNDS      POUNDS   POUNDS 
                                          ------------ ------------ --------- --------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>
       `A' ordinary shares of 50p each ..    100,000      100,000   100,000   100,000
       `B' ordinary shares of 50p each ..    900,000      900,000   100,000   100,000
                                             -------      -------   -------   -------
                                           1,000,000    1,000,000   200,000   200,000
                                           =========    =========   =======   =======
</TABLE>

     On  incorporation,  2 ordinary  shares of POUNDS 1 each were  issued to the
subscribers to the Memorandum and Articles of Association for cash consideration
of POUNDS 2. On 21 October  1996 the POUNDS 1 shares were each  converted to two
50p ordinary `A' shares,  and the authorised share capital was then increased to
POUNDS 1,000,000 (made up of 200,000 ordinary `A' shares and 1,800,000  ordinary
`B' shares). POUNDS 200,000 ordinary `B' shares and an additional POUNDS 199,996
ordinary `A' shares were then issued for POUNDS 1 each (i.e. at a premium of 50p
per share) for cash as part of the Management Buy-Out Agreement.

     All shares have equal rights except on sale.

17. RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDER'S FUNDS AND MOVEMENTS IN RESERVES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  TOTAL
                                      SHARE     PROFIT AND    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                     CAPITAL   LOSS ACCOUNT       FUNDS
                                     POUNDS      POUNDS          POUNDS 
                                    --------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>            <C>
    PREDECESSOR
      At 1 January 1996 ...........    200        269,556        269,756
      Loss for the period .........     --       (139,328)      (139,328)
                                       ---       --------       --------
      At 31 October 1996 ..........    200        130,228        130,428
                                       ===       ========       ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PROFIT          TOTAL
                                                     SHARE     SHARE       AND LOSS     SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                    CAPITAL   PREMIUM      ACCOUNT          FUNDS
                                                     POUNDS    POUNDS       POUNDS         POUNDS 
                                                   --------- --------- --------------- --------------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>       <C>             <C>
   COMPANY
     On incorporation ............................        2                                       2
     Issue of share capital: on acquisition of
      Roda Print Concepts Limited ................  199,998   199,998             --        399,996
     Goodwill write off ..........................                        (2,167,544)    (2,167,544)
     Profit for the period .......................                             9,361          9,361
                                                                          ----------     ----------
     At 31 December 1996 .........................  200,000   199,998     (2,158,183)    (1,758,185)
     Profit for the year .........................       --        --        276,306        276,306
                                                    -------   -------     ----------     ----------
     At 31 December 1997 .........................  200,000   199,998     (1,881,877)    (1,481,879)
                                                    =======   =======     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

18. FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS

     The Group had annual commitments under non-cancellable  operating leases as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      LAND AND
                                                    OTHER             BUILDINGS
                                             1996    1997     1996      1997
                                            POUNDS  POUNDS   POUNDS    POUNDS 
                                           ------- ------- --------- ----------
<S>                                        <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>
       Operating leases which expire:
        within one year ..................  3,000   4,281       --         --
        within two to five years .........     --      --   36,000     36,000
                                            -----   -----   ------     ------
                                            3,000   4,281   36,000     36,000
                                            =====   =====   ======     ======
</TABLE>
                                      F-27
<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


19. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

     The Group has  authorised  but not  contracted  for capital  expenditure of
POUNDS nil (1996 -- POUNDS 120,000).

20. ULTIMATE CONTROLLING ENTITY

     In the opinion of the directors there is no ultimate controlling entity.

21. MINORITY INTERESTS

     The  non-equity  minority  interests  represents  a  100%  holding  of  the
preference  shares of Roda Print Concepts  Limited by a third party. The holders
of these shares have no rights against other group companies.

22. NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              COMPANY
                                                                            PERIOD FROM
                                                             PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                              TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                                ENDED           1996        TO ENDED
                                                              31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                                 1996           1996          1997
                                                                POUNDS         POUNDS        POUNDS 
                                                            ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>             <C>
     Interest received ....................................          30             --           344
     Dividends paid on non-equity shares ..................     (45,970)            --            --
     Subsidiary dividend paid .............................          --        (18,130)      (64,101)
     Interest paid ........................................     (24,187)       (36,685)     (180,987)
     Interest element of finance lease rental payments           (5,808)        (1,001)      (27,469)
                                                                -------        -------      --------
     Net cash outflow from returns on investments
       and servicing of finance ...........................     (75,935)       (55,816)     (272,213)
                                                                =======        =======      ========
     CAPITAL EXPENDITURE:
     Payments to acquire tangible fixed assets ............     (29,960)        (2,436)     (132,382)
     Receipts from sales of tangible fixed assets .........          --             --        96,000
                                                                -------        -------      --------
                                                                (29,960)        (2,436)      (36,382)
                                                                =======        =======      ========
     MANAGEMENT OF LIQUID RESOURCES:
     Sale of short term investment ........................      25,685             --            --
                                                                -------        -------      --------
     Net cash inflow ......................................      25,685             --            --
                                                                -------        -------      --------
     FINANCING:
     Capital element of finance lease rental payments           (37,736)        (8,114)     (127,517)
     Capital repayment of pension fund loan ...............      (5,866)          (333)      (35,149)
     Capital repayment of bank loan .......................     (38,322)            --      (231,579)
     Loan to Roda Limited .................................    (101,508)            --            --
     Repayment of loan ....................................          --             --       (16,000)
     New secured loan .....................................          --      1,200,000            --
     New unsecured loan ...................................          --         49,995            --
     Share capital issued .................................          --        399,998            --
                                                               --------      ---------      --------
     Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing .............    (183,432)     1,641,546      (410,245)
                                                               ========      =========      ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-28

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


23. ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET DEBT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                AT                                            AS
                                            1 JANUARY                        OTHER        31 OCTOBER
                                               1996        CASH FLOWS       CHANGES          1996
                                              POUNDS         POUNDS          POUNDS         POUNDS 
                                          -------------   ------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
   PREDECESSOR
     Cash at bank and in hand .........        26,092         (2,502)                        23,590
     Bank overdraft ...................      (112,732)      (106,208)                      (218,940)
                                             --------       --------                       --------
                                              (86,640)      (108,710)                      (195,350)
     Finance leases ...................       (57,486)        37,736        (54,351)        (74,101)
     Loans ............................      (210,001)       145,696       (101,508)       (165,813)
                                                            --------
     Short term investment ............        25,685        (25,685)
                                             --------       --------
                                             (328,442)       (49,037)      (155,859)       (435,264)
                                             ========       ========       ========        ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             AT                                                         AS
                                         1 NOVEMBER                                    OTHER       31 DECEMBER
                                            1996        CASH FLOWS    ACQUISITION     CHANGES          1996
                                           POUNDS        POUNDS         POUNDS         POUNDS         POUNDS 
                                        ------------ --------------- ------------- ------------- ---------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
   COMPANY
     Cash at bank and in hand .........     --              89,610                                      89,610
     Bank overdraft ...................     --              (8,963)                                     (8,963)
                                            --              ------                                      ------
                                            --              80,647                                      80,647
     Finance leases ...................     --               8,114       (74,099)                      (65,985)
     Loans ............................     --          (1,249,662)     (165,480)     (866,333)     (2,281,475)
                                                                 -      --------      --------      ----------
                                            --          (1,160,901)     (239,579)     (866,333)     (2,266,813)
                                            ==          ==========      ========      ========      ==========

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 AT                                               AS
                                             1 JANUARY                         OTHER          31 OCTOBER
                                                1997         CASH FLOWS       CHANGES            1997
                                               POUNDS          POUNDS          POUNDS           POUNDS 
                                          ---------------   ------------   -------------   ---------------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>            <C>             <C>
   COMPANY
     Cash at bank and in hand .........          89,610        (89,088)                              522
     Bank overdraft ...................          (8,963)      (205,118)                         (214,081)
                                                 ------       --------                          --------
                                                 80,647       (294,206)                         (213,559)
     Finance leases ...................         (65,985)       127,517        (464,530)         (402,998)
     Loans ............................      (2,281,475)       282,728                        (1,998,747)
                                             ----------       --------                        ----------
                                             (2,266,813)       116,039        (464,530)       (2,615,304)
                                             ==========       ========        ========        ==========
</TABLE>

                                      F-29

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


24. COMPANIES ACT 1985

     These financial  statements do not comprise  statutory  accounts within the
meaning of section 240 of the  Companies  Act 1985 of Great  Britain.  Statutory
accounts for the year ended 31 December  1996 of Roda Print  Concepts  Ltd, have
been  delivered to the Registrar of Companies  for England and Wales.  Statutory
accounts for the period from  incorporation to 31 December 1997 for Roda Limited
and the  year  ended 31  December  1997 for Roda  Print  Concepts  Ltd.  will be
delivered  to the  Registrar.  The  auditors'  reports  on these  accounts  were
unqualified.

25. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES GENERALLY ACCEPTED IN THE UNITED
    KINGDOM AND UNITED STATES

     The Group's  consolidated  financial  statements are prepared in accordance
with accounting  principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom ("UK GAAP")
which  differ  in  certain  respects  from  United  States  generally   accepted
accounting principles ("US GAAP"). The significant  differences as they apply to
the Group are summarized below.

     Goodwill

     Under  UK GAAP  the  goodwill  arising  on the  acquisition  of Roda  Print
Concepts Limited has been charged to reserves. Under US GAAP such goodwill would
be  capitalised  and amortised over its estimated  useful life of 40 years.  The
goodwill  arising under UK GAAP differs from that arising under US GAAP because,
under US GAAP, the net assets acquired would be net of a deferred tax liability.

  Corporation tax

     Under UK GAAP an additional  provision is required for a prior year,  which
is booked in 1997.  Under US GAAP such an item  would be taken back to the prior
year.

     Deferred taxation

     Under UK GAAP the Group  provides  for  deferred  tax  using the  liability
method on all timing  differences  which are  expected  to reverse in the future
without being  replaced,  calculated at the rate at which it is anticipated  the
timing  differences  will reverse.  Under US GAAP deferred  taxation is provided
using  the  liability  method  on  all  temporary   differences.   Deferred  tax
liabilities  and assets would be  classified  as current or non current based on
the classification between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities.

                                      F-30

<PAGE>


                                  RODA LIMITED
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


25. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES GENERALLY ACCEPTED IN THE UNITED
    KINGDOM AND UNITED STATES - (CONTINUED)

     The following is a summary of the significant  adjustments to profit/(loss)
for the period and capital and reserves, which would be required if US GAAP were
to be applied  instead of UK GAAP  together  with a statement  of  shareholders'
equity:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  COMPANY
                                                                                PERIOD FROM
                                                                 PREDECESSOR   INCORPORATION     COMPANY
                                                                  TEN MONTHS     (29 AUGUST       YEAR
                                                                    ENDED         1996) TO        ENDED
                                                                  31 OCTOBER    31 DECEMBER    31 DECEMBER
                                                                     1996           1996          1997
                                                                    POUNDS         POUNDS        POUNDS 
                                                                ------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>             <C>
INCOME
 (Loss)/profit for the period as reported in consolidated
   statement of income ........................................     (65,358)        9,361        276,306
 Amortisation of goodwill .....................................          --       (18,614)       (55,843)
 Prior period tax adjustment ..................................          --       (54,000)        54,000
 Deferred taxation: Methodology ...............................     (66,172)       11,982        (44,810)
                                                                    -------       -------        -------
 Net (loss)/income as adjusted to accord with US GAAP .........    (131,530)      (51,271)       229,653
                                                                   ========       =======        =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       31 DECEMBER       31 DECEMBER
                                                                           1996              1997
                                                                     ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
 Capital and reserves as reported in the consolidated balance
   sheet .........................................................      (1,758,185)       (1,481,879)
 Goodwill ........................................................       2,215,102         2,159,259
 Deferred taxation: Methodology ..................................         (54,190)          (99,000)
                                                                        ----------        ----------
 Current liabilities-corporation tax .............................         (54,000)               --
 Shareholders' equity as adjusted to accord with US GAAP .........         348,727           578,380
                                                                        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>
  Statement of movements in shareholders' equity as adjusted to US GAAP:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              POUNDS 
                                                           ------------
<S>                                                        <C>
            Balance at 29 August 1996 ..................           --
            Share capital issued .......................      399,998
            Net loss as adjusted to US GAAP ............      (51,271)
                                                              -------
            Balance at 31 December 1996 ................      348,727
            Net income as adjusted to US GAAP ..........      229,653
                                                              -------
            Balance at 31 December 1997 ................      578,380
                                                              =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-31

<PAGE>

                                 RODA LIMITED
                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

25. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES GENERALLY ACCEPTED IN THE UNITED
    KINGDOM AND UNITED STATES - (CONTINUED)

     Cash flows

     The consolidated  statement of cash flows presents  substantially  the same
information as that required under US GAAP.  These statements  differ,  however,
with regard to  classification of items within the statements and as regards the
definition of cash and cash equivalents.

     Under US GAAP, cash and cash equivalents  would not include bank overdrafts
and borrowings with initial maturities of less than three months. Under UK GAAP,
cash flows are  presented  separately  for  operating  activities,  servicing of
finance and returns on investments,  taxation, capital expenditure and financial
investment, equity dividends paid, management of liquid resources and financing.
US GAAP,  however,  require only three  categories  of cash flow  activity to be
reported:  operating,  investing  and  financing.  Cash flows from  taxation and
servicing of finance and return on investments  shown under UK GAAP would,  with
the exception of dividends  paid, be included as operating  activities  under US
GAAP. The payment of dividends  would be included as a financing  activity under
US GAAP. Under US GAAP,  capitalised  interest is treated as part of the cost of
the asset to which it relates and thus included as part of investing cash flows;
under UK GAAP all  interest  is treated  as part of  servicing  of  finance  and
returns on investments.

     The categories of cash flow  activities  under US GAAP can be summarised as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             COMPANY
                                                                           PERIOD FROM
                                                          PREDECESSOR     INCORPORATION       COMPANY
                                                           TEN MONTHS       (29 AUGUST         YEAR
                                                             ENDED           1996) TO          ENDED
                                                           31 OCTOBER      31 DECEMBER      31 DECEMBER
                                                              1996             1996            1997
                                                             POUNDS           POUNDS          POUNDS 
                                                         -------------   ---------------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>               <C>
   Cash flows from operating activities ..............      106,997             68,759        152,421
   Cash outflows on investing activities .............      (29,960)        (1,629,658)       (36,382)
   Cash flows from financing activities ..............      (79,539)         1,650,509       (205,127)
                                                            -------         ----------       --------
   Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .        (2,502)            89,610        (89,088)
   Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period .        26,092                 --         89,610
                                                            -------         ----------       --------
   Cash and cash equivalent at end of period .........       23,590             89,610            522
                                                            =======         ==========       ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-32

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                             <C>
==========================================================                      ====================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED                      
TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS IN                      
CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE  CONTAINED
IN  THIS   PROSPECTUS,   AND,  IF  GIVEN  OR  MADE,   SUCH
INFORMATION AND REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS.                                           2,100,000 SHARES
THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER  TO BUY ANY  SECURITIES  BY ANY
PERSON  IN  ANY   JURISDICTION  IN  WHICH  SUCH  OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION  IS NOT  AUTHORIZED  OR IN WHICH  THE  PERSON
ASKING SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO
SO OR TO ANY  PERSON TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE SUCH
OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION.  NEITHER  THE  DELIVERY  OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER ANY                      [LOGO]    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN
NO CHANGE IN THE  AFFAIRS  OF THE  COMPANY  SINCE THE DATE
HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT
AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.

                     -----------------
                     TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
<CAPTION>
                                                     PAGE
                                                     ----
<S>                                              <C>     
Prospectus Summary .......................             3 
Risk Factors .............................             7 
The Company ..............................            14 
Use of Proceeds ..........................            15 
Dividend Policy ..........................            15 
Capitalization ...........................            17                                               COMMON STOCK         
Dilution .................................            18                                                                    
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined                                                                                                
   Financial Statements ..................            19                                                                    
Selected Financial Data ..................            24                                                                    
Management's Discussion and Analysis of                                                            ------------------       
   Financial Condition and Results of                                                                   PROSPECTUS          
   Operations ............................            26                                                                    
Business .................................            31                                           ------------------       
Management ...............................            40                                                                    
Principal Stockholders ...................            48                                                                    
Certain Transactions .....................            49                                                                    
Description of Capital Stock .............            51                                                                    
Shares Eligible for Future Sale ..........            53                        
Underwriting .............................            54                        
Legal Matters ............................            56                        
Experts ..................................            56                        
Additional Information ...................            56                        
Index to Financial Statements ............            F-1                       
                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                    SCHRODER & CO. INC.             
                     -----------------                                                      PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED      
                                                                                                                                    
     UNTIL         1998 (25 DAYS AFTER THE  DATE  OF  THIS                      
PROSPECTUS),  ALL DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE                                                                          
SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK  OFFERED  HEREBY,  WHETHER  OR NOT                      
PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE  REQUIRED TO                                                         , 1998
DELIVER  A   PROSPECTUS.   THIS  IS  IN  ADDITION  TO  THE                      
OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING
AS   UNDERWRITERS   AND  WITH   RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

==========================================================                      ====================================================
</TABLE>























<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     Set forth below is an  estimate of the fees and  expenses to be incurred in
connection  with the  issuance  and  distribution  of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby.

   
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                    <C>
       Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee .........      $ 9,262
       NASD Filing Fee .............................................      $ 3,640
       NASDAQ Listing Fee -- National Market Fee ...................      $44,500
       Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ..................................      $ 3,000
                                                                          -------
       Legal Fees and Expenses .....................................      $      *
       Accounting Fees .............................................      $      *
       Printing and Engraving Costs ................................      $      *
       Transfer Agent Fees .........................................      $      *
       Miscellaneous Expenses ......................................      $      *
                                                                          =======
       Total .......................................................      $800,000
                                                                          ========
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
* To be included by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The  Registrant's   Certificate  of  Incorporation   contains  a  provision
eliminating   or  limiting   director   liability  to  the  Registrant  and  its
stockholders  for  monetary  damages  arising  from  acts  or  omissions  in the
director's capacity as director.  The provision does not, however,  eliminate or
limit the personal liability of a director (i) for any breach of such director's
duty  of  loyalty  to the  Registrant  or its  stockholders,  (ii)  for  acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct or knowing
violation  of the law,  (iii) under the New Jersey  statutory  provision  making
directors personally liable, under a negligence standard, for unlawful dividends
or unlawful  stock  purchases or redemptions  or (iv) for any  transaction  from
which the director derived an improper personal  benefit.  This provision offers
persons who serve on the Board of Directors of the Registrant protection against
awards of monetary damages resulting from breaches of their duty of care (except
as  indicated  above).  As a  result  of  this  provision,  the  ability  of the
Registrant or a stockholder thereof to successfully  prosecute an action against
a director  for breach of his duty of care is limited.  However,  the  provision
does not affect the availability of equitable  remedies such as an injunction or
rescission  based upon a director's  breach of his duty of care.  The Securities
and Exchange  Commission  has taken the position that the provision will have no
effect on claims arising under the federal securities laws.

     In addition,  the  Registrant's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws
provide for mandatory  indemnification rights, subject to limited exceptions, to
any director or officer of the  Registrant  who by reason of the fact that he or
she is a  director  or  officer  of  the  Registrant,  is  involved  in a  legal
proceeding of any nature. Such indemnification  rights include reimbursement for
expenses incurred by such director, officer, employee or agent in advance of the
final deposition of such proceeding in accordance with the applicable provisions
of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

     Each of the  officers  and  directors  of the  Company is  insured  against
certain  liabilities  which he or she might  incur in his or her  capacity as an
officer or director pursuant to a Directors and Officers Liability Policy issued
by Federal Insurance Company of Warren,  New Jersey.  The general effect of this
policy is that if during the policy  period any claim or claims are made against
the officers  and  directors  of the Company or any of them  individually  for a
Wrongful  Act (as defined in the policy)  while  acting in their  individual  or
collective capacities as directors or officers,  and the Company has indemnified
them,  the insurer will pay for 100% of any Loss (as defined in the policy).  In
those  instances  where the officers and  directors are not  indemnified  by the
Company, the insurer will pay on behalf of the officers and directors

                                      II-1

<PAGE>

of the Company or any of them, their executors, administrators, or assigns, 100%
of the Loss. The insurer's  combined limit of liability is $1,000,000 during any
policy year and $1,000,000 for any single Loss. "Wrongful Act" is defined as any
error,  misstatement,  misleading statement, act, omission, neglect or breach of
duty  actually or allegedly  committed or attempted by the officers or directors
of the Company while acting in their  individual or collective  capacities or in
any matter,  not  excluded by the terms and  conditions  of the policy,  claimed
against them by reason of their being directors or officers of the Company.  The
term  "Loss" is defined as any amount  which the  Company  shall be  required or
permitted by law to pay to such person as  indemnity  for a claim or claims made
against them for "Wrongful Acts," and includes damages, judgments,  settlements,
costs,  charges,  and  expenses  incurred in the  defense of  actions,  suits or
proceedings and appeals therefrom,  except that the term "Loss" does not include
fines or  penalties  imposed by law or matters  which may be deemed  uninsurable
under the law pursuant to which the policy shall be construed.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     Upon formation of the Company, one share of Common Stock was issued to
Michael R. Cunningham.

     Immediately  prior to the  Offering,  the  Company is closing  the  private
placement of 2,595,260  shares of Common Stock to the existing  stockholders  of
the Predecessor in connection with the Reorganization.

     The recipients of these securities are the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                               NUMBER OF SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------- -----------------
<S>                                               <C>
       Michael R. Cunningham ....................     2,050,727
       Gordon Mays ..............................       228,198
       Timothy Mays .............................       165,803
       James J. Cunningham, Trustee .............       130,898
       William J. Mays, Trustee .................         9,817
       William Edward Shannon, Trustee ..........         9,817
</TABLE>

     Contemporaneously  with the  completion  of the  Offering,  the  Company is
closing the private  placement of 169,739  shares of Common Stock to the selling
stockholders  of Roda as part of the  purchase  price for the  shares of capital
stock of Roda. For purposes of the transaction, a share of Common Stock is being
valued at the initial public offering price.

     The recipients of these securities are the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                NUMBER OF SHARES
- ----                                                ----------------
<S>                                                <C>
       Peter L. Furlonge .........................      128,323
       Ralph J. Elman ............................          624
       Stelby Holdings Limited ...................        3,999
       Central Investments Limited ...............       17,901
       The Naggar Family Pension Scheme ..........        3,999
       M. L. Tagliaferri .........................          508
       M. D. Moriarty ............................           51
       Mrs. J. Moriarty ..........................           76
       George Harvey .............................       14,258
</TABLE>

     The  Company  relies on Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act in making the
foregoing  private  placements.  No offer was made to any person  other than the
existing  stockholders of the  Predecessor and the selling  stockholders of Roda
Limited.

     No underwriters are involved nor will any commissions be paid in connection
with the foregoing transactions.

                                      II-2

<PAGE>

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION
  -----------                                          -----------
<S>               <C>
    1.1           Form of Underwriting Agreement among the Company, Schroder & Co. Inc. and
                  Prudential Securities Incorporated
    1.2-          Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of the Entire Issued Share Capital of Roda
                  Limited dated January 16, 1998 between P.L. Furlonge and others and the Predecessor
    1.2(a)        Supplemental Agreement dated March 24, 1998 between P.L. Furlonge and others and
                  the Predecessor
    2.1           Reorganization Agreement among Stockholders of the Predecessor and CGII
    3.1-          Certificate of Incorporation
    3.2-          By-Laws
    4.2           Specimen Common Stock Certificate
    5.1           Opinion of Gibbons, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione
   10.1*          1998 Stock Option Plan
   10.2-          Directors' Stock Option Plan
   10.3           Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and M.R. Cunningham
   10.4           Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and G. Mays
   10.5           Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and T. Mays
   10.6           Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and R. Needle
   10.7-          Form of Service Agreement between Roda Limited and P.L. Furlonge
   10.8           Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert M. Okin
   10.9-          Loan and Security Agreement dated December 15, 1997 between the Company and
                  Summit Bank, as amended
   10.10-+        Printing Services Agreement dated July 12, 1996 between the Company and Goldman,
                  Sachs & Co., as amended
   10.11-         Agreement of Lease dated April 18, 1989 between the Company and Lackawanna
                  Warehouse Corp. of New Jersey, as amended
   10.12-         Agreement of Sublease dated July 15, 1996 between the Company and Goldman, Sachs
                  & Co.
   10.13*         Form of Roda Lease
   10.14*         Joint Marketing Agreement among Cunningham Graphics, Inc., Roda Print Concepts Ltd.
                  and Workable Ltd.
   10.15          Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and I. Lykogiannis
   10.16          Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and R. Zanisnik
   14(a)-         Financial Statement Schedule
                  Report of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedule
                  Schedule II -- Valuation of Qualifying Accounts
   21.1           List of all subsidiaries of the Company
   23.1           Consent of Gibbons, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione (included in Exhibit 5.1)
   23.2           Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
   23.3           Consent of Ernst & Young Chartered Accountants
   24.1           Power of Attorney (Page II -- 5)
   27             Financial Data Schedule
   99.1           Consent of Arnold Spinner
   99.3*          Consent of Laurence Gerber
   99.4*          Consent of Stanley J. Moss
</TABLE>
    

   
- ----------
- -    Previously  filed with the Commission on February 19, 1998 in the Company's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1.

*    Previously  filed with the  Commission on March 31, 1998 in Amendment No. 1
     to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1.
    
+    Portions of this Exhibit  have been omitted and have been filed  separately
     with the Secretary of the Commission  pursuant to Registrant's  Application
     Requesting Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers,  and  controlling  persons  of the
Registrant  pursuant to Item 14 hereof,  or otherwise,  the  Registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Commission  such  indemnification  is against
public  policy  as  expressed  in  the   Securities   Act  and  is,   therefore,
unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the  Registrant of expenses  incurred or
paid by a director,  officer,  or  controlling  person of the  Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit,  or  proceeding)  is asserted by such
director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction  the  question  of whether  such  indemnification  by it is against
public  policy as  expressed in the  Securities  Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned Registrant further undertakes that:

       (1) For purposes of determining  any liability  under the Securities Act,
   the  information  omitted from the form of  Prospectus  filed as part of this
   Registration  Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
   Prospectus  filed by the  Registrant  pursuant  to Rule  424(b)(1)  or (4) or
   497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be  part  of  this
   Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective;

       (2) For the purpose of  determining  any liability  under the  Securities
   Act, each  post-effective  amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
   be deemed  to be a new  Registration  Statement  relating  to the  securities
   offered  therein,  and the offering of such  securities  at the time shall be
   deemed to be bona fide offering thereof.

     The   undersigned   registrant   hereby   undertakes   to  provide  to  the
Underwriters,   at  the  closing   specified  in  the  Underwriting   Agreement,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

                                      II-4

<PAGE>
                       SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the  Registration  Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Jersey City, State
of New Jersey, on April 17, 1998.     

                                 CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                 By: /s/ Michael R. Cunningham

                                     ------------------------------------------

                                     Michael R. Cunningham
                                     President and Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act,  this  Registration
Statement has been signed by the following  persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.  Each person whose signature  appears below hereby  constitutes
and appoints  Michael R.  Cunningham and Gordon Mays, or either of them, as such
person's  true  and  lawful  attorney-in-fact  and  agent  with  full  power  of
substitution  for such person and in such person's name, place and stead, in any
and  all  capacities,  to sign  and to file  with  the  Commission,  any and all
amendments and post-effective  amendments to this Registration  Statement,  with
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, granting unto said
attorney-in-fact  and agent full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do
in person,  hereby ratifying and confirming all that said  attorney-in-fact  and
agent, or any substitute therefor, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
thereof.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                              TITLE                     DATE
              ----                              -----                     ----
<S>                                <C>                              <C>
     /s/ Michael R. Cunningham     Chairman of the Board,           April 17, 1998
 -----------------------------     President, Chief Executive
         Michael R. Cunningham     Officer and Director          
                                   (Principal Executive Officer) 


          /s/ Robert M. Okin       Senior Vice President and        April 17, 1998
 -----------------------------     Chief Financial Officer
              Robert M. Okin       (Principal Financial and
                                   Accounting Officer)

       /s/ James J. Cunningham     Director                         April 17, 1998
 -----------------------------
           James J. Cunningham


            /s/ Gordon Mays        Director                         April 17, 1998
 -----------------------------
                Gordon Mays
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-5

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION
  -----------                                          -----------
<S>               <C>
    1.1           Form of Underwriting Agreement among the Company, Schroder & Co. Inc. and
                  Prudential Securities Incorporated
    1.2-          Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of the Entire Issued Share Capital of Roda
                  Limited dated January 16, 1998 between P.L. Furlonge and others and the Predecessor
    1.2(a)        Supplemental Agreement dated March 24, 1998 between P.L. Furlonge and others and
                  the Predecessor
    2.1           Reorganization Agreement among Stockholders of the Predecessor and CGII
    3.1-          Certificate of Incorporation
    3.2-          By-Laws
    4.2           Specimen Common Stock Certificate
    5.1           Opinion of Gibbons, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione
   10.1*          1998 Stock Option Plan
   10.2-          Directors' Stock Option Plan
   10.3           Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and M.R. Cunningham
   10.4           Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and G. Mays
   10.5           Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and T. Mays
   10.6           Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and R. Needle
   10.7-          Form of Service Agreement between Roda Limited and P.L. Furlonge
   10.8           Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert M. Okin
   10.9-          Loan and Security Agreement dated December 15, 1997 between the Company and
                  Summit Bank, as amended
   10.10-+        Printing Services Agreement dated July 12, 1996 between the Company and Goldman,
                  Sachs & Co., as amended
   10.11-         Agreement of Lease dated April 18, 1989 between the Company and Lackawanna
                  Warehouse Corp. of New Jersey, as amended
   10.12-         Agreement of Sublease dated July 15, 1996 between the Company and Goldman, Sachs
                  & Co.
   10.13*         Form of Roda Lease
   10.14*         Joint Marketing Agreement among Cunningham Graphics, Inc., Roda Print Concepts Ltd.
                  and Workable Ltd.
   10.15          Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and I. Lykogiannis
   10.16          Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and R. Zanisnik
   14(a)-         Financial Statement Schedule
                  Report of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedule
                  Schedule II -- Valuation of Qualifying Accounts
   21.1           List of all subsidiaries of the Company
   23.1           Consent of Gibbons, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione (included in Exhibit 5.1)
   23.2           Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
   23.3           Consent of Ernst & Young Chartered Accountants
   24.1           Power of Attorney (Page II -- 5)
   27             Financial Data Schedule
   99.1           Consent of Arnold Spinner
   99.3*          Consent of Laurence Gerber
   99.4*          Consent of Stanley J. Moss
</TABLE>
    

   
- ----------
- -    Previously  filed with the Commission on February 19, 1998 in the Company's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1.
*    Previously  filed with the  Commission on March 31, 1998 in Amendment No. 1
     to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1.
    
+    Portions of this Exhibit  have been omitted and have been filed  separately
     with the Secretary of the Commission  pursuant to Registrant's  Application
     Requesting Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.



                                                                     Exhibit 1.1

                        2,100,000 Shares Of Common Stock

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

New York, New York
_________ __, 1998

SCHRODER & CO. INC.
PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES

As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o Schroder & Co. Inc.
     Equitable Center
     787 Seventh Avenue
     New York, New York  10019-6016

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS  INTERNATIONAL,  INC., a New Jersey  corporation  (the
"Company"),  proposes,  subject to the terms and conditions  stated  herein,  to
issue  and sell to you and the other  Underwriters  named in  Schedule  I hereto
(collectively,  the  "Underwriters")  for whom you are acting as Representatives
(the "Representatives") of the several Underwriters, 2,100,000 shares (the "Firm
Shares") of the Company's  Common Stock, no par value (the "Common  Stock").  In
addition,  the Company  proposes to grant to you and the other  Underwriters  an
option to purchase up to an additional  315,000  shares of the Company's  Common
Stock (the  "Option  Shares"),  on the terms and for the  purposes  set forth in
Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are herein  collectively
referred to as the "Shares."

     1. The Company and Michael R. Cunningham  ("MRC") represent and warrant to,
and agree with, you that:

          (a) A registration  statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-46541)
     relating to the Shares,  including a preliminary prospectus relating to the
     Shares and such amendments to such registration  statement as may have been
     required to the date of this  Agreement,  has been  prepared by the Company
     under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),
     and the rules and regulations  (collectively  referred to as the "Rules and
     Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")
     thereunder,  and has been filed with the Commission. The Commission has not
     issued any order  preventing or suspending  the use of the  Prospectus  (as
     defined below) or any Preliminary  Prospectus (as defined below).  The term
     "Preliminary  Prospectus"  as used herein  means a  preliminary  prospectus
     relating to the  Shares,  as  contemplated  by Rule 430 or Rule 430A ("Rule
     430A") of the Rules and  Regulations,  included  at any time as part of the
     foregoing  registration statement or any amendment thereto before it became
     effective under the Act and any prospectus filed with the 


<PAGE>



     Commission  by the  Company  pursuant  to  Rule  424(a)  of the  Rules  and
     Regulations.  Copies of such  registration  statement and amendments and of
     each   related   Preliminary   Prospectus   have  been   delivered  to  the
     Representatives. If such registration statement has not become effective, a
     further amendment to such registration statement, including a form of final
     prospectus,  necessary  to permit  such  registration  statement  to become
     effective  will be filed  promptly by the Company with the  Commission.  If
     such  registration  statement  has  become  effective,  a final  prospectus
     relating to the Shares  containing  information  permitted to be omitted at
     the time of  effectiveness  by Rule 430A will be filed by the Company  with
     the Commission in accordance  with Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations
     promptly  after  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement.   The  term
     "Registration Statement" means the registration statement as amended at the
     time it becomes or became effective (the "Effective  Date"),  including all
     financial  statements and schedules and all exhibits,  and all  information
     contained in any final  prospectus  filed with the  Commission  pursuant to
     Rule 424(b) of the Rules and  Regulations  or in a term sheet  described in
     Rule 434 of the Rules and  Regulations in accordance  with Section 5 hereof
     and deemed to be included  therein as of the Effective Date by Rule 430A of
     the Rules  and  Regulations.  The term  "Prospectus"  means the  prospectus
     relating to the Shares as first filed with the Commission  pursuant to Rule
     424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or, if no such filing is required,  the
     form  of  final   prospectus   relating  to  the  Shares  included  in  the
     Registration Statement at the Effective Date.

          (b) On the date that any  Preliminary  Prospectus  was filed  with the
     Commission,  the date the  Prospectus  is first  filed with the  Commission
     pursuant to Rule 424(b) (if  required),  on the Closing Date and any Option
     Closing  Date and when any  post-effective  amendment  to the  Registration
     Statement   becomes  effective  or  any  amendment  or  supplement  to  the
     Prospectus is filed with the Commission,  the Registration Statement,  each
     Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if
     the  Company  shall  have  filed  with  the  Commission  any  amendment  or
     supplement  thereto),  including the financial  statements  included in the
     Prospectus, did or will comply in all material respects with all applicable
     provisions of the Act and the Rules and Regulations,  including  containing
     all statements required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and
     the  Rules  and   Regulations.   On  the   Effective   Date  and  when  any
     post-effective  amendment to the Registration  Statement becomes effective,
     no part of the  Registration  Statement or any such  amendment  did or will
     contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
     fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  in order to make the
     statements  therein not  misleading.  At the Effective  Date,  the date the
     Prospectus or any  amendment or supplement to the  Prospectus is filed with
     the  Commission  and at the Closing Date and, if later,  the Option Closing
     Date, the Prospectus did not or will not contain any untrue  statement of a
     material  fact or omit to  state a  material  fact  necessary  to make  the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
     made, not misleading.  The foregoing representations and warranties in this
     Section 1(b) do not apply to any  statements or omissions  made in reliance
     on and in conformity with information relating to any

                                       2

<PAGE>



     Underwriter  furnished  in  writing to the  Company by the  Representatives
     specifically for inclusion in the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or
     any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  it  being  understood  that  such
     information includes the last paragraph on the cover page, the paragraph at
     the bottom of the inside cover page,  and the  information in the third and
     sixth  paragraphs  under  the  caption  "Underwriting"  in the  Prospectus.
     Neither  the  Company or MRC has  distributed,  nor,  prior to the later to
     occur of (i) the Closing  Date or, if later,  the Option  Closing  Date and
     (ii) completion of the  distribution of the Shares,  will  distribute,  any
     offering  material in  connection  with the  offering or sale of the Shares
     other than the  Registration  Statement,  the Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
     Prospectus or any other materials, if any, permitted by the Act.

          (c) No  order  preventing  or  suspending  the use of any  Preliminary
     Prospectus  has  been  issued  by  the  Commission,  and  each  Preliminary
     Prospectus,  at the  time of  filing  thereof,  conformed  in all  material
     respects to the  requirements  of the Act and the rules and  regulations of
     the  Commission  thereunder,  and did not contain an untrue  statement of a
     material  fact or omit to  state a  material  fact  required  to be  stated
     therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein,  in the light of the
     circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not  misleading;  provided,
     however,  that  this  representation  and  warranty  shall not apply to any
     statements  or  omissions  made in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
     information  furnished  in  writing to the  Company by the  Representatives
     expressly for use therein.

          (d) On the  Effective  Date and the date the  Prospectus is filed with
     the  Commission,  and when any further  amendment  or  supplements  thereto
     become effective or are filed with the Commission,  as the case may be, the
     Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus and such amendment or supplements
     did and will conform in all material  respects to the  requirements  of the
     Act and the Rules and  Regulations.  On the Effective Date and the date the
     Prospectus is filed with the Commission,  and when any further amendment or
     supplements  thereto become effective or are filed with the Commission,  as
     the  case may be,  the  Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus  and such
     amendment or supplements  did not and will not contain an untrue  statement
     of a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact required to be stated
     therein  or  necessary  to make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading;
     provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to
     any  statements or omissions  made in reliance upon and in conformity  with
     information  furnished  in  writing to the  Company by the  Representatives
     expressly for use therein.

          (e) Prior to the  consummation of the offering of the shares of Common
     Stock (the "Offering"),  Cunningham Graphics,  Inc. (the "Predecessor"),  a
     New Jersey  corporation,  will be  reorganized  (the  "Reorganization")  as
     contemplated by the Reorganization  Agreement dated as of _______ ___, 1998
     (the "Reorganization Agreement"), a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit
     2.1  to  the  Registration  Statement,   pursuant  to  which  each  of  the
     stockholders  of the Predecessor  will  contribute all of their  respective
     shares of common stock,  no par value, of the Predecessor to the Company in

                                       3

<PAGE>



     exchange  for  ________  shares  of  Common  Stock,  in the  aggregate  and
     promissory  notes  in the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $_______  (the
     "Exchange Notes"). As a result of consummation of the  Reorganization,  the
     Predecessor  will become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the  Company.  The
     Reorganization  will be consummated prior to the Closing in accordance with
     the  terms  of  the   Reorganization   Agreement.   Concurrently  with  the
     consummation  of the  Offering,  the Company  intends to repay the Exchange
     Notes out of the net proceeds from the Offering.

          (f) The Company has entered into an agreement  dated January 16, 1998,
     as amended  (the "Roda  Purchase  Agreement"),  whereby  the  Company  will
     acquire  100% of the share  capital of Roda  Limited  ("Roda"),  an English
     corporation,  in  two  stages.  As a  result  of  the  consummation  of the
     Acquisition,  Roda will become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company.
     Pursuant to the Roda Purchase Agreement, concurrently with the consummation
     of the  Offering,  the Company will (i) acquire all of the issued  ordinary
     share  capital of Roda for an aggregate  consideration  of $6.3 million and
     (ii) deliver into escrow $1.8 million,  the aggregate  redemption price for
     all of the  issued  preference  share  capital of Roda,  which the  Company
     intends to redeem on June 30, 1998.

          (g)  Set  forth  on  Exhibit  A  attached  hereto  is a list  of  each
     corporation  that is, or will be upon  consummation of the  Reorganization,
     directly  or  indirectly  wholly-owned  by the Company  (collectively,  the
     "Subsidiaries").   Each  Subsidiary  is  listed  in  Exhibit  21.1  to  the
     Registration Statement. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is, and at
     the  Closing  Date and any Option  Closing  Date will be,  duly  organized,
     validly  existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of its  state of
     organization.  Each of the Company  and the  Subsidiaries  has,  and at the
     Closing Date and the Option Closing Date will have,  full  corporate  power
     and  authority  to conduct all the  activities  conducted  by it, to own or
     lease all the assets  owned or leased by it and to conduct its  business as
     described in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  (or, if the
     Prospectus is not in existence, in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus).
     Each of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  is, and at the Closing  Date and
     the Option  Closing Date will be, duly licensed or qualified to do business
     and in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which
     the nature of the activities conducted by it or the character of the assets
     owned or leased  by it makes  such  licensing  or  qualification  necessary
     except  for  jurisdictions  in  which  the  failure  to be so  licensed  or
     qualified  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  business,
     properties,  condition  (financial or otherwise),  net worth, or results of
     operations  of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole.  The
     Company,  directly or indirectly,  beneficially owns all of the outstanding
     equity interests in each of the Subsidiaries,  free and clear of all liens,
     security interests, restriction, pledges, encumbrances,  charges, equities,
     claims,    easements,     assessments    and    tenancies    (collectively,
     "Encumbrances"),  except  as  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus  (or,  if the
     Prospectus is not in existence, in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus).
     Except with  respect to the  Subsidiaries  and except as  described  in the
     Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus  (or, if the  Prospectus is not in
     existence, in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus), the

                                       4

<PAGE>



     Company does not own,  and at the Closing Date and any Option  Closing Date
     will not own,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  shares of stock or any other
     equity or long-term debt  securities of any  corporation or have any equity
     interest  in  any  firm,  partnership,  limited  liability  company,  joint
     venture,  association  or other entity.  Complete and correct copies of the
     charter and the bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company and
     each  Subsidiary  and all  amendments  thereto  have been  delivered to the
     Representatives, and no changes therein will be made subsequent to the date
     hereof and prior to the Closing Date or, if later, the Option Closing Date.

          (h) The  outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Company have been
     duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and
     are not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.  The Company has, and,
     upon completion of the sale of the Shares, will have, an authorized, issued
     and outstanding  capitalization as set forth in the Registration  Statement
     and the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not in existence,  in the most
     recent  Preliminary  Prospectus).  The description of the securities of the
     Company  in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  (or,  if the
     Prospectus is not in existence,  in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus)
     is, and at the Closing Date and, if later, the Option Closing Date will be,
     complete and accurate in all material respects.  Except as set forth in the
     Registration  Statement and the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not in
     existence, in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus), the Company does not
     have outstanding, and at the Closing Date and, if later, the Option Closing
     Date will not have outstanding,  any options to purchase,  or any rights or
     warrants to subscribe  for, or any  securities or  obligations  convertible
     into, or any contracts or  commitments  to issue or sell, any shares of its
     capital stock or any such warrants, convertible securities or obligations.

          (i) The  financial  statements  and the related notes and schedules of
     the Company and the Predecessor set forth in the Registration Statement and
     the  Prospectus  (or, if the  Prospectus is not in  existence,  in the most
     recent  Preliminary  Prospectus)  present fairly, in all material respects,
     the financial  condition of the Company and the Predecessor as of the dates
     indicated and the related Predecessor's statements of income, stockholders'
     equity,  and cash flows for the periods covered thereby,  all in conformity
     with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") which are applied on
     a  consistent  basis  throughout  the  entire  period  involved,  except as
     otherwise disclosed therein. The consolidated  financial statements of Roda
     set forth in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  (or, if the
     Prospectus is not in existence,  in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus)
     present fairly, in all material respects,  the financial  condition of Roda
     and its subsidiary as of the dates  indicated and the related  consolidated
     profit and loss account and statement of cash flows for the periods covered
     thereby, all in conformity with United Kingdom auditing standards, which do
     not differ in any  significant  respect  from GAAP,  which are applied on a
     consistent basis throughout the entire period involved, except as disclosed
     therein.  The summary  financial data of the Company,  the  Predecessor and
     Roda set forth under the captions  "Prospectus  Summary--

                                       5

<PAGE>



     Summary  Financial Data" and "Selected  Financial Data" in the Registration
     Statement and Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not in existence, in the
     most  recent  Preliminary   Prospectus)  have  been  prepared  on  a  basis
     consistent  with the financial  statements of the Company,  the Predecessor
     and Roda. The pro forma financial  statements  included in the Registration
     Statement  and the  Prospectus  comply in all  material  respects  with the
     applicable  requirements  of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X of the Commission
     and the pro forma  adjustments have been properly applied to the historical
     amounts  in  the  compilation  of  such  statements.   No  other  financial
     statements or schedules of the Company,  the  Predecessor  and Roda, or any
     other  entity are  required by the Act or the Rules and  Regulations  to be
     included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus. Ernst & Young LLP
     and Ernst & Young Chartered Accountants (collectively,  the "Accountants"),
     who have reported on those of such financial statements and schedules which
     are audited,  are independent  accountants with respect to the Company, the
     Predecessor and Roda as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (j) Each of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  maintains a system of
     internal accounting control sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that
     (i)  transactions are executed in accordance with  management's  general or
     specific  authorization,  (ii)  transactions  are  recorded as necessary to
     permit  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with GAAP and to
     maintain  accountability  for assets,  (iii)  access to assets is permitted
     only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization, and
     (iv) the  recorded  accountability  for assets is  compared  with  existing
     assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect
     to any differences.

          (k)  Except  as  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the
     Prospectus  (or, if the  Prospectus  is not in  existence,  the most recent
     Preliminary  Prospectus),  subsequent to the  respective  dates as of which
     information is given in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and
     prior to the Closing Date and, if later, the Option Closing Date, (i) there
     has  not  been,  and  will  not  have  been  (after  giving  effect  to the
     Reorganization  and the Acquisition),  any change in the  capitalization of
     the Company or any material  adverse  change in the  business,  properties,
     condition  (financial or otherwise),  net worth or results of operations of
     the Company and the Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, arising for any reason
     whatsoever,  (ii) none of the Company or any Subsidiary has incurred (after
     giving effect to the Reorganization  and the Acquisition),  nor will any of
     them have  incurred  any material  liabilities  or  obligations,  direct or
     contingent,  (iii) none of the Company or any  Subsidiary has entered into,
     nor  will  any of them  have  entered  into  (after  giving  effect  to the
     Reorganization and the Acquisition), any material transactions,  other than
     pursuant  to this  Agreement,  the  Reorganization  Agreement  or the  Roda
     Purchase Agreement, and (iv) none of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries
     (after giving effect to the Reorganization  and the Acquisition),  has paid
     or declared any dividends or other  distributions  of any kind on any class
     of its capital stock, partnership interests or other equity securities.

                                       6

<PAGE>



          (l) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has valid, subsisting and
     enforceable  leases  for  the  respective   properties   described  in  the
     Registration  Statement and the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not in
     existence,  the most recent Preliminary Prospectus) as leased by them or by
     the Company (collectively,  the "Leased Properties"), in each case free and
     clear of all  Encumbrances,  except as set forth in the Prospectus  (or, if
     the   Prospectus  is  not  in  existence,   the  most  recent   Preliminary
     Prospectus).  All Encumbrances on or affecting the Leased  Properties which
     are required to be disclosed in the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus
     are  disclosed  therein.  The use  and  occupancy  of  each  of the  Leased
     Properties   complies  with  all  applicable  codes  and  zoning  laws  and
     regulations and there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company and
     MRC,  threatened  condemnation,   zoning  change,  environmental  or  other
     proceeding or action that will in any material respect adversely affect the
     business,  properties,  condition  (financial or  otherwise),  net worth or
     results of  operations  of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a
     whole.

          (m) The  Company  is not an  "investment  company"  or an  "affiliated
     person" of, or "promoter" or "principal  underwriter"  for, an  "investment
     company," as such terms are defined in the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
     as amended (the "Investment Company Act").

          (n)  Except  as  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the
     Prospectus  (or, if the Prospectus is not in existence,  in the most recent
     Preliminary Prospectus), there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending
     or threatened  against or affecting  the Company,  any  Subsidiary,  or any
     directors,  officers  or  stockholders  of any of the  foregoing  in  their
     capacity  as such,  before or by any  Federal or state  court,  commission,
     regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body, domestic
     or foreign  (collectively,  a "Governmental Body"),  wherein an unfavorable
     ruling,  decision or finding  could be  reasonably  expected  to  adversely
     affect the business,  properties,  condition (financial or otherwise),  net
     worth or results of operations of the Company and the  Subsidiaries,  taken
     as a whole.

          (o)  Except  as  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the
     Prospectus  (or, if the Prospectus is not in existence,  in the most recent
     Preliminary Prospectus),  each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has, and
     at the  Closing  Date,  the Option  Closing  Date (if any) will  have,  all
     governmental licenses,  permits, consents,  orders, approvals,  franchises,
     certificates and other authorizations (collectively,  "Licenses") necessary
     to carry on its business and to own or lease and operate its  properties as
     contemplated  in the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not in existence,
     in the most recent  Preliminary  Prospectus),  except  where the failure to
     have any such  License  would  not have a  material  adverse  effect on the
     business,  properties,  condition  (financial or  otherwise),  net worth or
     results of  operations  of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries,  taken as a
     whole.  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries  has complied,  and at the
     Closing Date and the Option  Closing Date (if any) will have  complied,  in
     all  material  respects  with all laws,  regulations,  Licenses  and orders
     applicable to it or its business and properties. None of

                                       7

<PAGE>



     the Company or any  Subsidiary  is, and, at the Closing Date and the Option
     Closing  Date (if any) none of them will be, in default  (nor has any event
     occurred which,  with notice or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a
     default) in the due performance  and  observation of any term,  covenant or
     condition  of  any  indenture,   mortgage,  deed  of  trust,  voting  trust
     agreement,  loan  agreement,  bond,  debenture,  note  agreement  or  other
     evidence of indebtedness,  lease, contract or other agreement or instrument
     (collectively,  a "contract or other  agreement") to which any of them is a
     party or by which any of their respective  properties is bound or affected,
     which  default  would  individually  or in the  aggregate  have a  material
     adverse  effect  on  the  business,  properties,  condition  (financial  or
     otherwise),  net worth or  results of  operations  of the  Company  and the
     Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole.  To the best  knowledge of the Company and
     MRC, no other party under any such  contract or other  agreement is, or, at
     the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date (if any) will be, in default in
     any material respect thereunder.  There are no governmental  proceedings or
     actions  pending or threatened for the purpose of suspending,  modifying or
     revoking  any License  held by the Company or any  Subsidiary.  None of the
     Company or any  Subsidiary  is in violation of any provision of its charter
     or bylaws or other governing instrument.

          (p) No consent, approval,  authorization or order of, or any filing or
     declaration with, any Governmental Body is required for the consummation of
     the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or in connection with the
     issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company in the Offering, except such
     as have been obtained under the Act or the Rules and  Regulations  and such
     as may be required  under state  securities  or Blue Sky laws or the bylaws
     and rules of the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the
     "NASD")  in  connection   with  the  purchase  and   distribution   by  the
     Underwriters of the Shares to be sold by the Company.

          (q) Each of the  Company and MRC has full power  (corporate  or other)
     and  authority to enter into this  Agreement and to carry out all the terms
     and  provisions  herein  and  therein  to be  carried  out  by  it or  him,
     respectively.  This  Agreement  has  been  duly  authorized,  executed  and
     delivered  by each of the  Company  and MRC  and  constitutes  a valid  and
     binding agreement of the Company and MRC and is enforceable against each of
     the  Company  and MRC in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof.  Except  as
     disclosed in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  (or, if the
     Prospectus is not in existence,  the most recent  Preliminary  Prospectus),
     the  execution,  delivery  and  the  performance  of  this  Agreement,  the
     Reorganization   Agreement  and  the  Roda   Purchase   Agreement  and  the
     consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby will not
     result in the creation or  imposition  of any  Encumbrance  upon any of the
     assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to the terms or provisions
     of, or result in a breach or violation of or conflict with any of the terms
     or provisions of, or constitute a default under,  or give any other party a
     right  to  terminate  any  of  its  obligations  under,  or  result  in the
     acceleration  of any obligation  under,  (i) the charter or bylaws or other
     organizational  document  of the  Company  or any  Subsidiary,  or (ii) any
     material  contract or other  material  agreement  to which any of them is a
     party or by which they or any of 

                                       8

<PAGE>



     their assets or  properties  are bound or affected,  or (iii) any judgment,
     ruling, decree, order, law, statute, rule or regulation of any Governmental
     Body applicable to the business or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary.
     The Company has full  corporate  power and authority to  authorize,  issue,
     offer and sell the Shares,  as contemplated by this Agreement,  free of any
     preemptive  rights.  The  offer,  issuance  and sale by the  Company of any
     shares of its Common  Stock prior to the date hereof  complied  with or was
     exempt from the  registration  requirements of the Act and applicable state
     securities and Blue Sky laws.

          (r) There is no document  or  contract  of a character  required to be
     described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as
     an exhibit to the Registration Statement which is not described or filed as
     required.  All contracts to which the Company is a party, that are material
     to the operation of the business of the Company, have been duly authorized,
     executed  and  delivered  by the  Company,  constitute  valid  and  binding
     agreements  of the  Company  and are  enforceable  against  the  Company in
     accordance with the terms thereof.

          (s)  Neither  the  Company  nor  any of  its  directors,  officers  or
     affiliates (within the meaning of the Rules and Regulations) has taken, nor
     will he, she or it take,  directly or indirectly,  any action designed,  or
     which might  reasonably  be expected in the future,  to cause or result in,
     under the Act or  otherwise,  or which has  constituted,  stabilization  or
     manipulation  of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the
     sale or resale of the Shares or otherwise.

          (t)  No  holder  of  securities  of  the  Company  has  rights  to the
     registration  of any securities of the Company as a result of the filing of
     the Registration Statement.

          (u) The Shares have been  approved for listing on the Nasdaq  National
     Market System ("NASDAQ"), subject only to notice of issuance.

          (v) No material  labor  dispute  with the  employees of the Company or
     with the employees of any Subsidiary exists or is threatened or imminent.

          (w)  Except  as  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the
     Prospectus  (or, if the  Prospectus  is not in  existence,  the most recent
     Preliminary  Prospectus),  the Company or a Subsidiary owns, or is licensed
     or otherwise has the full exclusive  right to use, all material  trademarks
     and trade  names  which are used in or  necessary  for the  conduct  of its
     business as described in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus (or, if
     the  Prospectus  is  not  in  existence,  in the  most  recent  Preliminary
     Prospectus).  To the best  knowledge of the Company and MRC, no claims have
     been  asserted  by any  person to the use of any such  trademarks  or trade
     names or challenging or questioning  the validity or  effectiveness  of any
     such trademark or trade name. The use, in connection  with the business and
     operations of the Company,  of such trademarks and trade names does not, to
     the knowledge of the Company and MRC, infringe on the rights of any person.

                                       9

<PAGE>



          (x) None of the Company or any Subsidiary,  nor, to the best knowledge
     of the  Company  and MRC,  any  employee  or agent  of the  Company  or any
     Subsidiary,  has made any payment of funds of the Company or any Subsidiary
     or  received  or retained  any funds of the  Company or any  Subsidiary  in
     violation of any law, rule or  regulation or of a character  required to be
     disclosed  in  the  Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus  (or,  if  the
     Prospectus is not in existence, in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus).

          (y) The  Company  is  insured  by  insurers  of  recognized  financial
     responsibility  against  such  losses and risks and in such  amounts as are
     prudent and customary in the business in which the Company is engaged; none
     of the Company or any  Subsidiary  has been refused any insurance  coverage
     sought or applied for; and neither the Company or MRC has reason to believe
     that it will not be able to renew its  existing  insurance  coverage as and
     when such coverage expires.

          (z) The business,  operations  and  facilities of the Company and each
     Subsidiary  have been and are being conducted in compliance in all material
     respects  with  all  applicable  laws,  ordinances,   rules,   regulations,
     Licenses,   permits,   approvals,  plans,  authorizations  or  requirements
     relating to occupational safety and health, or pollution,  or protection of
     health or the environment (including, without limitation, those relating to
     emissions,  discharges,  releases or  threatened  releases  of  pollutants,
     contaminants  or  hazardous or toxic  substances,  materials or wastes into
     ambient  air,  surface  water,  groundwater  or land,  or  relating  to the
     manufacture,  processing,  distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal,
     transport or handling of chemical substances,  pollutants,  contaminants or
     hazardous or toxic substances,  materials or wastes, whether solid, gaseous
     or liquid in nature) of any  governmental  department,  commission,  board,
     bureau,  agency  or  instrumentality  of the  United  States,  any state or
     political  subdivision  thereof,  or  any  foreign  jurisdiction,  and  all
     applicable judicial or administrative agency or regulatory decrees, awards,
     judgments  and  orders  relating  thereto;  and none of the  Company or any
     Subsidiary has received any notice from governmental instrumentality or any
     third  party  alleging  any  violation  thereof  or  liability   thereunder
     (including,  without  limitation,  liability for costs of  investigating or
     remediating sites containing hazardous substances and/or damages to natural
     resources), except for such noncompliances,  violations or liabilities that
     would not have a material  adverse  effect upon the  business,  properties,
     condition  (financial or otherwise),  net worth or results of operations of
     the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (aa) Each of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  has filed all foreign,
     federal,  state and local tax returns  that are required to be filed or has
     requested  extensions thereof and has paid all taxes required to be paid by
     it and any other  assessment,  fine or penalty  levied  against  it, to the
     extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable.

          (bb) The Company  will apply the net  proceeds  from the  offering and
     sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company in the manner set forth in the
     Prospectus  under "Use of  Proceeds"  and shall file such  reports with the
     Commission  with respect to the sale of the

                                       10

<PAGE>



     Shares and the application of the proceeds  therefrom as may be required in
     accordance with Rule 463 of the Rules and Regulations under the Act.

          (cc) The Company and each of its executive  officers and directors has
     delivered to the Underwriters an agreement in the form set forth as Exhibit
     B hereto to the  effect  that it,  he or she will not,  for a period of 180
     days after the date hereof, without the prior written consent of Schroder &
     Co.  Inc.,  offer to sell,  sell,  contract  to sell,  grant any  option to
     purchase or otherwise  dispose (or announce any offer,  sale,  grant of any
     option to purchase or other  disposition)  of any shares of Common Stock or
     securities  convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of
     Common  Stock  (except  that the Company  may grant  options to purchase or
     award  shares  of Common  Stock  under  its  stock  option  plans and issue
     privately placed shares in connection with any acquisitions).

          (dd)  Each  certificate  signed  by any  officer  of the  Company  and
     delivered  to the  Underwriters  or counsel for the  Underwriters  shall be
     deemed  to  be  a  representation  and  warranty  by  the  Company  to  the
     Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

     2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees
to sell to the several Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters, severally and
not  jointly,  agrees to  purchase  from the  Company,  at a  purchase  price of
$________  per share,  the number of Firm Shares set forth  opposite the name of
such  Underwriter in Schedule I hereto,  plus such number of Option Shares which
such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to this Section 2.

     In  addition,  subject to the terms and  conditions  herein set forth,  the
Company  agrees to sell to the several  Underwriters,  as required (for the sole
purpose  of  covering  over-allotments  in the sale of the Firm  Shares),  up to
315,000  Option  Shares at a purchase  price of $_____  per share.  The right to
purchase the Option  Shares may be exercised  by the  Representatives  giving 48
hours' prior written or telephonic notice (subsequently confirmed in writing) to
the Company of their  determination  to purchase  all or a portion of the Option
Shares.  Such  notice  may be  given at any  time  within  a  period  of 30 days
following the date of this Agreement.  No Option Shares shall be delivered to or
for the  accounts of the several  Underwriters  unless the Firm Shares  shall be
simultaneously  delivered  or shall  theretofore  have been  delivered as herein
provided.

     3. The  Underwriter  proposes to offer the Shares for sale to the public at
the " Price to Public " set forth on the cover page of the  Prospectus  and upon
the other terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

     4. The Firm Shares,  in definitive form, to be purchased by the Underwriter
hereunder  shall be  delivered  by or on behalf of the  Company  to you for your
account,  against payment by you of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer
of immediately  available funds to an account designated by the Company,  at the
office of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, New

                                       11

<PAGE>



York,  New York, at 9:30 A.M., New York City time, on __________ __, 1998, or at
such  other  time,  date and  place as you and the  Company  may  agree  upon in
writing, such time and date being herein called the "Firm Shares Delivery Date."

     The Option Shares,  in definitive form, to be purchased by the Underwriters
hereunder   shall  be   delivered  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Company  to  the
Representatives  for the  accounts of the  Underwriters  against  payment of the
purchase  price thereof by wire transfer of  immediately  available  funds to an
account  designated by the Company,  in New York,  New York, at such time and on
such date (not  earlier  than the Firm Shares  Delivery  Date nor later than ten
business days after giving of the notice delivered by the Representatives to the
Company with reference thereto) and in such denominations and registered in such
names as shall be specified in the notice  delivered by the  Representatives  to
the Company  with respect to the  purchase of such Option  Shares.  The date and
time of such  delivery  and  payment  are herein  sometimes  referred  to as the
"Option Shares  Delivery Date" (and either of the Option Shares Delivery Date or
the Firm Shares Delivery Date may be referred to herein as a "Delivery Date").

     Certificates evidencing the Shares shall be in definitive form and shall be
in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives  shall
request  not  less  than  48  hours  prior  to  the  applicable  Delivery  Date,
respectively.  Such Shares will be made  available for checking and packaging in
New York, New York, at least 24 hours prior to the applicable Delivery Date.

     5. The Company and MRC covenant and agree with the Underwriters that:

          (a) The  Company  will  not,  either  prior to the  Effective  Date or
     thereafter  during such period as the  Prospectus  is required by law to be
     delivered  in  connection  with sales of the Shares by any  Underwriter  or
     dealer,  file any amendment or supplement to the Registration  Statement or
     the  Prospectus,  unless a copy thereof shall first have been  submitted to
     the Representatives  within a reasonable period of time prior to the filing
     thereof and the  Representatives  shall not have  objected  thereto in good
     faith.

          (b) If the  Registration  Statement is not yet effective,  the Company
     will use its best  efforts to cause the  Registration  Statement  to become
     effective  not later than the time  indicated in Section  7(a) hereof.  The
     Company  will notify the  Representatives  promptly,  and will confirm such
     advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective
     and when any post-effective  amendment thereto becomes  effective,  (ii) of
     any  request  by  the  Commission  for  amendments  or  supplements  to the
     Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus or for  additional  information,
     (iii) of the issuance by the  Commission of any stop order  suspending  the
     effectiveness  of  the  Registration  Statement  or the  initiation  of any
     proceedings for that purpose or the threat  thereof,  (iv) of the happening
     of any event during the period  mentioned in the second sentence of Section
     5(b) that in the judgment of the Company  makes any  statement  made in the
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making
     of any changes in the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus in order to
     make the statements

                                       12

<PAGE>



     therein,  in  light  of the  circumstances  in which  they  are  made,  not
     misleading  and (v) of receipt  by the  Company  or any  representative  or
     attorney  of the  Company of any other  communication  from the  Commission
     relating  to the  Company,  the  Registration  Statement,  any  Preliminary
     Prospectus or the Prospectus. If at any time the Commission shall issue any
     order  suspending the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement,  the
     Company will use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order at
     the earliest possible moment.  The Company will prepare the Prospectus in a
     form approved by the Representatives and will file such Prospectus pursuant
     to Rule  424(b)  under the Act not  later  than the  Commission's  close of
     business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of
     this Agreement or, if  applicable,  such earlier time as may be required by
     Rule  430A(a)(3)  under the Securities  Act. If the Company has omitted any
     information  from the  Registration  Statement  pursuant to Rule 430A,  the
     Company will use its best efforts to comply with the  provisions of, and to
     make all requisite filings with the Commission  pursuant to, said Rule 430A
     and to notify the Representatives promptly of all such filings.

          (c) If,  at any time  when a  Prospectus  relating  to the  Shares  is
     required to be  delivered  under the Act,  any event  occurs as a result of
     which the Prospectus,  as then amended or  supplemented,  would include any
     untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to  state a  material  fact
     necessary  in order to make the  statements  therein,  in the  light of the
     circumstances   under  which  they  were  made,  not  misleading,   or  the
     Registration Statement, as then amended or supplemented,  would include any
     untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to  state a  material  fact
     necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,  or if for any
     other  reason  it is  necessary  at any  time to amend  or  supplement  the
     Prospectus  or the  Registration  Statement  to comply  with the Act or the
     Rules and Regulations, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives
     thereof and, subject to Section 5(b) hereof, will prepare and file with the
     Commission,  at the  Company's  expense,  an amendment to the  Registration
     Statement or an amendment or  supplement  to the  Prospectus  that corrects
     such statement or omission or effects such compliance.

          (d) The Company will make generally  available to its  stockholders as
     soon as  practicable,  but in any event not  later  than 90 days  after the
     close  of the  period  covered  thereby,  an  earnings  statement  in  form
     complying with the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act covering a period
     of 12  consecutive  months  beginning  not later  than the first day of the
     Company's fiscal quarter next following the Effective Date.

          (e) The Company will file on a timely basis all documents  required to
     be filed with the  Commission  pursuant  to Section  13, 14 or 15(d) of the
     Exchange Act  subsequent to the  Effective  Date and during any period when
     the Prospectus is required to be delivered.

          (f)  The  Company  will  comply  with  all  the   provisions   of  all
     undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.

                                       13

<PAGE>



          (g) During the period of three years commencing on the Effective Date,
     the Company  will  furnish to each of the  Representatives  and each of the
     Underwriters  who may so request,  a copy of such financial  statements and
     other  periodic  and  special  reports as the Company may from time to time
     distribute  generally to the holders of any class of its capital stock, and
     will furnish to each of the  Representatives  and each of the  Underwriters
     who may so  request,  a copy of each  annual  or other  report  it shall be
     required  to file with the  Commission  or NASDAQ and (ii) such  additional
     information concerning, the business and financial condition of the Company
     as the  Representatives  may  from  time  to  time  reasonably  request  in
     connection with your obligations hereunder.

          (h) The  Company  will  apply  the net  proceeds  from the sale of the
     Shares in the manner set forth in the Prospectus  under the caption "Use of
     Proceeds."

          (i) The  Company  will not take,  directly or  indirectly,  any action
     designed  to cause or result in, or that might  reasonably  be  expected to
     cause or  result  in  stabilization  or  manipulation  of the  price of any
     security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

          (j) The  Company  will not for a period  of 180  days  after  the date
     hereof,  without the prior written consent of Schroder & Co. Inc., offer to
     sell,  sell,  contract to sell,  grant any option to purchase or  otherwise
     dispose (or announce any offer to sell,  sale,  contract to sell,  grant of
     any option to purchase or other  disposition) of any shares of Common Stock
     or any securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for shares of Common
     Stock  (except  that the  Company  may grant  options to  purchase or award
     shares of Common Stock under its stock option plans and may issue privately
     placed shares in connection with any acquisitions).

          (k) Prior to any  Delivery  Date  there  will not be any change in the
     capital stock or material  change in the short-term  debt or long-term debt
     of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,  or any material adverse change,
     or any development  involving a prospective  material adverse change, in or
     affecting   the   general   affairs,   management,    financial   position,
     stockholders'  equity or results of operations of the Company or any of its
     subsidiaries,   otherwise  than  as  set  forth  or   contemplated  in  the
     Prospectus.

          (l) The Company has caused the Shares to be  authorized  for quotation
     on NASDAQ upon notice of issuance.

     6. The Company covenants and agrees with the several  Underwriters that the
Company will pay or cause to be paid: (i) the fees,  disbursements  and expenses
of  counsel  and  accountants  for the  Company,  and  all  other  expenses,  in
connection  with  the  preparation,  printing  and  filing  of the  Registration
Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments and supplements  thereto and the
furnishing of copies  thereof,  including  charges for mailing,  air freight and
delivery and counting and packaging  thereof and of any  Preliminary  Prospectus
and related offering documents to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of
printing this

                                       14

<PAGE>



Agreement,  communications  with the  Underwriters  and  selling  group  and the
Preliminary  and  Supplemental  Blue Sky  Memoranda  and any other  documents in
connection with the offering,  purchase,  sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii)
all  expenses in  connection  with the  exemption of the Shares for offering and
sale under  securities  laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof,  including  the
fees,  disbursements and expenses for counsel for the Underwriters in connection
with such  exemption and in connection  with Blue Sky surveys or similar  advice
with  respect  to sales;  (iv) the  filing  fees  incident  to, and the fees and
disbursements of counsel for the  Underwriters in connection with,  securing any
required review by the NASD of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (v) all fees
and expenses in connection with the quotation of the Shares on NASDAQ;  and (vi)
all other  costs and  expenses  incident  to the  performance  of the  Company's
obligations  hereunder that are not otherwise  specifically provided for in this
Section 6, including the fees of the Company's Transfer Agent and Registrar, the
cost  of any  stock  issue  or  transfer  taxes  on sale  of the  Shares  to the
Underwriters,  the cost of the Company's personnel and other internal costs, the
cost of printing and engraving the certificates  representing the Shares and all
expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by
the Company to the  Underwriters  hereunder.  It is understood,  however,  that,
except as  provided  in this  Section,  Section 8 and  Section  11  hereof,  the
Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of
their counsel,  stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and
any advertising expenses connected with any offers that they may make.

     7. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder shall be subject, in their
discretion,  to (i) the condition  that all  representations  and warranties and
other  statements  of the  Company  and MRC herein  are true and  correct in all
material respects,  when made and on each Delivery Date, (ii) the condition that
the Company and MRC shall have  performed each of their  respective  obligations
hereunder  theretofore  to be  performed  and  (iii)  the  following  additional
conditions:

          (a) The Registration  Statement shall have become  effective,  and the
     Representatives  shall have  received  notice  thereof not later than 10:00
     P.M., New York City time, on the date of execution of this Agreement, or at
     such other time as you and the Company may agree and the  Prospectus  shall
     have been  filed  with the  Commission  in the  manner  and within the time
     period required by Rule 424(b).

          (b) (i) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
     Statement  shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall
     be pending or threatened by the  Commission,  (ii) no order  suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration  Statement or the exemption of the Shares
     under  the  securities  or Blue  Sky laws of any  jurisdiction  shall be in
     effect  and no  proceeding  for such  purpose  shall be  pending  before or
     threatened or contemplated by the Commission or the authorities of any such
     jurisdiction,  (iii) any request for additional  information on the part of
     the  staff  of the  Commission  or any such  authorities  shall  have  been
     complied with to the  satisfaction  of the staff of the  Commission or such
     authorities  and (iv) after the date hereof no amendment or  supplement  to
     the Registration Statement or the Prospectus shall have

                                       15

<PAGE>



     been filed  unless a copy thereof was first  submitted to the  Underwriters
     and the  Underwriters  did  not  object  thereto  in  good  faith,  and the
     Underwriters shall have received  certificates,  dated the Closing Date and
     the Option  Closing Date and signed by the Chief  Executive  Officer of the
     Company  and the Chief  Financial  Officer of the  Company  (who may, as to
     proceedings  threatened,  rely  upon  the  best of  their  information  and
     belief), to the effect of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this
     Section 7.

          (c) The  Representatives  shall not have  advised the Company that the
     Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus,  or any  amendment  or  supplement
     thereto,  contains  an  untrue  statement  of fact or omits to state a fact
     which in the  Underwriters'  judgment is in either case material and in the
     case of an omission is required  to be stated  therein or is  necessary  to
     make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
     were made, not misleading.

          (d) Gibbons, Del Deo, Dolan, Grifflinger & Vecchione, P.C., counsel to
     the Company,  shall have  furnished to the  Representatives  their  written
     opinion,  dated such Delivery Date, in form and substance  satisfactory  to
     the Representatives, to the effect that:

               (i) Each of the  Company and the  Subsidiaries  (A) has been duly
          incorporated  or organized and is a validly  existing  corporation  in
          good standing under the laws of its  jurisdiction of  incorporation or
          organization  with full corporate  power and authority to own or lease
          and to operate its assets and to conduct its  business as described in
          the Registration Statement and Prospectus and (B) is duly qualified to
          do business as a foreign  corporation  and is in good standing in each
          jurisdiction  (x) in which the conduct of its business  requires  such
          qualification and (y) in which it owns or leases property;

               (ii)  To the  knowledge  of such  counsel,  the  Company  owns no
          capital  stock  or  other  beneficial  interest  in  any  corporation,
          partnership,  joint venture or other business entity except for equity
          interests  in  the  Subsidiaries  and  except  as  set  forth  in  the
          Registration Statement;

               (iii) The Shares have been validly  authorized,  duly executed by
          authorized  officers  of the  Company,  and  are the  validly  issued,
          outstanding   and  legally   binding   obligations   of  the  Company,
          enforceable  against  the  Company in  accordance  with  their  terms,
          subject  to  the  effects  of   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   fraudulent
          conveyance,  reorganization moratorium and other similar laws relating
          to or affecting  creditors'  rights  generally,  and general equitable
          principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

               (iv) The Company has authorized capital stock as set forth in the
          Registration  Statement  and all of the  authorized  shares  of Common
          Stock,  have been duly  authorized,  and have been duly  reserved  for
          issuance, and all of the

                                       16

<PAGE>



          issued and  outstanding  shares of Common Stock will be validly issued
          and  outstanding,  fully  paid  and  nonassessable,  with no  personal
          liability  attaching to the ownership thereof;  all of the outstanding
          shares of Common  Stock were  issued and sold in  compliance  with all
          applicable  Federal and state securities laws;  except as described in
          the Prospectus and except with respect to existing stock  incentive or
          stock  purchase  plans to the knowledge of such counsel,  there are no
          outstanding options, warrants or other rights calling for the issuance
          of, and there are no  commitments,  plans or arrangements to issue any
          shares of capital stock of the Company;

               (v) To the best of such counsel's knowledge,  except as set forth
          in the  Prospectus,  there  are no legal or  governmental  proceedings
          pending or threatened to which the Company or any Subsidiary or any of
          their  respective  officers  or  directors  is a party or of which any
          property  of the  Company or any of its  subsidiaries  is the  subject
          which,  if resolved  against the Company or any  Subsidiary  or any of
          their respective officers or directors, individually, or to the extent
          involving  related  claims  or  issues,  in  the  aggregate,  is  of a
          character  required to be  disclosed in the  Prospectus  which has not
          been properly disclosed therein;

               (vi)  This  Agreement  has been  duly  authorized,  executed  and
          delivered by the Company and is a legal,  valid and binding  agreement
          of the Company;

               (vii) The  Company  has full  corporate  power and  authority  to
          execute,  deliver and perform  this  Agreement  and the  delivery  and
          performance of this Agreement,  the  consummation of the  transactions
          herein  contemplated  and the  issue  and sale of the  Shares  and the
          compliance by the Company with all the  provisions of this  Agreement,
          will not conflict  with,  or result in a breach of any of the terms or
          provisions  of,  or  constitute  a  default  under,  or  result in the
          creation or imposition of any lien, charge,  claim or encumbrance upon
          any  of the  property  or  assets  of the  Company  or any  Subsidiary
          pursuant  to, the terms of any  material  contract or other  agreement
          known to such  counsel  to which the  Company or any  Subsidiary  is a
          party or by which the Company or  Subsidiary  is bound or to which any
          of the  respective  property or assets of the Company or Subsidiary is
          subject,  nor  will  such  action  result  in  any  violation  of  the
          provisions  of the  charter  or bylaws  or  partnership  agreement  or
          operating  agreement,  in each case as amended,  of the Company or any
          Subsidiary,  any  statute  or any  rule or  regulation  known  to such
          counsel  of  any  court  or   governmental   agency  or  body   having
          jurisdiction  over the  Company or any of its  subsidiaries  or any of
          their properties or the terms of any judgment,  decree or order, known
          to such counsel,  of any arbitrator or  Governmental  Body having such
          jurisdiction;

                                       17

<PAGE>



               (viii) No consent, approval,  authorization,  order, registration
          or qualification  of or with any court or any regulatory  authority or
          other  governmental  body is  required  for the  issue and sale of the
          Shares or the consummation of the other  transactions  contemplated by
          this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act or may
          be required by the NASD, and such consents, approvals, authorizations,
          registrations  or  qualifications  as may be  required  under state or
          foreign  securities or Blue Sky laws in  connection  with the purchase
          and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

               (ix) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company
          nor any  Subsidiary is currently in violation of its charter or bylaws
          or other organizational  documents in each case as amended to the date
          hereof, or in material default under any indenture,  mortgage, deed of
          trust,  lease, bank loan or credit agreement or any other agreement or
          instrument of which such counsel has knowledge to which the Company or
          any  Subsidiary  is a party  or by  which  any of them or any of their
          respective property may be bound or affected;

               (x) There are no  preemptive  or other rights to subscribe for or
          to purchase,  nor any restriction  upon the voting or transfer of, any
          Shares  pursuant to the Company's  Charter or Bylaws,  in each case as
          amended to the date hereof, or any agreement or other instrument known
          to such  counsel;  and no holders of  securities  of the Company  have
          rights to the registration thereof under the Registration Statement;

               (xi)  To  the  extent  summarized  therein,   all  contracts  and
          agreements summarized in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
          are fairly summarized therein, conform in all material respects to the
          descriptions  thereof  contained  therein,  and,  to the  extent  such
          contracts or agreements or any other material  agreements are required
          under the Act or the rules and  regulations  thereunder to be filed or
          incorporated  by reference  therein,  as exhibits to the  Registration
          Statement,  they are so filed or incorporated  by reference;  and such
          counsel does not know of any contracts or other documents  required to
          be  summarized  or  disclosed in the  Prospectus  or to be so filed or
          incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement,
          which  have  not  been so  summarized  or  disclosed,  or so  filed or
          incorporated by reference;

               (xii) All descriptions in the Prospectus of statutes, regulations
          or legal or governmental  proceedings  are fair summaries  thereof and
          fairly  present the  information  required to be shown with respect to
          such matters;

               (xiii) The Registration Statement is effective under the Act; any
          required  filing of the  Prospectus  pursuant  to Rule 424(b) has been
          made in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b);
          and no stop order  suspending the  effectiveness  of the  Registration
          Statement  or  any  amendment

                                       18

<PAGE>



          thereto  has been  issued,  and to the  knowledge  of such  counsel no
          proceedings  for that purpose have been  instituted  or are pending or
          are  threatened  or  contemplated  under  the  Act;  the  registration
          statement  originally  filed  with  respect  to the  Shares  and  each
          amendment  thereto and the Prospectus  and, if any, each amendment and
          supplement thereto (except for the financial statements, schedules and
          other financial and  statistical  data included  therein,  as to which
          such counsel need not express any opinion), complied as to form in all
          material  respects with the  requirements of the Act and the Rules and
          Regulations;   the  descriptions   contained  and  summarized  in  the
          Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  of  contracts  and other
          documents are accurate and fairly present in all material respects the
          information  required  to be  shown  by the  Act  and  the  Rules  and
          Regulations;  to the knowledge of such counsel, there are no contracts
          or  documents  which are  required by the Act to be  described  in the
          Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to
          the  Registration  Statement  which  are not  described  or  filed  as
          required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations; to the knowledge of
          such counsel,  there is not pending or threatened  against the Company
          any  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  investigation  before  or by  any
          Governmental  Body of a  character  required  to be  disclosed  in the
          Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus  which is not so disclosed
          therein;  and  the  statements  set  forth  under  the  headings  "The
          Company--The     Reorganization,"     "--The    Roda     Acquisition,"
          "Business--Government  Regulation,"  "Business--Litigation,"  "Certain
          Transactions"  and  "Description of Capital Stock" in the Registration
          Statement  and  Prospectus,  insofar as such  statements  constitute a
          summary of the legal  matters,  documents or  proceedings  referred to
          therein, provide an accurate summary of such legal matters,  documents
          and proceedings;

               (xiv) The Shares  conform as to legal  matters,  in all  material
          respects,  to the  statements  concerning  them  in  the  Registration
          Statement and the Prospectus;

               (xv) The Company is not an "investment company" or an "affiliated
          person"  of,  or  "promoter"  or  "principal   underwriter"   for,  an
          "investment  company,"  as such terms are  defined  in the  Investment
          Company Act; and

               (xvi) The Shares have been duly authorized for listing on NASDAQ,
          subject only to official notice of issuance.

     In addition, such counsel shall state that in the course of the preparation
of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,  such counsel has participated
in  conferences  with officers and  representatives  of the Company and with the
Accountants,  at which conferences such counsel made inquiries of such officers,
representatives  and Accountants and discussed the contents of the  Registration
Statement and the  Prospectus  and (without  taking any further action to verify
independently  the  statements  made  in  the

                                       19

<PAGE>



Registration Statement and the Prospectus (other than the sections identified in
paragraph (xiii) above and, except as stated in the foregoing  opinion,  without
assuming  responsibility  for the  accuracy,  completeness  or  fairness of such
statements)  nothing  has come to such  counsel's  attention  that  causes  such
counsel  to  believe  that  the  Registration  Statement  as of the  date it was
declared  effective or as of the Closing Date or the  Prospectus  as of the date
thereof or as of the Closing Date contained or contains any untrue  statement of
a material  fact or omitted or omits to state a  material  fact  required  to be
stated  therein or necessary  to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the
circumstances  under which they were made, not  misleading (it being  understood
that such counsel  need not express any opinion  with  respect to the  financial
statements,  schedules and other financial and statistical  data included in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus).

     In rendering  any such  opinion,  such  counsel may rely,  as to matters of
fact, to the extent such counsel deems proper,  on  certificates  of responsible
officers of the Company and public  officials  and, as to matters  involving the
application  of  laws  of any  State  other  than  New  Jersey  (to  the  extent
satisfactory in form and scope to counsel for the Underwriters) such counsel may
rely upon the opinion of local  counsel to the Company.  The  foregoing  opinion
shall  also state  that the  Underwriters  are  justified  in relying  upon such
opinion of local  counsel,  and copies of such opinion shall be delivered to the
Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters.

     (f) Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, counsel to the Underwriters,  shall have
furnished to the Representatives  their written opinion or opinions,  dated such
Delivery Date, in form and substance  satisfactory to the Representatives,  with
respect to the  incorporation  of the Company,  the validity of the Shares,  the
Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus  and  other  related  matters  as  the
Representatives  may  reasonably  request,  and such counsel shall have received
such papers and  information  as they may  reasonably  request to enable them to
pass upon such matters.  In rendering such opinion,  such counsel may rely as to
all  matters of New Jersey law upon the  opinion  of  Gibbons,  Del Deo,  Dolan,
Griffinger & Vecchione, P.C.; Newark, New Jersey.

     (g) With  respect  to the  letter  of Ernst & Young  LLP  delivered  to you
concurrently  with the execution of this Agreement (the "initial  letter"),  the
Company shall have  furnished to the  Representatives  a letter (as used in this
paragraph,  the  "bring-down  letter")  of such  accountants,  addressed  to the
Underwriters  and  dated  such  Delivery  Date  (i)  confirming  that  they  are
independent  public  accountants  within  the  meaning  of the  Act  and  are in
compliance with the applicable  requirements  relating to the  qualification  of
accountants  under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission,  (ii) stating,
as of the date of the bring-down  letter (or, with respect to matters  involving
changes  or  developments  since  the  respective  dates as of  which  specified
financial  information  is given in the  Prospectus,  as of a date not more than
five days  prior to the date of the  bring-down  letter),  the  conclusions  and
findings  of such firm  with  respect  to the  financial  information  and other
matters  covered by the  initial  letter and (iii)  confirming  in all  material
respects the conclusions and findings set forth in the initial letter.

                                       20

<PAGE>



     (h) Neither the Company nor any of its  subsidiaries  shall have  sustained
since the date as of which  information is given in the Prospectus,  any loss or
interference  with its business from fire,  explosion,  flood or other calamity,
whether  or not  covered  by  insurance,  or from any labor  dispute or court or
governmental action, order or decree; and since the respective dates as of which
information is given in the Prospectus,  there shall not have been any change in
the capital  stock (other than shares  issued  pursuant to the exercise of stock
options or pursuant to the terms of the Shares) or short-term  debt or long-term
debt of the  Company  or any  Subsidiaries  nor any  change  or any  development
involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management,
financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company
and  its  Subsidiaries,  otherwise  than as set  forth  or  contemplated  in the
Prospectus,  the  effect of which,  in any such  case,  is in your  judgment  so
material and adverse as to make it  impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with
the public offering or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner
contemplated in the Prospectus.

     (i) Between the date hereof and such Delivery Date there shall have been no
declaration of war by the Government of the United States; on such Delivery Date
there shall not have  occurred any material  adverse  change in the financial or
securities  markets in the United States or in political,  financial or economic
conditions  in the United  States or any  outbreak  or  material  escalation  of
hostilities or other calamity or crisis,  the effect of which is such as to make
it, in the judgment of the  Representatives,  impracticable to market the Shares
or to  enforce  contracts  for the  resale of  Shares  and no event  shall  have
occurred resulting in (i) trading in securities  generally on the New York Stock
Exchange  (the  "NYSE")  or in the Common  Stock on NASDAQ  being  suspended  or
limited or minimum or maximum prices being generally  established on the NYSE or
NASDAQ, or (ii) additional material governmental  restrictions,  not in force on
the date of this Agreement,  being imposed upon trading in securities  generally
by the NASD or in the Common  Stock on NASDAQ or by order of the  Commission  or
any court or other governmental authority, or (iii) a general banking moratorium
being declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

     (j) At the Closing Date and, as to the Option  Shares,  the Option  Closing
Date, there shall be furnished to the  Representatives an accurate  certificate,
dated the date of its delivery,  signed by each of the Chief  Executive  Officer
and the President of the Company, in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory
to the Representatives, to the effect that:

          (i)  Each  signer  of such  certificate  has  carefully  examined  the
     Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  and (A) as of the date of such
     certificate,  (x) the  Registration  Statement  does not contain any untrue
     statement of a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements  therein not
     misleading and (y) the Prospectus does not contain any untrue  statement of
     a material  fact or omit to state a  material  fact  required  to be stated
     therein or necessary in order to make the

                                       21

<PAGE>



     statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they were
     made, not misleading and (B) since the Effective Date no event has occurred
     as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement  the Prospectus
     in order to make the  statements  therein not untrue or  misleading  in any
     material respect;

          (ii)  Each  of the  representations  and  warranties  of  the  Company
     contained in this Agreement  were,  when  originally  made, and are, at the
     time such  certificate  is  delivered,  true and  correct  in all  material
     respects; and

          (iii) Each of the  covenants  required  herein to be  performed by the
     Company on or prior to the date of such  certificate has been duly,  timely
     and fully performed and each condition  herein required to be complied with
     by the  Company on or prior to the  delivery of such  certificate  has been
     duly, timely and fully complied with.

     (k) The Company  shall have  delivered to you evidence that the Shares have
been authorized for quotation on NASDAQ upon notice of issuance.

     (l) At the Closing Date,  and as to the Option  Shares,  the Option Closing
Date, there shall be furnished to the  Representatives,  a certificate from MRC,
signed by MRC, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

          (i) He has  carefully  examined  the  Registration  Statement  and the
     Prospectus and (A) as of the date of such certificate, (x) the Registration
     Statement does not contain any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit
     to state a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary  in
     order to make the statements  therein not misleading and (y) the Prospectus
     does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
     material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary in order to make
     the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
     made, not misleading and (B) since the Effective Date no event has occurred
     as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement  the Prospectus
     in order to make the  statements  therein not untrue or  misleading  in any
     material respect;

          (ii) Each of the  representations  and  warranties of MRC contained in
     this  Agreement  were,  when  originally  made,  and are,  at the time such
     certificate is delivered, true and correct in all material respects; and

          (iii) Each of the covenants  required herein to be performed by MRC on
     or prior to the date of such  certificate  has been duly,  timely and fully
     performed and each condition  herein required to be complied with by MRC on
     or prior to the  delivery  of such  certificate  has been duly,  timely and
     fully complied with.

                                       22

<PAGE>



     8. (a) The Company and MRC, jointly and severally,  will indemnify and hold
harmless each  Underwriter  for any losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities to
which such Underwriter may become subject,  under the Act or otherwise,  insofar
as such losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
arise  out of or are based  upon (i) any  untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue
statement  of a material  fact  contained  in any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus,  or  any  amendment  or  supplement
thereto,  or  filed  with  the  Commission  or  any  securities  association  or
securities  exchange  (each,  an  "Application"),  or the  omission  or  alleged
omission  to state  therein a material  fact  required  to be stated  therein or
necessary to make the statements  made therein not  misleading,  (ii) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement made by the Company or MRC in Section 1 of
this  Agreement,  or (iii) the  employment  by the Company or MRC of any device,
scheme or artifice to defraud, or the engaging by the Company or MRC in any act,
practice or course of  business  which  operates or would  operate as a fraud or
deceit,  or any  conspiracy  with respect  thereto,  in which the Company or MRC
shall  participate,  in  connection  with  the  issuance  and sale of any of the
Shares,  and will  reimburse  each  Underwriter  for any legal or other expenses
reasonably  incurred  by such  Underwriter  in  connection  with  investigating,
preparing  to  defend,  defending  or  appearing  as a  third-party  witness  in
connection with any such action or claim;  provided,  however,  that neither the
Company  or MRC shall be liable  in any such  case to the  extent  that any such
loss,  claim,  damage  or  liability  arises  out of or is based  upon an untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged  omission  relating
to  any  Underwriter  made  in  any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Registration
Statement,  or the Prospectus or such amendment or supplement or any Application
in reliance upon and in  conformity  with written  information  furnished to the
Company by such Underwriter  expressly for use therein;  and provided,  further,
that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8(a) with respect to any
Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter (or any
persons controlling such Underwriter) on account of any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or litigation arising from the sale of Shares to any person, if such
Underwriter  fails to send or give a copy of the Prospectus,  as the same may be
then  supplemented or amended,  to such person,  within the time required by the
Act and the untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact contained in such  Preliminary  Prospectus was
corrected in the Prospectus,  unless such failure is the result of noncompliance
by the Company with Section 5(b) hereof.

     The  indemnity  agreement  in this Section 8(a) shall be in addition to any
liability which the Company and MRC may otherwise have and shall extend upon the
same terms and conditions to each person,  if any, who controls any  Underwriter
within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act.

          (b) Each  Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and
MRC against any losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities to which the Company or
MRC may become  subject,  under the Act or  otherwise,  insofar as such  losses,
claims,  damages

                                       23

<PAGE>



or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
Preliminary  Prospectus,  the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus,  or any
amendment or  supplement  thereto,  or any  Application,  or arise out of or are
based upon the  omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue
statement or alleged untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission was made
in any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the Registration  Statement,  the Prospectus or
such  amendment  or  supplement  or any  Application  in  reliance  upon  and in
conformity with written information furnished by such Underwriter to the Company
through the  Representatives  relating  to such  Underwriter  expressly  for use
therein,  and will reimburse the Company and MRC for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending
any such action or claim.

          The  indemnity  agreement in this Section 8(b) shall be in addition to
any liability which the Underwriters  may otherwise have and shall extend,  upon
the same terms and  conditions,  to each  officer and director of the Company or
MRC and to each  person,  if any,  who  controls  the  Company or MRC within the
meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act.

          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under Section 8(a)
or 8(b) of notice of the commencement of any action  (including any governmental
investigation),  such indemnified  party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is
to be made  against the  indemnifying  party under such  subsection,  notify the
indemnifying party in writing of the commencement  thereof;  but the omission so
to notify the  indemnifying  party shall not relieve it from any liability which
it may have to any  indemnified  party under  Section 8(a) or 8(b) except to the
extent it was unaware of such  action and has been  prejudiced  in any  material
respect  by  such  failure  or  from  any  liability  which  it may  have to any
indemnified  party  otherwise  than under such Section 8(a) or 8(b). In case any
such action shall be brought against any  indemnified  party and it shall notify
the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall
be  entitled  to  participate  therein  and,  to the extent  that it shall wish,
jointly with any other  indemnifying  party  similarly  notified,  to assume the
defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after
notice from the indemnifying  party to such indemnified party of its election so
to assume the defense  thereof,  the  indemnifying  party shall not be liable to
such  indemnified  party under such  subsection  for any legal or other expenses
subsequently  incurred by such indemnified  party in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

          If, however,  (i) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment
of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party or
(ii) an indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that representation of
such indemnified  party and the indemnifying  party by the same counsel would be
inappropriate

                                       24

<PAGE>



under  applicable  standards of professional  conduct due to actual or potential
differing  interests  between  them and the  indemnified  party so notifies  the
indemnifying  party,  then the  indemnified  party  shall be  entitled to employ
counsel different from counsel for the indemnifying  party at the expense of the
indemnifying party and the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume
the  defense  of such  indemnified  party.  In no event  shall the  indemnifying
parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to
local counsel) for all indemnified  parties in connection with any one action or
separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction  arising out of
the same set of allegations or circumstances.  The counsel with respect to which
fees and  expenses  shall be so  reimbursed  shall be  designated  in writing by
Schroder & Co. Inc. in the case of parties indemnified  pursuant to Section 8(a)
and by the  Company  and MRC in the  case of  parties  indemnified  pursuant  to
Section  8(b).  If at any time an  indemnified  party  shall have  requested  an
indemnifying  party to reimburse the indemnified  party for fees and expenses of
counsel to which such indemnified  party is entitled under Section 8(a) or 8(b),
the indemnifying  party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any
proceeding  effected  without  its  written  consent if (i) such  settlement  is
entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such  indemnifying  party of the
aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the
indemnified  party in  accordance  with such  request  prior to the date of such
settlement.  No indemnifying  party shall,  without the prior written consent of
the  indemnified  party,  effect any  settlement  of any  pending or  threatened
proceeding  in  respect of which any  indemnified  party is or could have been a
party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified  party,
unless such settlement  includes an  unconditional  release of such  indemnified
party  from  all  liability  on  claims  that  are the  subject  matter  of such
proceeding.

          (d) In order to provide for just and equitable  contribution under the
Act in any case in which (i) any  Underwriter  (or any person who  controls  any
Underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act) makes a claim for
indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof, but it is judicially determined
(by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction
and the  expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal)
that such  indemnification may not be enforced in such case  notwithstanding the
fact  that  Section  8(a)  provides  for  indemnification  in such  case or (ii)
contribution under the Act may be required on the part of any Underwriter or any
such controlling  person in circumstances for which  indemnification is provided
under Section 8(b), then, and in each such case, each  indemnifying  party shall
contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they
may be subject as an  indemnifying  party  hereunder  (after  contribution  from
others) in such  proportion as is appropriate  to reflect the relative  benefits
received  by the  Company  and MRC on the one hand and the  Underwriters  on the
other from the offering of the Shares. If, however,  the allocation  provided by
the immediately  preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the
indemnified  party failed to give the notice  required under Section 8(c) above,
then each indemnifying  party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by
such indemnified  party in such proportion as is appropriate to

                                       25

<PAGE>



reflect  not only such  relative  benefits  but also the  relative  fault of the
Company and MRC on the one hand and the  Underwriters on the other in connection
with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,  claims, damages
or liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof),  as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and MRC
on the one hand and the  Underwriters  on the other shall be deemed to be in the
same  proportion  as the total net  proceeds  from the  offering  of the  Shares
purchased  under this  Agreement  (before  deducting  expenses)  received by the
Company  and MRC  bear  to the  total  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions
received by the  Underwriters  with respect to the Shares  purchased  under this
Agreement,  in each  case as set  forth in the  table on the  cover  page of the
Prospectus.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged  omission to state a material  fact  relates to  information
supplied by the Company or MRC on the one hand or the  Underwriters on the other
and  the  parties'  relative  intent,  knowledge,   access  to  information  and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company,  MRC
and  the  Underwriters  agree  that  it  would  not be  just  and  equitable  if
contributions  pursuant  to  this  Section  8(d)  were  determined  by pro  rata
allocation or by any other method of allocation (even if the  Underwriters  were
treated  as one  entity for such  purpose)  which  does not take  account of the
equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 8(d). The amount paid
or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or
liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof)  referred to above in this Section
8(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses  reasonably incurred
by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such
action or  claim.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this  Section  8(d),  no
Underwriter  shall be required to contribute  any amount in excess of the amount
by which the total price at which the Shares  underwritten by it and distributed
to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which
such  Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of a
fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section  11(f) of the Act)
shall be  entitled  to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this Section 8(d)
to  contribute  are  several  in  proportion  to their  respective  underwriting
obligations and not joint.

          (e) Promptly after receipt by any party to this Agreement of notice of
the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding,  such party will, if a claim
for  contribution  in respect  thereof is to be made against  another party (the
"contributing  party"),  notify  the  contributing  party  of  the  commencement
thereof,  but the omission so to notify the contributing  party will not relieve
it from any  liability  which it may have to any other  party  for  contribution
under the Act  except to the extent it was  unaware of such  action and has been
prejudiced in any material  respect by such failure or from any liability  which
it may have to any other  party  other than for  contribution  under the Act. In
case any such action,  suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such
party  notifies  a

                                       26

<PAGE>



contributing party of the commencement  thereof,  the contributing party will be
entitled  to  participate  therein  with  the  notifying  party  and  any  other
contributing party similarly notified.

     9. (a) If, on either  Delivery Date, any  Underwriter  shall default in its
obligation  to  purchase  the  Shares  which it has agreed to  purchase  on such
Delivery Date, the  Representatives  may in their discretion arrange for them or
another party or other  parties to purchase  such Shares on the terms  contained
herein.  If the aggregate  principal  amount of Shares as to which  Underwriters
default  on either  Delivery  Date is more than  one-eleventh  of the  aggregate
principal  amount of all Shares to be purchased on such Delivery Date and within
36 hours  after  such  default by any  Underwriter  the  Representatives  do not
arrange for the purchase of such Shares which such defaulting Underwriter agreed
but failed to purchase,  then the Company shall be entitled to a further  period
of 36 hours within which to procure another party or other parties  satisfactory
to the Representatives to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that,
within the respective prescribed periods, the Representatives notify the Company
that the  Representatives  have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares,  or
the  Company  notifies  the  Representatives  that  it has so  arranged  for the
purchase of such Shares, the Representatives or the Company shall have the right
to postpone  such  Delivery  Date for a period of not more than seven  days,  in
order  to  effect  whatever  changes  may  thereby  be  made  necessary  in  the
Registration   Statement  or  the  Prospectus  or  in  any  other  documents  or
arrangements,  and the Company  agrees to file  promptly any  amendments  to the
Registration   Statement  or  the  Prospectus   which  in  the  opinion  of  the
Representatives may thereby be made necessary. The term "Underwriter" as used in
this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like
effect as if such  person had  originally  been a party to this  Agreement  with
respect to such Shares.

          (b) If, after giving  effect to any  arrangements  for the purchase of
the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives
or the  Company or both as  provided  in  subsection  (a) above,  the  aggregate
principal  amount of such Shares of such defaulting  Underwriter or Underwriters
which remain unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate principal
amount of all the Shares to be purchased on such Delivery Date, then the Company
shall have the right to require each  nondefaulting  Underwriter to purchase the
principal amount of the Shares which such  nondefaulting  Underwriter  agreed to
purchase hereunder and, in addition,  to require each nondefaulting  Underwriter
to purchase  its pro rata share (based on the  principal  amount of Shares which
such nondefaulting  Underwriter  agreed to purchase  hereunder) of the Shares of
such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not
been made;  but nothing  herein  shall  relieve a  defaulting  Underwriter  from
liability for its default.

          (c) If, after giving  effect to any  arrangements  for the purchase of
the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives or
the

                                       27

<PAGE>



Company as provided in subsection (a) above,  the aggregate  principal amount of
such  Shares  of  such  defaulting  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  which  remain
unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all Shares
to be purchased on such Delivery  Date, or if the Company shall not exercise the
right described in subsection (b) above to require  non-defaulting  Underwriters
to  purchase  Shares of a  defaulting  Underwriter  or  Underwriters,  then this
Agreement  shall  thereupon  terminate  without  liability  on the  part  of any
nondefaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by
the  Company  and the  Underwriters  as  provided  in  Section 6 hereof  and the
indemnity  agreement in Section 8 hereof;  but nothing  herein  shall  relieve a
defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

     10. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and
other  statements of the Company and the several  Underwriters,  as set forth in
this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them,  respectively,  pursuant to this
Agreement,   shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect,   regardless   of  any
investigation  (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf
of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company,
or an  officer or  director  or  controlling  person of the  Company,  and shall
survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

     11. This Agreement shall become effective (a) if the Registration Statement
has not heretofore become effective, at the earlier of 12:00 Noon, New York City
time, on the first full business day after the  Registration  Statement  becomes
effective, or at such time after the Registration Statement becomes effective as
the  Representatives  may  authorize the sale of the Shares to the public by the
Underwriters or other securities dealers,  or (b) if the Registration  Statement
has heretofore become effective,  at the earlier of 24 hours after the filing of
the Prospectus  with the Commission or at such time as the  Representatives  may
authorize the sale of the Shares to the public by the Underwriters or securities
dealers,  unless,  prior to any such  time (i) the  Representatives  shall  have
received  notice from the Company that it elects that this  Agreement  shall not
become  effective,  or (ii) the  Representatives  shall have given notice to the
Company that the Underwriters  have elected that this Agreement shall not become
effective;  provided, however, that the provisions of this Section and Section 6
and Section 8 hereof shall at all times be effective.

     If this Agreement shall be terminated  pursuant to Section 9 hereof,  or if
this  Agreement,  by election of the  Underwriters,  shall not become  effective
pursuant to the provisions of this Section,  the Company shall not then be under
any liability to any  Underwriter  except as provided in Section 6 and Section 8
hereof, but if this Agreement becomes effective and is not so terminated but the
Shares  are not  delivered  by or on behalf of the  Company as  provided  herein
because the  Company  has been unable for any reason  beyond its control and not
due to any default by it to comply  with the terms and  conditions  hereof,  the
Company will  reimburse the  Underwriters  through the  Representatives  for all
out-of-pocket expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, actually or
reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase,
sale and delivery of the Shares,  but the Company shall then be

                                       28

<PAGE>



under no further  liability to the Underwriters  except as provided in Section 6
and  Section  8  hereof  and in no event  will  the  Company  be  liable  to the
Underwriters for any loss of anticipated profits from transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement.

     12. The  statements set forth in the last paragraph on the front cover page
of the  Prospectus,  the  paragraph on the inside front cover of the  Prospectus
containing  stabilization  language and the third and sixth paragraphs under the
caption  "Underwriting"  in  the  Prospectus  constitute  the  only  information
furnished  by any  Underwriter  through the  Representatives  to the Company for
purposes of Sections 1(b), 1(c) and 8 hereof.

     13. In all dealings hereunder,  the Representatives  shall act on behalf of
each of the  Underwriters,  and the parties  hereto shall be entitled to act and
rely  upon  any  statement,  request,  notice  or  agreement  on  behalf  of any
Underwriter  made or given by the  Representatives  jointly or by Schroder & Co.
Inc. on behalf of the Representatives.

     All  statements,   requests,  notices  and  agreements  hereunder,   unless
otherwise  specified  in this  Agreement,  shall be in  writing  and,  if to the
Underwriters,   shall  be  delivered  or  sent  by  mail,   telex  or  facsimile
transmission  (subsequently  confirmed by delivery or by letter sent by mail) to
the  Representatives  in care of Schroder & Co. Inc. at  Equitable  Center,  787
Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, Attention:  Syndicate Department;  and
if to the  Company,  shall  be  delivered  or sent by mail,  telex or  facsimile
transmission  (subsequently  confirmed by delivery or by letter sent by mail) to
the address of the Company set forth in the Registration  Statement,  Attention:
Chief Executive Officer;  provided,  however, that any notice to any Underwriter
pursuant to Section 8(d) hereof  shall be  delivered  or sent by mail,  telex or
facsimile transmission  (subsequently confirmed by delivery or by letter sent by
mail)  to  such  Underwriter  at its  address  set  forth  in its  Underwriters'
Questionnaire,  or telex constituting such Questionnaire,  which address will be
supplied  to  the  Company  by  Schroder  & Co.  Inc.  upon  request.  Any  such
statements,  requests,  notices or  agreements  shall take effect at the time of
receipt thereof.

     14. This  Agreement  shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit
of, the  Underwriters,  the Company and, to the extent provided in Section 8 and
Section 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who
controls the Company or any Underwriter,  and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators,  successors  and assigns,  and no other person shall  acquire or
have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  No purchaser of any of the
Shares  from any  Underwriter  shall be deemed a  successor  or assign by reason
merely of such purchase.

     15. Time shall be of the essence of this  Agreement.  As used  herein,  the
term  "business  day"  shall  mean  any day  when  the  Commission's  office  in
Washington, D.C. is open for business.

                                       29

<PAGE>



     16. THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT  GIVING EFFECT TO THE  CONFLICTS OF LAWS  PRINCIPLES
THEREOF.





                                       30

<PAGE>



     17. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto
in any number of counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original,
but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
If the  foregoing  is in  accordance  with your  understanding,  please sign and
return to us two counterparts  hereof.  It is understood that your acceptance of
this letter on behalf of each of the  Underwriters  is pursuant to the authority
set forth in a form of  Agreement  Among  Underwriters,  manually  or  facsimile
executed  counterparts  of which,  to the extent  practicable  and upon request,
shall be submitted to the Company for examination,  but without warranty on your
part as to the authority of the signers thereof.  Upon the acceptance  hereof by
you, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement
among you and the Company.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS
                                               INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Michael R. Cunningham

                                             Accepted as of the date hereof:

                                             SCHRODER & CO. INC.
                                             PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES

                                                      By:  SCHRODER & CO. INC.

                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

                                                   Acting     on    behalf    of
                                                   themselves    and    as   the
                                                   Representatives  of the other
                                                   several Underwriters named in
                                                   Schedule I hereto.

                                       31

<PAGE>



                                                                      SCHEDULE I

                                  UNDERWRITERS

                                                                    Number
                                                                of Firm Shares
                                                                to be Purchased
                                                                ---------------

Schroder & Co. Inc. ..........................................    1,050,000

Prudential Securities.........................................    1,050,000



     Total....................................................    2,100,000
                                                                  =========




<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                  SUBSIDIARIES

         Cunningham Graphics, Inc.
         Roda Limited
         Roda Print Concepts Limited (a subsidiary of Roda Limited)





                                      A-1


<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT B

____________ __, 1998

SCHRODER & CO. INC.
PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES
As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o Schroder & Co. Inc.
     Equitable Center
     787 Seventh Avenue
     New York, New York  10019-6016

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     In order to induce the several  Underwriters,  for whom  Shroder & Co. Inc.
and Prudential Securities are acting as representatives to underwrite a proposed
initial public offering (the "Offering") of shares of common stock, no par value
per share (the "Common Stock") of Cunningham Graphics International, Inc., a New
Jersey corporation (the "Company"),  as contemplated by a registration statement
filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on Form S-1 (Registration No.
333-46541),  the  undersigned  hereby  agrees  that the  undersigned  will  not,
directly or indirectly,  for a period of 180 days after the  commencement of the
Offering,  without the prior  written  consent of Schroder & Co. Inc.,  offer to
sell, sell,  contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose
(or  announce  any  offer,  sale,  grant  of any  option  to  purchase  or other
disposition) of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable  for shares of Common  Stock  (except  that the  Company  may grant
options to purchase or award shares of Common Stock under its stock option plans
and issue privately placed shares in connection with any acquisitions).

     This  letter  shall have no further  force or effect if the Company and the
Underwriters  shall not have  executed and delivered an  underwriting  agreement
related to the Offering by [_______ __, 1998] or if any  underwriting  agreement
entered into by such parties  shall be terminated  prior to the initial  closing
date provided for therein.

     This letter agreement shall not prohibit the undersigned from  transferring
any shares of Common  Stock to members  of his or her  immediate  family or to a
trust for their  benefit,  provided that such persons or trust agree to be bound
by the terms hereof.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                 Name:




                                      B-1


                   DATED                                     1998






                           (1) P. FURLONGE and OTHERS

                          (2) CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.






                             SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------








                                     Mundays
                                   Crown House
                                   Church Road
                                 Claygate, Esher
                                 Surrey KT10 0LP

                             Telephone: 01372 809000

                               Ref: RAP/RAF/R13553

                                                         
<PAGE>



                             SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is made the         day of March 1998
BETWEEN

(1)  The  several  persons who  respective  names and  addresses  are set out in
     column 1 of the Schedule  hereto other than the Trustees  ("the  Vendors");
     and

(2)  CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS,  INC. a corporation  organised  under the laws of the
     State of New Jersey, USA ("the Purchaser").

And is supplemental to an agreement dated 16th January 1998 and made between the
Vendors  (other than the  trustees as  hereinafter  defined)  and the  Purchaser
("the Main Agreement").

WHEREAS

(A)  Under the Main  Agreement the Vendors  (other than the Trustees)  agreed to
     sell to the Purchaser, subject to the fulfilment of certain conditions, the
     entire issued share capital of Roda Limited ("the Company").

(B)  Subsequent to the Main Agreement and contemporaneously  with the signing of
     this  Agreement,  the share  capital of the  Company  has been  reorganised
     pursuant to  resolutions  in the agreed terms and P.  Furlonge,  one of the
     Vendors,  has transferred  certain shares of the Company to the Trustees No
     1.

(C)  The parties to the Main  Agreement and the Trustees have agreed to vary the
     Main Agreement as set out in this Supplemental Agreement.

(D)  The Main Agreement remains conditional at the date hereof.

                                       1

<PAGE>



NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1.   Definitions
     -----------

1.1  Definitions in the Main Agreement  shall,  save as varied herein,  have the
     same meaning in this agreement.

1.2  References  to  Schedule  1 in the Main  Agreement  shall be  deemed  to be
     references to the Schedule to this supplemental agreement.

1.3  "Trustees No 1" means N.H.  Furlonge and M.C.P.  Furlonge,  the trustees of
     the Peter Furlonge Family Trust.

1.4  "Trustees No 2" means N.H.  Furlonge,  P.L. Furlonge and M.C.P.  Furlonge,
     the trustees of the Peter Furlonge Life Interest Trust.

1.5  "Trustees" means Trustees No 1 and Trustees No 2.


2.   Variations to the Main Agreement
     --------------------------------

2.1  There  shall be  deemed  to be  incorporated  into the Main  Agreement  the
     following amendments and variations:-

     2.1.1 Page 1
           ------- 
          The  existing  recital  (A)  shall  be  deleted  and  there  shall  be
          substituted therefor the following:-

               (A) Roda Limited ("the Company"), a company registered in England
                   with  number  3243754  has an  authorised  share  capital  of
                   (Pound) 1,020,000 divided into 115,415 "A" Ordinary Shares of
                   (Pound) 0.50 each,  1,800,000 "B" Ordinary  Shares of (Pound)
                   0.50 each,  84,585 "C"  Ordinary  Shares of (Pound) 0.50 each
                   and 2,000,000 New Preference Shares of 1p each of which

                                       2

<PAGE>

                    all of the said "A" Ordinary Shares, 200,000 of the said "B"
                    Ordinary  Shares  and all of the  "C"  Ordinary  Shares  are
                    issued  and fully  paid or  credited  as fully  paid and are
                    owned by the  shareholders of the Company in the proportions
                    shown  opposite  their  respective  names  in  column  2  of
                    Schedule 1. None of the New Preference  Shares have yet been
                    issued.

     2.1.2 Page 2
           ------- 
          The definition of "A Ordinary Shares" shall be deleted and there shall
          be substituted therefor the following:-

               "A  Ordinary  Shares"  The  115,415  issued A Ordinary  Shares of
               (Pound) 0.50 each in the capital of the Company.

     2.1.3 Page 3
           ------- 
          There shall be inserted a new definition as following:-

               "C  Ordinary  Shares"  The  84,585  issued C  Ordinary  Shares of
               (Pound) 0.50 each in the capital of the Company.

     2.1.4 Page 6
           ------- 
          There shall be inserted a new definition as follows:-

               "New Preference Shares" The 2,000,000 unissued  Preference Shares
               of 1p each in the capital of the Company.

     2.1.5 Page 7
            ------- 
          The  definition  of  "Shares"  shall be  deleted  and  there  shall be
          substituted therefor the following:

               - "Shares"               Together the A Ordinary Shares and
                                        the B Ordinary Shares;

     2.1.6 Page 10
            ------- 
          In clause 2.2 the date "15 May 1998" shall be  substituted in place of
          the date "30 April 1998".

                                       3
<PAGE>

     2.1.7 Page 11 
           -------
                 
          In clauses 4.1 and 4.1.2, the figure of US$8,147,500  shall be deleted
          and there shall be substituted the figure of US$6,309,755.

     2.1.8 Page 20
           -------  

          There shall be inserted a new clause 11.5 as follows:-


            11.5    P. Furlonge shall procure that at completion the Trustees No
                    1 and  the  Trustees  No 2  shall  enter  into  a  power  of
                    attorney,  and a deed of guarantee of the  liabilities of P.
                    Furlonge  hereunder,  in the agreed terms,  and provision of
                    such  powers  and   guarantees   shall  be  a  condition  of
                    Completion  as if the same was  required  pursuant to clause
                    5.2.  Notwithstanding  clause 11.1,  P. Furlonge may satisfy
                    his obligation to deposit moneys in the Retention account by
                    procuring  that the  Trustees No 2 place into the  Retention
                    Account 132,000 New Preference Shares on terms that any sums
                    to  be  paid  by P.  Furlonge  to  the  Purchaser  from  the
                    Retention  Account  shall  be  satisfied  by the sale to the
                    Purchaser  by the  Trustees  No 2 at  0.0001  pence  per New
                    Preference  Share of such  number of New  Preference  Shares
                    whose total redemption price (including premium) shall equal
                    the  liability of P.  Furlonge to be paid from the Retention
                    Account. If and to the extent that New Preference Shares are
                    transferred to the Purchaser after  Completion,  pursuant to
                    Article  7A of  the  new  Articles  of  Association  of  the
                    Company, the moneys payable shall be paid into the Retention
                    Account  first to the extent  necessary to ensure that there
                    has been  deposited on behalf of P.  Furlonge a sum equal to
                    (Pound) 132,000 less any amounts  paid out of the  Retention
                    Account  by way of  transfer  of New  Preference  Shares  in
                    satisfaction  of  an  obligation  to  make  payment  to  the
                    Purchaser


                                       4
<PAGE>


                    as described above. Each Vendor undertakes (insofar as he is
                    able to do so) to procure  that no person is approved by the
                    Board of the  Company  as an  Approved  Purchaser  under the
                    Company's New Articles of Association  save for the Trustees
                    No 2.

     2.1.9 Pages 31 and 32
           ---------------

          Schedule 1 shall be deleted  and there shall be  substituted  therefor
          the Schedule to this Agreement.

     2.1.10 Page 71
            -------

          In clause 3.1, the second sentence shall be replaced by the following

          "Proportionate Part" means in respect of each Vendor the proportion of
          the Claim  which is the same as the amount  shown  against his name as
          Notional  Consideration  in column 7 of  Schedule 1  received  by each
          Vendor bears to the total of such Notional Consideration shown against
          the names of all the Vendors.

     2.1.11 Page 72
            -------

          In Clause 3.2(a) there shall be inserted  after the words clause 4.1.2
          "plus in the  case of each  Vendor  the  difference  between  Notional
          Consideration  shown in column 7 of Schedule 1 and Total Consideration
          shown in column 3 of the same Schedule".

3        Agreements to be taken together
         -------------------------------


3.1  The Main Agreement and this Supplemental  Agreement shall be taken together
     and construed as one and, save as varied hereby, the provisions of the Main
     Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

AS WITNESS the hands of the parties hereto the day and year first above written.

                                       5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                  THE SCHEDULE

<S>                                          <C>                                          <C>                     <C>     
(1) NAME & ADDRESS                          (2) NUMBER OF SHARES HELD              (3) TOTAL             (4) NUMBER OF        
                                                                                   CONSIDERATION         CONSIDERATION SHARES 
                                            "A"          "B"          "C"

                                            ORDINARY     ORDINARY     ORDINARY


P L Furlonge of Castle Farm, Mountfield,     95,415                                       2,073,055               128,323 
East Sussex,
TW32 5JV

R J Elman of 1 Bickenhall Mansions,            ----          952                             87,292                   624 
Bickenhall Street, London W1H 3LF

Stelby Holdings Limited, P O Box 641,          ----       30,000                            559,896                 3,999 
1  Seaton Place, St. Helier, Jersey

Central Investments Limited, La Motte          ----      134,286                          2,506,208                17,901 
Chambers, La Motte Street, St. Helier,
Jersey

The Naggar Family Pension Scheme, c/o 15       ----       30,000                            559,896                 3,999 
Grosvenor Gardens, London SW1W 0BD

M L Tagliaferri of 4 Motcomb Street,           ----        3,810                             71,107                   508
London SW1


(1) NAME & ADDRESS                            (5) PAR VALUE OF     (6) RETENTION      (7) NOTIONAL
                                              LOAN NOTES HELD      ACCOUNT            CONSIDERATION


<CAPTION>



<S>                                         <C>                       <C>              <C>
P L Furlonge of Castle Farm, Mountfield,       ----               (Pound) 132,000      3,910,800
East Sussex,                                                 
TW32 5JV                                                     
R J Elman of 1 Bickenhall Mansions,           4,048               (Pound)   2,946         87,292
Bickenhall Street, London W1H 3LF                                          
                                                                           
Stelby Holdings Limited, P O Box 641,       127,500               (Pound)  18,898        559,896
1  Seaton Place, St. Helier, Jersey                                        
                                                                           
Central Investments Limited, La Motte       570,714               (Pound)  84,591      2,506,208
Chambers, La Motte Street, St. Helier,                                     
Jersey                                                                     
                                            127,500               (Pound)  18,898        559,896 
The Naggar Family Pension Scheme, c/o 15                                     
Grosvenor Gardens, London SW1W 0BD                                         
                                              
M L Tagliaferri of 4 Motcomb Street,         16,190               (Pound)   2,400         71,107
London SW1

</TABLE>



                                       6


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                <C>                                         <C>                               <C>                      <C>  
(1) NAME & ADDRESS                          (2) NUMBER OF SHARES HELD              (3) TOTAL             (4) NUMBER OF         
                                                                                   CONSIDERATION         CONSIDERATION SHARES  
                                                                                                                               

                                                     "A"        "B"         "C"
                                        
                                                   ORDINARY  ORDINARY    ORDINARY

M D Moriarty and Mrs J Moriarty both of            ----          382                              7,130                    51  
11 Carleton Gardens, Brecknock Road,                             570                             10,638                    76  
London N19 5AQ

G Harvey of George Harvey & Associates           20,000         ----                            434,533                14,258  
Limited, Mountford House, Britton Street,
London EC1M 5NY

Nicholas Hill Furlonge and Maria Christa           ----                    84,585
Petra Furlonge (trustees of  Peter
Furlonge Family Trust)

TOTAL                                           115,415      200,000       84,585             6,309,755               169,739  


<CAPTION>




(1) NAME & ADDRESS                          (5) PAR VALUE OF     (6)            (7) NOTIONAL
                                            LOAN NOTES HELD      RETENTION      CONSIDERATION
                                                                 ACCOUNT

                                            
                                            

                                            

                                            

M D Moriarty and Mrs J Moriarty both of         4,048      (Pound)     241              7,130
11 Carleton Gardens, Brecknock Road,             ----      (Pound)     359             10,638
London N19 5AQ

G Harvey of George Harvey & Associates           ----      (Pound)  14,667            434,533
Limited, Mountford House, Britton Street,
London EC1M 5NY

Nicholas Hill Furlonge and Maria Christa    
Petra Furlonge (trustees of  Peter
Furlonge Family Trust)

TOTAL                                         850,000      (Pound) 275,000          8,147,500

</TABLE>

                                       7


<PAGE>

SIGNED BY P.L. FURLONGE


SIGNED BY R.J. ELMAN


SIGNED BY
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF STELBY
HOLDINGS LIMITED


SIGNED BY
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF THE
NAGGAR FAMILY PENSION
SCHEME


SIGNED BY
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF
CENTRAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED


SIGNED BY M.L. TAGLIAFERRI


SIGNED BY M.D. MORIARTY


SIGNED BY J. MORIARTY


                                       8
<PAGE>



SIGNED BY G. HARVEY




SIGNED BY
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF CUNNINGHAM
GRAPHICS INC.


                                       9





                            REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT

     REORGANIZATION  AGREEMENT  made  as  of  January  30,  1998  by  and  among
CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS  INTERNATIONAL,  INC., a New Jersey  corporation  ("CGII"),
CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS,  INC., a New Jersey corporation ("CGI") and the individuals
identified on the signature page hereto as Stockholders (the "Stockholders").

                                    RECITALS:

     A. The Stockholders own all the issued and outstanding capital stock of CGI
(the "CGI Stock").

     B. In connection  with an initial  public  offering of  securities  and the
acquisition (the  "Acquisition") of Roda Limited, a corporation  organized under
the laws of England ("Roda"),  the Stockholders have determined that it would be
advisable to form a holding  company to own all of the capital  stock of CGI and
to acquire all the share capital of Roda.

     C. The parties wish to set forth their  agreement  regarding  the formation
and  organization  of CGII and the terms upon which they will  contribute  their
respective shares of CGI Stock to CGII.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, it is agreed as follows:

     1.   ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF INCORPORATION AND ORGANIZATION OF CGII.

          Each of the Stockholders  acknowledges that CGII has been incorporated
and organized by the filing of a certificate of  incorporation  and its adoption
of  organizational  resolutions,  which  have  been  made  available  to him for
examination.  The parties further  acknowledge that as of this date,  Michael R.
Cunningham is the sole stockholder of CGII,  having subscribed for one share for
a purchase price of $12.00.

     2.   CONTRIBUTION OF CGI STOCK.

          (a) Immediately  prior to the initial public offering (the "Offering")
of  common  stock  of CGII  (the  "Common  Stock")  pursuant  to a  Registration
Statement on Form S-1 declared  effective by the United  States  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,  each of the Stockholders agrees to contribute to CGII all
of his shares of CGI Stock (the "Reorganization").  In consideration  therefore,
the  Stockholders  shall  receive  shares of Common Stock and notes of CGII (the
"Exchange  Notes,"  and  together  with the  Distribution  Notes  referred to in
paragraph  5


<PAGE>



below, the "Reorganization Notes"). On the date of the Reorganization,  (i) each
of the  Stockholders  shall  deliver  to CGII his  certificate  or  certificates
representing CGI Stock duly endorsed for transfer and (ii) CGII shall deliver to
each of the Stockholders a certificate  representing  shares of the Common Stock
and  an  Exchange  Note  and  a  Distribution  Note  of  CGII  payable  to  such
Stockholder.

          (b) Each Stockholder acknowledges that he owns the number of shares of
CGI Stock and is entitled to receive in the  Reorganization the number of shares
of Common Stock and an Exchange Note in the principal  amount set forth opposite
his name on Schedule I hereto.  Each Stockholder  further  acknowledges that the
aggregate  principal amount of the Exchange Notes shall be determined as if CGII
were  to  issue  an   additional   200,000   shares  of  Common   Stock  in  the
Reorganization.  Accordingly,  each Stockholder shall be entitled to receive his
proportionate interest in the aggregate amount derived by multiplying 200,000 by
the initial public offering price of the Common Stock.

          (c) The  Reorganization  Notes are  non-interest  bearing  and have no
specified maturity date;  provided,  however,  it is intended that CGII will pay
the Reorganization Notes from the net proceeds of the Offering.  CGII shall have
the  right  to  offset   against  the   principal   amount  of  the   respective
Reorganization Notes any amounts due to CGI by the respective Stockholders.

          (d) Each  Stockholder  represents and warrants to CGII that (i) he has
good and  marketable  title to his  shares of CGI  Stock,  free and clear of all
liens and  encumbrances  of any kind;  (ii) he has the  absolute  right,  power,
authority  and  capacity to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and perform his
obligations hereunder; and (iii) this Agreement constitutes his legal, valid and
binding obligation, enforceable against him in accordance with its terms.

     3.   SECURITIES LAWS.

          Each of the Stockholders:

          (a)  represents and warrants that (i) he is acquiring the Common Stock
for  investment  purposes  only,  for his own  account and without a view to the
resale,  transfer or distribution thereof, (ii) he or his representative has had
access to the same kind of  information  concerning  CGII  that is  required  by
Schedule A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  to the extent
that  CGII  possesses  such  information;  and  (iii)  has  such  knowledge  and
experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of utilizing the
information that is available to him concerning CGII to evaluate the risk of his
investment  in  CGII  and  that he is able  to  bear  the  economic  risk of his
investment in the Common Stock.

          (b)  acknowledges  that he has been  advised that the shares of Common
Stock issued under this Agreement are not being  registered under any applicable
federal or state securities laws in reliance upon certain exemptions thereunder,
cannot  be resold  unless  they are  registered  under  those  laws or unless an
exemption from  registration  is available and will bear a legend to such effect
and, accordingly,  he may not be able to sell or otherwise dispose of the

                                       2

<PAGE>



shares when he wishes to do so. Each of the Stockholders  acknowledges  that the
reliance  of CGII and its  agents  upon  such  exemption  from  registration  is
predicated upon the foregoing representations.

          (c)  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock  will not be resold (i)
without  registration  thereof  under the Act  (unless  an  exemption  from such
registration is available and the Stockholder has provided to CGII an opinion of
counsel  reasonably  acceptable to CGII to such effect)  or (ii) in violation of
any law.

          (d) consents that the  certificate or  certificates  representing  the
Common Stock may be impressed with a legend  indicating  that the shares are not
registered under the Act and reciting that transfer thereof is restricted.

          (e) consents that stop transfer  instructions in respect of the shares
may be issued to any transfer  agent,  transfer clerk or other agent at any time
acting for CGII.

     4. TERMINATION OF SHAREHOLDERS'  AGREEMENT.  Each of Michael R. Cunningham,
Gordon Mays and Timothy  Mays agrees that  effective  upon the  consummation  of
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  the Shareholders' Agreement among
each of them and  Cunningham  Graphics,  Inc. dated as of June 13, 1991 shall be
canceled and of no further force and effect.

     5.  DISTRIBUTION OF S CORPORATION  TAXABLE INCOME.  CGI shall distribute to
the  Stockholders  the amounts in their  respective S  Corporation  "accumulated
adjustments  accounts"  immediately  prior  to the  Reorganization,  which,  for
purposes of this Agreement are estimated to be $2,200,000 in the aggregate. Such
distribution  shall be effected by CGI's issuance to each  Stockholder of a note
in the  respective  amounts set forth  opposite their names in Schedule I hereto
(each, a  "Distribution  Note").  In connection  with the  Reorganization,  CGII
hereby agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of CGI by issuing restated
Distribution  Notes. The Stockholders  agree to accept the Distribution Notes in
satisfaction of CGI's obligation to make payments of undistributed S Corporation
taxable income.

     6.  ASSIGNMENT  OF  RODA  AGREEMENT.  Contemporaneously  with  the  actions
described  in  paragraph  2(a) of this  Agreement,  CGI shall assign to CGII the
benefit of, and CGII shall perform the  obligations  of CGI under,  that certain
agreement  dated January 16, 1998, as amended,  providing for the acquisition of
all the  outstanding  capital stock of Roda (the "Roda  Agreement").  CGII shall
accordingly execute a Deed of Adherence as required pursuant to clause 18 of the
Roda Agreement.

     7. SURVIVAL AND REPRESENTATIONS. The representations and warranties made by
the  Stockholders  in this  Agreement  shall  survive  for a period  of one year
following the date of the Reorganization.

     8.  TERMINATION.  This Agreement shall terminate and the parties shall have
no further obligations  hereunder,  if the Offering has not occurred by June 30,
1998.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     9.  MODIFICATION.  No  modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless
such modification is in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

     10.  GOVERNING  LAW. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     11.   COUNTERPARTS.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts,  all of which  together  shall be  deemed to  constitute  a single
instrument.


                  [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]




                                       4

<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed  this  Agreement or
caused the same to be executed by their duly  authorized  representatives  as of
the day and year first above written.

                                         CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                             Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                             Title: President

                                         CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.

                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                             Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                             Title: President

                                         THE STOCKHOLDERS:


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Michael R. Cunningham


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Gordon Mays


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Timothy Mays


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         James J. Cunningham, Trustee


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         William J. Mays, Trustee


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         William Edward Shannon, Trustee


                                       5

<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       STOCKHOLDER           SHARES OF     SHARES OF COMMON     EXCHANGE(1)       AAA AS OF       DISTRIBUTION
                             CGI STOCK           STOCK              NOTE         DECEMBER 31          NOTE
       -----------           ---------     ----------------     -----------       ---------       ------------
<S>                               <C>               <C>            <C>               <C>             <C>     

Michael R. Cunningham               94            2,050,727      $1,896,432        $2,021,536      $1,738,400

Gordon Mays                      10.46              228,198         211,030           224,949         193,443

Timothy Mays                      7.60              165,803         153,330           163,443         140,551

James J. Cunningham,                 6              130,898         121,050           129,034         110,962
Trustee

William J. Mays, Trustee          0.45                9,817           9,079             9,678           8,322

William Edward Shannon,           0.45                9,817           9,079             9,678           8,322
Trustee

TOTALS                            118.96            2,595,260      $2,400,000        $2,558,318      $2,200,000
</TABLE>






- ----------
1    The  principal  amounts of the  Exchange  Notes  assumes an initial  public
     offering price of $12.00 per share



                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2

______________ NUMBER                                                     SHARES
                                                               CUSIP 231157 10 8

                                     [LOGO]

                     CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY

This certifies that

is the owner of






FULL PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, WITHOUT PAR VALUE, OF

                    CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

transferable  on the books of the  Corporation by the holder hereof in person or
by duly  authorized  Attorney,  upon  surrender  of this  Certificate,  properly
endorsed.  This Certificate is not valid until  countersigned  and registered by
the Transfer Agent and Registrar.  WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation
and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:



            [CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC. CORPORATE SEAL]


COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED

CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER AND TRUST COMPANY
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BY                   AUTHORIZED OFFICER

<PAGE>


     The  Corporation  will furnish  without charge to each  stockholder  who so
requests a  statement  of the  designations,  powers, preferences  and  relative
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof of the Corporation and the  qualifications,  limitations or restrictions
of such preferences  and/or rights.  Such request may be made to the Corporation
or the Transfer Agent.

         The following  abbreviations,  when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate,  shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>     <C>                                          <C>
         TEN COM - as tenants in common              UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - _________ Custodian_________________
         TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                            (Cust)               (Minor)
         JT  TEN - as joint tenants with right of                        under Uniform Gifts to Minors   
                      survivorship and not as tenants                    Act____________________________ 
                      in common                                                        (State)           

</TABLE>
                                                                         
     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

     For Value Received,  ____________________  hereby sell, assign and transfer
unto


     PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
     IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
     _______________________________________


     _______________________________________






________________________________________________________________________________
  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                                
________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________Shares
of the  capital  stock  represented  by the  within  Certificate,  and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint
                                                                                
________________________________________________________________________Attorney
to transfer  the said stock on the books of the within  named  Corporation  with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated_________________

                                     ___________________________________________
                           NOTICE:   THE  SIGNATURE  TO  THIS   ASSIGNMENT  MUST
                                     CORRESPOND  WITH THE NAME AS  WRITTEN  UPON
                                     THE  FACE  OF  THE   CERTIFICATE  IN  EVERY
                                     PARTICULAR,     WITHOUT    ALTERATION    OR
                                     ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER

Signature Guaranteed:


________________________________________________________________________________
THE  SIGNATURE(S)  SHOULD BE  GUARANTEED  BY AN ELIGIBLE  GUARANTOR  INSTITUTION
(BANKS,  STOCKBROKERS,  SAVINGS  AND LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS  AND CREDIT  UNIONS WITH
MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE  MEDALLION  PROGRAM),  PURSUANT TO
S.E.C. RULE 17Ad 15.




                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1

                     [GIBBONS, DEL DEO, DOLAN, GRIFFINGER &
                             VECCHIONE LETTERHEAD]


                                 April __, 1998


Cunningham Graphics International, Inc.
629 Grove Street
Jersey City, New Jersey 07310


Ladies and Gentlemen:

         You have requested our opinion with respect to the public  offering and
sale by you, Cunningham Graphics  International,  Inc., a New Jersey corporation
(the  "Company"),  pursuant  to  a  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (No.
333-46541)(the  "Registration  Statement")  under the Securities Act of 1993, as
amended  (the  "Act"),  of a maximum of  2,415,000  shares of Common  Stock (the
"Common Stock").

         We have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified
to our  satisfaction,  of such  documents and corporate and public records as we
deem necessary as a basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed. With respect to
such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures appearing on
all documents presented to us as originals,  and the conformity to the originals
of all  documents  presented  to us as  conformed or  reproduced  copies.  Where
factual matters relevant to such opinion were not independently established,  we
have relied upon certificates of appropriate state and local officials, and upon
certificates of executive  officers and responsible  employees and agents of the
Company.

         Based upon the  foregoing,  it is our opinion that the Common Stock has
been  duly  and  validly  authorized  and when  sold,  paid  for and  issued  as
contemplated by the  Registration  Statement will be duly and validly issued and
fully paid and nonassessable.


<PAGE>


Cunningham Graphics International, Inc.
April __, 1998
Page 2

         We hereby  consent to the use of this  opinion  as  Exhibit  5.1 to the
Registration Statement, and to the use of our name as your counsel in connection
with the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus forming a part thereof. In
giving  this  consent,  we do not  thereby  concede  that  we  come  within  the
categories  of persons whose consent is required by the Act or the General Rules
and Regulations promulgated thereunder.

                             Very truly yours,



                             Gibbons, Del Deo, Dolan, Griffinger & Vecchione
                                      A Professional Corporation 






                                                                    Exhibit 10.3

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          AGREEMENT  dated  as of  April  13,  1998  by and  between  CUNNINGHAM
GRAPHICS, INC., a New Jersey corporation,  with its principal offices located at
629 Grove Street, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310 (the "Company"),  and MICHAEL R.
CUNNINGHAM,  with an address at 10  Longview  Road,  Lebanon,  New Jersey  08833
("Employee");

                                R E C I T A L S:

          WHEREAS,  the Employee is the controlling  shareholder,  President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company; and

          WHEREAS,  the Company is contemplating a  reorganization,  by which it
will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cunningham Graphics International, Inc.
("CGII") and will be followed by an initial  public  offering of common stock by
CGII,  and wishes to memorialize  the terms of the Employee's  employment by the
Company prior to the consummation of such transactions;

          NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

1.  DEFINITIONS

          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:

     1.1  "AFFILIATE"  shall  mean  a  Person  which,  directly  or  indirectly,
controls,  is controlled by or is under common control with CGII or the Company,
and for purposes  hereof,  "control"  shall mean the ownership of 20% or more of
the voting interests of the Person in question.

     1.2 "BASIC SALARY" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section
5.1 of this Agreement.

     1.3  "BOARD"  shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  as duly
constituted from time to time. Any action of the Board hereunder with respect to
this  Agreement  shall  require the approval of a majority of the whole Board of
Directors of the Company.

     1.4  "BUSINESS"  shall mean the  business  conducted  by the Company or any
Subsidiary,  directly or indirectly,  including,  but not limited to, commercial
printing and services ancillary thereto.


<PAGE>




     1.5 "CAUSE" shall mean any of the following:

          (a) The conviction of Employee for a felony, or the willful commission
by  Employee of a criminal  act,  that in the  reasonable  judgment of the Board
causes or will  likely  cause  substantial  economic  damage to the  Company  or
substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company;

          (b) The  willful  commission  by  Employee  of an act of  fraud in the
performance of such Employee's  duties on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary;
or

          (c)  The  continuing  willful  failure  of  Employee  to  perform  the
substantive  duties of the Employee to the Company  (other than any such failure
resulting from  Employee's  incapacity due to physical or mental  illness) after
written notice thereof (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail)
and a  reasonable  opportunity  to be heard and cure such  failure  are given to
Employee by the Board.

          For  purposes  of this  subparagraph,  no act,  or failure to act,  on
Employee's  part shall be  considered  "willful"  unless done,  or omitted to be
done, by him not in good faith and without  reasonable belief that his action or
omission was in the best interests of the Company or a Subsidiary.

     1.6 "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean:

     (A) any "person"  (as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act")),  other than a trustee
or other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under an employee  benefit plan of the
Company or a  Subsidiary,  which becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company
representing  20% or more of the  combined  voting power of the  Company's  then
outstanding securities;

     (B) 33-1/3% of the Board of Directors  consists of  individuals  other than
the members of the Board of Directors on the  Commencement  Date (the "Incumbent
Directors");  provided,  however, that any person becoming a director subsequent
to such date whose  election or nomination for election was approved by at least
two-thirds  of the  directors  who at the time of such  election  or  nomination
comprised  the  Incumbent  Directors  shall for purposes of this  definition  be
considered an Incumbent Director;

     (C) the shareholders of the Company approve, or if no shareholder  approval
is  required or  obtained,  the Company  completes  a merger,  consolidation  or
similar  transaction  of the Company  with or into any other  corporation,  or a
binding share exchange involving the Company's securities occurs, other than any
such  transaction  which would  result in the voting  securities  of the Company
outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by
remaining  outstanding  or by being  converted  into  voting  securities  of the
surviving  entity)  at least  75% of the  combined  voting  power of the  voting
securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such transaction; or

                                       2

<PAGE>



     (D) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete  liquidation
of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all
or substantially all the Company's assets.

     1.7 "CODE" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and
the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder.

     1.8 "COMMENCEMENT DATE" shall mean the date that the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 is declared  effective by the United States Securities and
Exchange  Commission and the Company  consummates the initial public offering of
its securities.

     1.9 "CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION" shall include, without limitation by reason
of specification, any information, including, without limitation, trade secrets,
operational methods, methods of doing business,  technical processes,  formulae,
designs and design projects,  inventions,  research  projects,  strategic plans,
possible  acquisition  information and other business  affairs of the Company or
its  Affiliates,  which (i) is or are  designed  to be used in, or are or may be
useful in connection  with,  the Business of the Company,  any Subsidiary or any
Affiliate  of any  thereof,  or  which,  in the case of any of  these  entities,
results from any of the research or  development  activities of any such entity,
or  (ii) is  private  or  confidential  in that  it is not  generally  known  or
available to the public,  except as the result of unauthorized  disclosure by or
information supplied by Employee,  or (iii) gives the Company or a Subsidiary or
any Affiliate an opportunity  or the  possibility of obtaining an advantage over
competitors  who may not know or use such  information  or who are not  lawfully
permitted to use the same.

     1.10 "DATE OF  TERMINATION"  shall mean the Term Date, or such earlier date
upon which this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

     1.11  "DISABILITY"   shall  mean  the  inability  of  Employee  to  perform
Employee's duties of employment for the Company, if employed by the Company or a
Subsidiary,  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement and by-laws of the Company
as hereinafter  provided,  because of physical or mental disability,  where such
disability  shall have existed for a period of more than 90 consecutive  days or
an  aggregate of 120 days in any 365 day period.  The  existence of a Disability
means that Employee's mental and/or physical condition substantially  interferes
with Employee's performance of his substantive duties for the Company and/or its
Subsidiaries  as  specified  in this  Agreement.  The fact of  whether  or not a
Disability  exists  hereunder  shall be determined by  professionally  qualified
medical experts selected by the Board and reasonably  acceptable to the Employee
or his agent.

     1.12 "DUTIES"  shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 2.1
of this Agreement.

     1.13  "EMPLOYMENT  YEAR"  shall  mean  each  twelve-month  period,  or part
thereof,  during  which  Employee  is  employed  hereunder,  commencing  on  the
Commencement  Date and on the same day of the subsequent  calendar year and each
consecutive 12 month period thereafter.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     1.14 "GOOD REASON" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7.6.

     1.15 "PANEL" shall have the meaning given such terms in Section 8.

     1.16 "PERSON" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship,  partnership,
joint venture, trust,  unincorporated  organization,  association,  corporation,
limited liability company,  institution,  public benefit corporation,  entity or
government  (whether  federal,  state,  county,  city,  municipal or  otherwise,
including,  without limitation,  any instrumentality,  division, agency, body or
department thereof).

     1.17  "RESTRICTED  PERIOD"  shall  mean (i) the Term and the  twelve  month
period  thereafter in the case of a termination of employment of Employee by the
Company  (including  non-extension)  for  Cause;  (ii) the  Term and the  period
thereafter,  not to exceed twelve  months,  which  corresponds to the portion of
Employee's  annual  salary  paid as a lump sum  pursuant  to Section 7.5 or 7.6;
(iii) the Term and twelve month period thereafter in the case of the termination
of Employee's  employment  voluntarily or as a result of a Disability;  and (iv)
the Term and the six month period thereafter in the case of the non-extension of
this Agreement by the Company other than for Cause.

     1.18  "SUBSIDIARY"  shall  mean a  Person,  50% or more of the  outstanding
voting interests of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the
Company.

     1.19 "TERM"  shall mean the period of  employment  of  Employee  under this
Agreement.

     1.20 "TERM DATE" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 3
of this Agreement.

     Wherever  from the  context  it  appears  appropriate,  each word or phrase
stated in either the singular or the plural  shall  include the singular and the
plural,  and each pronoun  stated in the  masculine,  feminine or neuter  gender
shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

2. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

     2.1 EMPLOYMENT;  TITLE;  DUTIES.  The Company hereby employs Employee,  and
Employee hereby accepts appointment, as President and Chief Executive Officer of
the  Company.  The  duties  of  Employee  shall be to have  general  supervisory
authority over the business of the Company, to prepare and implement a strategic
plan for the Company, including the seeking out and consummation of acquisitions
for the Company,  to perform due diligence on acquisition  proposals,  to pursue
the objectives of the Business, to perform generally those  responsibilities and
to render  services as are necessary and desirable to protect and to advance the
best  interests of the Company  (collectively,  the  "Duties"),  acting,  in all
instances,  under the  supervision of and in accordance with the policies set by
the  Board.  To the  extent  that the Board  determines  to  procure a policy of
directors and officers liability insurance,  the Company shall take such actions
as are necessary to include Employee within the coverage of such policy.

                                       4

<PAGE>



     2.2  PERFORMANCE  OF DUTIES.  Employee shall devote  substantially  all his
working  time to perform the Duties as an  executive  of the Company and for the
performance  of  such  other  executive  duties  as are  assigned  to  him  from
time-to-time by the Board. During the Term, Employee:  (i) shall comply with all
laws, statutes,  ordinances, rules and regulations relating to the Business, and
(ii)  shall not  engage in or become  employed,  directly  or  indirectly,  in a
business which  competes with the Business of the Company and its  Subsidiaries,
without the prior written consent of the Board, nor shall he act as a consultant
to or provide any services to, whether on a remunerative basis or otherwise, the
commercial or professional  business of any other Person which competes with the
Business of the Company and its  Subsidiaries,  without  such  written  consent,
which, in both instances,  may be given or withheld by the Board in its absolute
discretion.

     2.3 LOCATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  The principal  place of employment of Employee
shall be within a thirty  mile radius of Jersey  City,  New Jersey or such other
location as is consented to by Employee.  The Duties shall not require  Employee
to relocate his residence  outside the State of New Jersey  without his consent.
It is, however,  distinctly understood and agreed that Employee may be required,
in connection with the  performance of his duties,  to work from time to time at
other  locations  designated by the Board or as required in connection  with the
Business of the Company.

3. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

     The employment of Employee  pursuant to this Agreement shall commence as of
the  Commencement  Date and shall end three years  thereafter,  unless  extended
pursuant to the next sentence or unless sooner terminated  pursuant to Section 7
(the later of (i) the third  anniversary of the  Commencement  Date and (ii) the
date to which  Employee's  period of employment has been extended,  is the "Term
Date"). If Employee's employment hereunder has not previously been terminated in
accordance  with  Section  7  hereof,  then  on the  second  anniversary  of the
Commencement Date, and on each subsequent  anniversary of the Commencement Date,
the Term shall be  extended  for one  additional  year,  unless the Board  shall
provide written notice to Employee six months or more prior to such  anniversary
date that this Agreement will not be so extended.  The rights of termination set
forth in  Section  7 shall be  applicable  during  any such  extended  period of
employment.

4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

     The Company shall pay Employee,  as compensation for all of the services to
be  rendered  by him  hereunder  during the Term,  and in  consideration  of the
various  restrictions  imposed upon Employee  during the Term and the Restricted
Period, and otherwise under this Agreement,  the Basic Salary and other benefits
as provided for and determined pursuant to Sections 5 and 6, inclusive,  of this
Agreement;  provided,  however,  that no compensation  shall be paid to Employee
under this Agreement for any period  subsequent to the termination of employment
of Employee for any reason whatsoever, except as provided in Section 7.

5. BASIC SALARY/BONUS

                                       5

<PAGE>



     5.1 BASIC SALARY.  The Company shall pay Employee,  as compensation for all
of the services to be rendered by him hereunder  during each Employment  Year, a
salary of $250,000 per  Employment  Year (as  adjusted  upward by the Board from
time to time) (the  "Basic  Salary"),  payable in  substantially  equal  monthly
payments,  less such  deductions  or amounts as are  required  to be deducted or
withheld  by   applicable   laws  or   regulations,   deductions   for  employee
contributions to welfare  benefits  provided by the Company to Employee and such
other  deductions or amounts,  if any, as are authorized by Employee.  The Basic
Salary shall be prorated for the month in which  employment  by the Company or a
Subsidiary  commences or terminates,  and for any Employment  Year which is less
than twelve (12) months in  duration.  The Basic  Salary may be  increased  from
time-to-time by the Board (without Employee's  participation as a director) and,
once  increased,  shall not  thereafter  be reduced.  The Basic  Salary shall be
reviewed  at least once in every  Employment  Year by a  committee  of the Board
responsible  for determining  compensation of senior  management of the Company,
each of the  members  of which is a  "non-employee-director"  as defined in Rule
16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Committee").  Any increase in Basic Salary shall
not serve to  offset or reduce  any other  obligation  to  Employee  under  this
Agreement.

     5.2 BONUS. Employee will be awarded and, unless deferred by Employee,  paid
a cash bonus (the "Bonus") for each Employment Year within ninety days after the
close of the fiscal year of the Company ending within such Employment Year in an
amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  then-current  bonus or
incentive  compensation  policy in an amount  appropriate  for the President and
Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company.  The  Committee in  consultation  with
Employee  shall  establish in advance of each fiscal year of the Company  during
the Term  goals and  levels of the Bonus for such  fiscal  year  which  shall be
related to the estimated budget for the Company for such fiscal year.

6. ADDITIONAL BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES

     6.1 ADDITIONAL BENEFITS. The Company shall provide the following additional
benefits to Employee during the Term:

          (i) provision of a comprehensive medical indemnity policy for Employee
and his family having terms no less  favorable  than the coverage made available
to Employee and his family on the day prior to the Commencement Date;

          (ii) a monthly allowance for a luxury-type automobile and insurance;

          (iii)  such  other  benefits  as the Board  shall  lawfully  adopt and
approve for Employee;

          (iv) term life  insurance in the amount of  $3,000,000  payable to his
spouse,  or such other designated  beneficiary as Employee may specify from time
to time, to the extent the same is available at normal market rates;

          (v) four (4) weeks of paid vacation; and

                                       6

<PAGE>



          (vi) long term disability  insurance coverage  consistent with current
Company policy.

     6.2 REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES. The Company shall pay or reimburse Employee
for all reasonable  expenses actually incurred or paid by him during the Term in
the performance of his services under this Agreement,  upon presentation of such
bills, expense statements,  vouchers or such other supporting information as the
Board may  reasonably  require.  In the event the Company  requires  Employee to
travel on business during the Term, Employee shall be reimbursed for any related
travel expenses in accordance with this Section 6.2.

7. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     7.1  DEATH.  If  Employee  dies  during  the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate,  except that the Company shall continue to pay to Employee's  spouse,
or in the absence of a surviving spouse, his estate, Employee's Basic Salary for
a period through the third full month following the date of death, pay any other
amounts which were accrued but unpaid,  provide  welfare  benefits to his family
for the balance of the stated  Term as if Employee  had not died and provide for
the payment of the life insurance benefit provided for in Section 6.1.

     7.2 DISABILITY. If, during the Term, Employee has a Disability, the Company
may,  at  any  time  after  Employee  has  a  Disability,  terminate  Employee's
employment by written notice to him. In the event that Employee's  employment is
terminated,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  except  that the  Company  shall
continue  to pay  Employee's  Basic  Salary for a period  through the third full
month  following the date of the  termination of his  employment,  pay any other
amounts  which were  accrued but unpaid,  and  provide  welfare  benefits to his
family  for the  balance  of the  stated  Term,  as if  Employee  had  not  been
terminated  for  Disability and pay or provide for the payment of the disability
benefit provided for in Section 6.1, until Employee reaches age 65.

     7.3 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by Employee at
any time with or without cause upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company.
After such 30 day period,  the Company  shall have no further  liability to make
payments hereunder except those required by law or which were accrued and unpaid
at the end of the Term.

     7.4 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. The Company may terminate Employee's  employment
hereunder  for Cause at any time by  written  notice  given to  Employee  by the
Board.  Upon such  termination  Employee shall not have any right to receive any
further payments hereunder except for amounts accrued and unpaid hereunder prior
thereto and provide  welfare  benefits as required by law and except as provided
in Section 7.8.

     7.5  TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE.  If this  Agreement is  terminated by the
Company without Cause, Employee shall be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to
one half of  Employee's  then current  annual  salary,  payable upon the Date of
Termination,  payment of any accrued but unpaid  amounts,  and provided with the
benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except clauses (iii) and (v)) until the Term
Date.  If a Change of Control  occurs and this  Agreement is  terminated  by the
Company  without  Cause  within a period  of one year  following  the  Change of
Control,  then  Employee  shall be entitled  to a lump sum payment  equal to two
times his then current annual salary.

                                       7

<PAGE>



     7.6. TERMINATION FOR GOOD REASON. In the event this Agreement is terminated
by Employee  for Good Reason,  Employee  shall be entitled to a lump sum payment
equal to two  times  his  then  current  annual  salary  payable  on the Date of
Termination  and  provided  with the  benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except
clauses (iii) and (v)) until the Term Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Good
Reason shall mean:

          (a) A reduction or non-payment  of Employee's  Basic Salary or failure
to review Employee's Basic Salary as required in this Agreement;

          (b) A breach  by the  Company  of this  Agreement  which is not  cured
within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to the Board by Employee;

          (c) The failure by the Company to  continue to provide  Employee  with
substantially  the same welfare  benefits  (which for purposes of this Agreement
shall mean  benefits  under all welfare plans as that term is defined in Section
3(1) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amend),  any
prerequisites,  including  participation  on a  comparable  basis in  retirement
plans,  stock  option  plans,  stock  award  plans,  and  other  plans  in which
executives of the Company of comparable title and salary participate,  or with a
package of welfare benefits and prerequisites,  that, though one or more of such
benefits or  prerequisites  may vary from those,  including  participation  on a
comparable  basis in such retirement  plans,  stock option plans and stock award
plans,  is  substantially  comparable  in all material  respects to such welfare
benefits and prerequisites, including participation on a comparable basis in the
Company's retirement plans, stock option plans and stock award plans, taken as a
whole;

          (d) The failure of the Company to award or pay  Employee  the Bonus as
provided in Section 5.2, or the failure of the Company to provide  Employee with
the benefits provided for in Section 6.1.

     7.7 NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any purported  termination of employment by the
Company by reason of Employee's Disability or for Cause, or by Employee for Good
Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice given by Employee or the Company, which shall indicate the specific basis
for termination of employment and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts
and  circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for determination of any payments
under this Agreement.

     7.8  DATE  OF  TERMINATION.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "Date  of
Termination"  shall mean the date of termination of employment  specified in the
Notice of Termination,  which shall not be more than ninety (90) days after such
Notice of  Termination  is given,  as such date may be modified  pursuant to the
following  two  sentences.  If  within  thirty  (30) days  after  any  Notice of
Termination is given, the party who receives such Notice of Termination notifies
the other party that a dispute  exists as to the reasons  given in the Notice of
Termination (a "Dispute" and the giving of such notice,  a "Notice of Dispute"),
the  Date of  Termination  shall be the date on which  the  Dispute  is  finally
determined,  either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by the Panel, or
by a final judgment,  order or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction (the
time for appeal

                                       8

<PAGE>



therefrom having expired and no appeal having been perfected); provided that the
Date of Termination shall be extended by a Notice of Dispute only if such notice
is given in good faith and the party giving such notice  pursues the  resolution
of such Dispute with reasonable  diligence and provided further that pending the
resolution of any such Dispute,  the Company shall  continue to pay Employee the
same  Basic  Salary  and to  provide  Employee  with the  same or  substantially
comparable  welfare benefits and prerequisites,  including  participation in the
Company's  retirement  plans,  profit  sharing  plans,  to the  extent  then  so
available at the date of such  determination,  stock option  plans,  stock award
plans or stock  appreciation  right plans that Employee was paid and provided to
the extent that such continued participation is possible under the general terms
and  provisions of such plans,  programs and benefits but in no event beyond the
Term Date.  Should a Dispute  asserted by Employee  ultimately  be determined in
favor of the Company, then all sums (net of tax withholdings by the Company from
such  sums)  paid by the  Company  to  Employee  from  the  Date of  Termination
specified in the Notice of  Termination  until final  resolution  of the Dispute
pursuant to this  paragraph,  exclusive of accrued,  unpaid amounts prior to the
Date of Termination,  shall be repaid  promptly by Employee to the Company,  all
options, rights and stock awards granted to Employee during such period shall be
canceled  or  returned to the  Company,  and no service as an employee  shall be
credited to Employee for such period for pension purposes. Employee shall not be
obligated  to pay to the Company the cost of  providing  Employee  with  welfare
benefits and prerequisites  for such period unless the final judgment,  order or
decree  of a court  arbitration  panel  or  other  body  resolving  the  Dispute
determines  that  Employee  acted in bad faith in  giving a Notice  of  Dispute.
Should a Dispute  ultimately be  determined in favor of Employee,  then Employee
shall be entitled to retain all sums paid to  Employee  under this  subparagraph
pending resolution of the Dispute and shall be entitled to receive, in addition,
the payments and other benefits provided for in this Section 7 to the extent not
previously  paid hereunder and the payment of Employee's  reasonable  legal fees
incurred  as a result  of such  Dispute  upon  submission  to the  Company  of a
detailed statement of fees from Employee's attorneys.

8. ARBITRATION

     Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the parties  hereby agree that any
dispute  regarding the rights and  obligations of any party under this Agreement
or under any law governing the relationship created by this Agreement, including
without limitation  Employee's challenge of a purported termination for Cause or
Disability,  must be resolved  pursuant to this Section 8. Within seven (7) days
of either party's written notice to the other of his or its desire to submit any
arbitrable  matter as set forth herein to arbitration,  the parties will meet to
attempt to amicably  resolve their  differences  and,  failing such  resolution,
either or both of the  parties  may submit the matter to  mandatory  and binding
arbitration  with the Center for  Public  Resources  ("CPR").  The  issue(s)  in
dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Center for Public
Resources  Rules for  Non-Administered  Arbitration of Business  Disputes,  by a
panel of three arbitrators (the "Panel").  The only issue(s) to be determined by
the Panel will be those issues  specifically  submitted to the Panel.  The Panel
will not  extend,  modify or  suspend  any of the terms of this  Agreement.  The
arbitration  shall be governed by the United  States  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.
ss.1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Panel may be entered by any
court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  A  determination  of the Panel shall be by
majority vote.


                                        9

<PAGE>



     Promptly  following  receipt  of the  request  for  arbitration,  CPR shall
convene  the  parties  in person  or by  telephone  to  attempt  to  select  the
arbitrators  by  agreement of the  parties.  If  agreement  is not reached,  the
Company  shall  select  one  arbitrator  and  Employee  shall  select  one other
arbitrator.  These two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. If these two
arbitrators are unable to select the third arbitrator by mutual  agreement,  CPR
shall submit to the parties a list of not less than eleven (11) candidates. Such
list shall include a brief statement of each  candidate's  qualifications.  Each
party  shall  number  the  candidates  in order of  preference,  shall  note any
objection they may have to any  candidate,  and shall deliver the list so marked
back to CPR. Any party failing  without good cause to return the candidate  list
so marked within ten (10) days after receipt shall be deemed to have assented to
all candidates  listed thereon.  CPR shall  designate the arbitrator  willing to
serve for whom the parties  collectively  have indicated the highest  preference
and who does not appear to have a conflict of interest.  If a tie should  result
between two candidates, CPR may designate either candidate.

     This agreement to arbitrate is specifically enforceable.  Judgment upon any
award rendered by the Panel may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The
decision of the Panel within the scope of the submission is final and binding on
all  parties,  and any  right  to  judicial  action  on any  matter  subject  to
arbitration  hereunder hereby is waived (unless otherwise provided by applicable
law),  except suit to enforce this arbitration award or in the event arbitration
is not available for any reason or in the event the Company shall seek equitable
relief to enforce  Section 9 of this  Agreement.  If the rules of the CPR differ
from those of this Section 8, the provisions of this Section 8 will control. The
Company  shall  pay all the  costs  of  arbitration  including  the  fees of the
arbitrators,  and the arbitrators shall award reasonable legal fees to Employee,
unless the arbitrators or a judicial forum shall finally determine that Employee
acted in bad faith.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PROPRIETARY INTERESTS

     9.1   ACKNOWLEDGMENT   OF   CONFIDENTIALITY.   Employee   understands   and
acknowledges that he may obtain  Confidential  Information  during the course of
his employment by the Company.  Accordingly,  Employee agrees that he shall not,
either  during  the Term or at any  time  within  two  years  after  the Date of
Termination,  (i) use or disclose any such Confidential  Information outside the
Company,  its  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates;  or (ii) except as required in the
proper  performance of his services  hereunder,  remove or aid in the removal of
any Confidential  Information or any property or material  relating thereto from
the premises of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

          The foregoing confidentiality  provisions shall cease to be applicable
to any Confidential  Information which becomes generally available to the public
(except  by  reason  of or as a  consequence  of a  breach  by  Employee  of his
obligations under this Section 9).

          In the event  Employee is required by law or a court order to disclose
any such Confidential Information,  he shall promptly notify the Company of such
requirement and provide the Company with a copy of any court order or of any law
which in his opinion requires such disclosure and, if the Company so elects,  to
the extent that he is legally able, permit the Company an adequate  opportunity,
at its own expense, to contest such law or court order.

                                       10

<PAGE>



     9.2 DELIVERY OF MATERIAL.  Employee  shall  promptly,  and without  charge,
deliver to the Company on the termination of his employment hereunder, or at any
other time the Company may so request, all memoranda,  notes, records,  reports,
manuals,  computer disks, videotapes,  drawings,  blueprints and other documents
(and  all  copies  thereof)  relating  to  the  Business  of  the  Company,  its
Subsidiaries and its Affiliates, and all property associated therewith, which he
may then possess or have under his control.

10. NON-COMPETITION PROVISIONS

     Employee  agrees that he will not,  during the Restricted  Period,  compete
directly  or  indirectly  with the  Business.  The phrase  "compete  directly or
indirectly with the Business" shall be deemed to include,  without  limiting the
generality  thereof,  (1)  engaging or having a material  interest,  directly or
indirectly,   as   owner,   employee,    officer,   director,   partner,   sales
representative,  stockholder, capital investor, lessor, renderer of consultation
services or advise,  either alone or in association with other, in the operation
of any  aspect  of any  type of  business  or  enterprise  competitive  with the
Business; (2) soliciting any of the employees of the Company or any Affiliate to
leave the employ of the  Company or the  Affiliate;  (3)  soliciting  any of the
employees  of the  Company or any  Affiliate  to become  employees  of any other
Person;  or (4)  soliciting  any customer of the Company or any  Affiliate  with
respect to the Business.  Similarly,  Employee shall not raid,  entice or induce
any Person who on the Date of Termination is, or within one (1) year immediately
preceding  the  Date of  Termination  was,  a  customer  of the  Company  or any
Affiliate, to become a customer of any other Person for products or services the
same as, or similar to,  those  products and services as from time to time shall
be provided by the Company or any Affiliate, and Employee shall not approach any
Person for such purpose;  nor shall Employee  raid,  entice or induce any Person
who on the Date of Termination is, or within one year immediately  preceding the
Date of Termination was, an employee of the Company or any Affiliate,  to become
employed by any other Person;  similarly,  Employee  shall not approach any such
employee for such  purpose or authorize or knowingly  approve the taking of such
actions by any other  Person or assist any such other  Person in taking any such
action.

          The phrase  "compete  directly or indirectly  with the Business" shall
not be deemed to include an ownership interest as an inactive  investor,  which,
for purposes of this Agreement, shall mean only the beneficial ownership of less
than five  (5%)  percent  of the  outstanding  shares of any  series or class of
securities of any competitor of the Company or any Affiliate,  which  securities
of such series or class are publicly traded in the securities market.

11. SURVIVAL

          The  provisions  of  Sections  7,  8,  9,  10,  and 14  shall  survive
termination of this Agreement and remain enforceable according to their terms.

12. SEVERABILITY


                                       11

<PAGE>



          The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement
shall in no way affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other  provisions
hereof.

13. NOTICES

          All notices,  demands and  requests  required or permitted to be given
under the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed duly given if made in
writing and  delivered  personally  or mailed by postage  prepaid  certified  or
registered mail, return receipt requested,  accompanied by a second copy sent by
ordinary mail, which notices shall be addressed as follows:

                If to the Company:

                Cunningham Graphics, Inc.
                629 Grove Street
                Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
                Attn:  Chairman, Compensation Committee

                If to Employee:

                Michael R. Cunningham
                10 Longview Road
                Lebanon, New Jersey 08833

          By notifying  the other parties in writing,  given as  aforesaid,  any
party may from  time-to-time  change  its  address  or the name of any person to
whose  attention  notice  is to be  given,  or may add  another  person to whose
attention notice is to be given, in connection with notice to any party.


                                       12

<PAGE>




14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUCCESSORS

          Neither this  Agreement nor any of his rights or duties  hereunder may
be assigned or delegated by Employee.  This  Agreement is not  assignable by the
Company   except  to  any  successor  in  interest   which  takes  over  all  or
substantially all of the business of the Company, as it is conducted at the time
of such assignment.  Any corporation into or with which the Company is merged or
consolidated or which takes over all or substantially all of the business of the
Company  shall be deemed to be a successor of the Company for  purposes  hereof.
This Agreement  shall be binding upon and,  except as aforesaid,  shall inure to
the  benefit  of the  parties  and their  respective  successors  and  permitted
assigns.

15. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

          In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by
Employee in connection  with the termination of Employee's  employment  (whether
pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  or any  other  plan,  arrangement  or
agreement  with the  Company,  any person  whose  actions  result in a Change in
Control of the Company or any person affiliated with the Company or such person)
(collectively with the payments and benefits hereunder,  "Total Payments") would
not be deductible  (in whole or part) as a result of section 280G of the Code by
the Company,  an affiliate or other person making such payment or providing such
benefit,  the payments and benefits  hereunder shall be reduced until no portion
of the Total Payments is not deductible,  or the payments and benefits hereunder
are reduced to zero. At Employee's  request,  such  reduction may be effected by
extending  the date the  payment  would  otherwise  be due by not more than five
years or by  decreasing  the amount of the payment or benefit  otherwise due and
payable.  For purposes of this  limitation  (i) no portion of the Total Payments
the receipt or  enjoyment of which  Employee  shall have  effectively  waived in
writing  prior to the date of  payment  shall be  taken  into  account,  (ii) no
portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which,  in the opinion
of tax counsel selected by Employee and acceptable to the Company's  independent
auditors,  is not likely to constitute a "parachute  payment" within the meaning
of section  280G(b)(2)  of the Code,  (iii) the payments and benefits  hereunder
shall be reduced only to the extent necessary so that, in the opinion of the tax
counsel  referred  to in clause  (ii),  the Total  Payments  (other  than  those
referred to in clauses (i) or (ii)) in their  entirety are likely to  constitute
reasonable  compensation  for services  actually  rendered within the meaning of
section  280G(b)(4)  of the Code or are  otherwise  not  likely to be subject to
disallowance  as deductions;  and (iv) the value of any non-cash  benefit or any
deferred  payment or benefit  included in the Total Payments shall be determined
by the  Company's  independent  auditors in  accordance  with the  principles of
sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, WAIVER AND OTHER

     16.1.  INTEGRATION.  This  Agreement  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties  hereto on its subject  matter and  supersedes  all previous  agreements
between the parties hereto,  written or oral,  express or implied,  covering the
subject matter hereof. No representations,  inducements, promises or agreements,
oral or otherwise, not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

                                       13

<PAGE>



     16.2. NO WAIVER. No waiver or modification of any of the provisions of this
Agreement  shall be valid  unless in  writing  and signed by or on behalf of the
party granting such waiver or modification. No waiver by any party of any breach
or default  hereunder  shall be deemed a waiver of any repetition of such breach
or default or shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default, nor shall
it in any way affect any of the other terms or conditions  of this  Agreement or
the  enforceability  thereof.  No failure of the Company to  exercise  any power
given it  hereunder  or to insist upon strict  compliance  by Employee  with any
obligation  hereunder,  and no custom or  practice  at  variance  with the terms
hereof,  shall  constitute a waiver of the right of the Company to demand strict
compliance with the terms hereof.

          Employee  shall not have the right to sign any waiver or  modification
of any  provisions  of this  Agreement on behalf of the  Company,  nor shall any
action taken by Employee reduce his obligations under this Agreement.

          This  Agreement  may  not  be  supplemented  or  rescinded  except  by
instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto after the date hereof.
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights of any of the parties hereunder may
be terminated except as provided herein.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

     17.1 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed,  and
the rights and  obligations of the parties hereto  enforced,  in accordance with
the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     17.2 HEADINGS. The Section and Subsection headings contained herein are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not in any  way  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.

     17.3 SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of
this  Agreement  shall in no way affect the  validity or  enforceability  of any
other provisions hereof.

     17.4 OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY.  The Company's  obligation to pay Employee the
compensation and to make the arrangements  provided herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any setoff, counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense or other right which
the Company may have against Employee or anyone else. All amounts payable by the
Company  hereunder  shall be paid without notice or demand.  Except as expressly
provided  herein,  the  Company  waives all rights  which it may now have or may
hereafter have conferred upon it, by statute or otherwise, to terminate,  cancel
or rescind this Agreement in whole or in part. Except as provided in Section 7.8
herein,  each and every payment made hereunder by the Company shall be final and
the  Company  will not seek to  recover  for any  reason all or any part of such
payment from  Employee or any person  entitled  thereto.  Employee  shall not be
required to mitigate the amount of any payment or other benefit  provided for in
this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise.

     17.5 RIGHTS OF BENEFICIARIES OF EMPLOYEE. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by, Employee's personal or legal representatives,
executors,   administrators,   successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees  and
legatees.  If Employee  should die while any  amounts

                                       14

<PAGE>



would still be payable to Employee  hereunder if he had  continued to live,  all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement to Employee's devisee, legatee or other designee or,
if there be no such designee, to Employee's estate.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above, to be effective as of the Commencement Date.

                                          CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.

                                          By:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  Gordon Mays
                                              Title:    Executive Vice President


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Michael R. Cunningham

                                       15




                                                                    Exhibit 10.4

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          AGREEMENT  dated  as of  April  13,  1998  by and  between  CUNNINGHAM
GRAPHICS, INC., a New Jersey corporation,  with its principal offices located at
629 Grove  Street,  Jersey City,  New Jersey 07310 (the  "Company"),  and GORDON
MAYS, with an address at 84 Earl Street, Westbury, New York 11590 ("Employee");

                                R E C I T A L S:

          WHEREAS,  the  Employee  is a  shareholder  and senior  officer of the
Company; and

          WHEREAS,  the Company is contemplating a  reorganization,  by which it
will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cunningham Graphics International, Inc.
("CGII") and will be followed by an initial  public  offering of common stock by
CGII,  and wishes to memorialize  the terms of the Employee's  employment by the
Company prior to the consummation of such transactions;

          NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:

     1.1  "AFFILIATE"  shall  mean  a  Person  which,  directly  or  indirectly,
controls,  is controlled by or is under common control with CGII or the Company,
and for purposes  hereof,  "control"  shall mean the ownership of 20% or more of
the voting interests of the Person in question.

     1.2 "BASIC SALARY" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section
5.1 of this Agreement.

     1.3  "BOARD"  shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  as duly
constituted from time to time. Any action of the Board hereunder with respect to
this  Agreement  shall  require the approval of a majority of the whole Board of
Directors of the Company.

     1.4  "BUSINESS"  shall mean the  business  conducted  by the Company or any
Subsidiary,  directly or indirectly,  including,  but not limited to, commercial
printing and services ancillary thereto.


<PAGE>




     1.5 "CAUSE" shall mean any of the following:

          (a) The conviction of Employee for a felony, or the willful commission
by  Employee of a criminal  act,  that in the  reasonable  judgment of the Board
causes or will  likely  cause  substantial  economic  damage to the  Company  or
substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company;

          (b) The  willful  commission  by  Employee  of an act of  fraud in the
performance of such Employee's  duties on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary;
or

          (c)  The  continuing  willful  failure  of  Employee  to  perform  the
substantive  duties of the Employee to the Company  (other than any such failure
resulting from  Employee's  incapacity due to physical or mental  illness) after
written notice thereof (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail)
and a  reasonable  opportunity  to be heard and cure such  failure  are given to
Employee by the Board.

          For  purposes  of this  subparagraph,  no act,  or failure to act,  on
Employee's  part shall be  considered  "willful"  unless done,  or omitted to be
done, by him not in good faith and without  reasonable belief that his action or
omission was in the best interests of the Company or a Subsidiary.

     1.6 "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean:

     (A) any "person"  (as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act")),  other than a trustee
or other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under an employee  benefit plan of the
Company or a  Subsidiary,  which becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company
representing  20% or more of the  combined  voting power of the  Company's  then
outstanding securities;

     (B) 33-1/3% of the Board of Directors  consists of  individuals  other than
the members of the Board of Directors on the  Commencement  Date (the "Incumbent
Directors");  provided,  however, that any person becoming a director subsequent
to such date whose  election or nomination for election was approved by at least
two-thirds  of the  directors  who at the time of such  election  or  nomination
comprised  the  Incumbent  Directors  shall for purposes of this  definition  be
considered an Incumbent Director;

     (C) the shareholders of the Company approve, or if no shareholder  approval
is  required or  obtained,  the Company  completes  a merger,  consolidation  or
similar  transaction  of the Company  with or into any other  corporation,  or a
binding share exchange involving the Company's securities occurs, other than any
such  transaction  which would  result in the voting  securities  of the Company
outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by
remaining  outstanding  or by being  converted  into  voting  securities  of the
surviving  entity)  at least  75% of the  combined  voting  power of the  voting
securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such transaction; or

                                       2

<PAGE>



     (D) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete  liquidation
of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all
or substantially all the Company's assets.

     1.7 "CODE" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and
the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder.

     1.8 "COMMENCEMENT DATE" shall mean the date that the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 is declared  effective by the United States Securities and
Exchange  Commission and the Company  consummates the initial public offering of
its securities.

     1.9 "COMPENSATION"  shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section
4 of this Agreement.

     1.10 "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" shall include, without limitation by reason
of specification, any information, including, without limitation, trade secrets,
operational methods, methods of doing business,  technical processes,  formulae,
designs and design projects,  inventions,  research  projects,  strategic plans,
possible  acquisition  information and other business  affairs of the Company or
its  Affiliates,  which (i) is or are  designed  to be used in, or are or may be
useful in connection  with,  the Business of the Company,  any Subsidiary or any
Affiliate  of any  thereof,  or  which,  in the case of any of  these  entities,
results from any of the research or  development  activities of any such entity,
or  (ii) is  private  or  confidential  in that  it is not  generally  known  or
available to the public,  except as the result of unauthorized  disclosure by or
information supplied by Employee,  or (iii) gives the Company or a Subsidiary or
any Affiliate an opportunity  or the  possibility of obtaining an advantage over
competitors  who may not know or use such  information  or who are not  lawfully
permitted to use the same.

     1.11 "DATE OF  TERMINATION"  shall mean the Term Date, or such earlier date
upon which this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

     1.12  "DISABILITY"   shall  mean  the  inability  of  Employee  to  perform
Employee's duties of employment for the Company, if employed by the Company or a
Subsidiary,  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement and by-laws of the Company
as hereinafter  provided,  because of physical or mental disability,  where such
disability  shall have existed for a period of more than 180 consecutive days or
an  aggregate of 210 days in any 365 day period.  The  existence of a Disability
means that Employee's mental and/or physical condition substantially  interferes
with Employee's performance of his substantive duties for the Company and/or its
Subsidiaries  as  specified  in this  Agreement.  The fact of  whether  or not a
Disability  exists  hereunder  shall be determined by  professionally  qualified
medical experts selected by the Board and reasonably  acceptable to the Employee
or his agent.

     1.13 "DUTIES"  shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 2.1
of this Agreement.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     1.14  "EMPLOYMENT  YEAR"  shall  mean  each  twelve-month  period,  or part
thereof,  during  which  Employee  is  employed  hereunder,  commencing  on  the
Commencement  Date and on the same day of the subsequent  calendar year and each
consecutive 12 month period thereafter.

     1.15 "GOOD REASON" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7.6.

     1.16 "PANEL" shall have the meaning given such terms in Section 8.

     1.17 "PERSON" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship,  partnership,
joint venture, trust,  unincorporated  organization,  association,  corporation,
limited liability company,  institution,  public benefit corporation,  entity or
government  (whether  federal,  state,  county,  city,  municipal or  otherwise,
including,  without limitation,  any instrumentality,  division, agency, body or
department thereof).

     1.18  "RESTRICTED  PERIOD"  shall  mean the Term and (i) the  twelve  month
period  thereafter in the case of a termination of employment of Employee by the
Company for Cause;  (ii) the twelve month period  thereafter  in the case of the
termination of Employee's  employment  voluntarily,  other than for Good Reason;
and (iii) during the period of Disability.

     1.19  "SUBSIDIARY"  shall  mean a  Person,  50% or more of the  outstanding
voting interests of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the
Company.

     1.20 "TERM"  shall mean the period of  employment  of  Employee  under this
Agreement.

     1.21 "TERM DATE" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 3
of this Agreement.

     Wherever  from the  context  it  appears  appropriate,  each word or phrase
stated in either the singular or the plural  shall  include the singular and the
plural,  and each pronoun  stated in the  masculine,  feminine or neuter  gender
shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

2.  EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

     2.1 EMPLOYMENT;  TITLE;  DUTIES.  The Company hereby employs Employee,  and
Employee hereby accepts appointment, as Executive Vice President of the Company.
The duties of Employee shall be to have general  supervisory  responsibility for
the  Company's  marketing  and  business  development  plans  and the  Company's
information  systems  (collectively,  the "Duties"),  acting,  in all instances,
under the supervision of the President of the Company and in accordance with the
policies set by the Board. To the extent that the Board  determines to procure a
policy of directors  and officers  liability  insurance,  the Company shall take
such actions as are  necessary to include  Employee  within the coverage of such
policy.

     2.2  PERFORMANCE  OF DUTIES.  Employee shall devote  substantially  all his
working  time to perform the Duties as an  executive  of the Company and for the
performance of such other  executive  duties as are  reasonably  assigned to him
from time-to-time by the Board. During the Term, Employee: (i) shall comply with
all laws, statutes,  ordinances, rules and regulations

                                       4

<PAGE>



relating  to the  Business,  and (ii)  shall not  engage in or become  employed,
directly or  indirectly,  in a business  which competes with the Business of the
Company and its Affiliates,  without the prior written consent of the Board, nor
shall he act as a  consultant  to or  provide  any  services  to,  whether  on a
remunerative basis or otherwise,  the commercial or professional business of any
other Person which competes with the Business of the Company and its Affiliates,
without such written consent, which, in both instances, may be given or withheld
by the Board in its absolute discretion.

     2.3 LOCATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  The principal  place of employment of Employee
shall be within a thirty  mile radius of Jersey  City,  New Jersey or such other
location as is consented to by Employee.  The Duties shall not require  Employee
to relocate  his  residence  without his  consent.  It is,  however,  distinctly
understood  and agreed that  Employee may be required,  in  connection  with the
performance  of his  duties,  to work  from  time to  time  at  other  locations
designated  by the Board or as required in  connection  with the Business of the
Company.

3. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

          The employment of Employee  pursuant to this Agreement  shall commence
as of the  Commencement  Date and  shall  end  three  years  thereafter,  unless
extended pursuant to the next sentence or unless sooner  terminated  pursuant to
Section 7 (the later of (i) the third  anniversary of the Commencement  Date and
(ii) the date to which Employee's period of employment has been extended, is the
"Term  Date").  If  Employee's  employment  hereunder  has not  previously  been
terminated in accordance with Section 7 hereof,  then on the second  anniversary
of the Commencement Date, and on each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement
Date, the Term shall be extended for one additional year, unless the Board shall
provide written notice to Employee six months or more prior to such  anniversary
date that this Agreement will not be so extended.  The rights of termination set
forth in  Section  7 shall be  applicable  during  any such  extended  period of
employment.

4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

          The  Company  shall  pay  Employee,  as  compensation  for  all of the
services to be rendered by him hereunder  during the Term, and in  consideration
of the  various  restrictions  imposed  upon  Employee  during  the Term and the
Restricted  Period,  and otherwise  under this  Agreement,  the Basic Salary and
other  benefits as  provided  for and  determined  pursuant to Sections 5 and 6,
inclusive,  of this  Agreement  (collectively,  the  "Compensation");  provided,
however, that no Compensation shall be paid to Employee under this Agreement for
any period  subsequent  to the  termination  of  employment  of Employee for any
reason whatsoever, except as provided in Section 7.

                                       5

<PAGE>




5. BASIC SALARY/BONUS

     5.1 BASIC SALARY.  The Company shall pay Employee,  as compensation for all
of the services to be rendered by him hereunder  during each Employment  Year, a
salary of $175,000 per  Employment  Year (as  adjusted  upward by the Board from
time to time) (the  "Basic  Salary"),  payable in  substantially  equal  monthly
payments,  less such  deductions  or amounts as are  required  to be deducted or
withheld  by   applicable   laws  or   regulations,   deductions   for  employee
contributions to welfare  benefits  provided by the Company to Employee and such
other  deductions or amounts,  if any, as are authorized by Employee.  The Basic
Salary shall be prorated for the month in which  employment  by the Company or a
Subsidiary  commences or terminates,  and for any Employment  Year which is less
than twelve (12) months in  duration.  The Basic  Salary may be  increased  from
time-to-time by the Board (without Employee's  participation as a director) and,
once  increased,  shall not  thereafter  be reduced.  The Basic  Salary shall be
reviewed  at least once in every  Employment  Year by a  committee  of the Board
responsible  for determining  compensation of senior  management of the Company,
each of the  members  of which is a  "non-employee-director"  as defined in Rule
16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Committee").  Any increase in Basic Salary shall
not serve to  offset or reduce  any other  obligation  to  Employee  under  this
Agreement.

     5.2 BONUS. Employee will be awarded and, unless deferred by Employee,  paid
a cash bonus (the "Bonus") for each Employment Year within ninety days after the
close of the fiscal year of the Company ending within such Employment Year in an
amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  then-current  bonus or
incentive  compensation  policy in an amount  appropriate  for an Executive Vice
President of the Company.  The Committee in  consultation  with  Employee  shall
establish  in advance of each fiscal  year of the Company  during the Term goals
and  levels of the Bonus for such  fiscal  year  which  shall be  related to the
estimated budget for the Company for such fiscal year.

6. ADDITIONAL BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES

     6.1 ADDITIONAL BENEFITS. The Company shall provide the following additional
benefits to Employee during the Term:

          (i) provision of a comprehensive medical indemnity policy for Employee
and his family having terms no less  favorable  than the coverage made available
to Employee and his family on the day prior to the Commencement Date;

          (ii)  provision of an  automobile  at a monthly cost up to $500,  plus
insurance;

          (iii)  such  other  benefits  as the Board  shall  lawfully  adopt and
approve for Employee;

          (iv) four (4) weeks of paid vacation;

          (v) long term disability  insurance  coverage  consistent with current
Company policy; and

                                       6

<PAGE>



          (vi) term life  insurance in the amount of  $1,000,000  payable to his
spouse,  or such other designated  beneficiary as Employee may specify from time
to time, to the extent the same is available at normal market rates.

     6.2 REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES. The Company shall pay or reimburse Employee
for all reasonable  expenses actually incurred or paid by him during the Term in
the performance of his services under this Agreement,  upon presentation of such
bills, expense statements,  vouchers or such other supporting information as the
Board may  reasonably  require.  In the event the Company  requires  Employee to
travel on business during the Term, Employee shall be reimbursed for any related
travel expenses in accordance with this Section 6.2.

7. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     7.1  DEATH.  If  Employee  dies  during  the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate,  except that the Company shall continue to pay to Employee's  spouse,
or in the absence of a surviving spouse, his estate, Employee's Compensation for
a period through the third full month following the date of death, pay any other
amounts which were accrued but unpaid,  provide  welfare  benefits to his family
for the balance of the stated  Term as if Employee  had not died and provide for
the payment of the life insurance benefit provided for in Section 6.1.

     7.2 DISABILITY. If, during the Term, Employee has a Disability, the Company
may,  at  any  time  after  Employee  has  a  Disability,  terminate  Employee's
employment by written notice to him. In the event that Employee's  employment is
terminated,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  except  that the  Company  shall
continue  to pay  Employee's  Compensation  for a period  through the third full
month  following the date of the  termination of his  employment,  pay any other
amounts  which were  accrued but unpaid,  and  provide  welfare  benefits to his
family  for the  balance  of the  stated  Term,  as if  Employee  had  not  been
terminated  for  Disability and pay or provide for the payment of the disability
benefit provided for in Section 6.1, until Employee reaches age 65.

     7.3 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by Employee at
any time with or without cause upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company.
After such 30 day period,  the Company  shall have no further  liability to make
payments hereunder except those required by law or which were accrued and unpaid
at the end of the Term.

     7.4 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. The Company may terminate Employee's  employment
hereunder  for Cause at any time by  written  notice  given to  Employee  by the
Board.  Upon such  termination  Employee shall not have any right to receive any
further payments hereunder except for amounts accrued and unpaid hereunder prior
thereto and provide  welfare  benefits as required by law and except as provided
in Section 7.8.

     7.5  TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE.  If this  Agreement is  terminated by the
Company without Cause, Employee shall be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to
one half of  Employee's  then  current  Basic  Salary,  payable upon the Date of
Termination,  payment of any accrued but unpaid  amounts,  and provided with the
benefits described in Section 6.1 (except

                                       7

<PAGE>



clauses (iii) and (iv)) until the Term Date.  If a Change of Control  occurs and
this Agreement is terminated by the Company without Cause within a period of one
year following the Change of Control,  then Employee shall be entitled to a lump
sum payment equal to two times his then current  Basic  Salary,  payable uon the
Date of  Termination,  payment of any accrued but unpaid  amounts,  and provided
with the benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except clauses (iii) and (iv) until
the Term Date or for a period of six months, whichever is longer.

     7.6. TERMINATION FOR GOOD REASON. In the event this Agreement is terminated
by Employee  for Good Reason,  Employee  shall be entitled to a lump sum payment
equal  to two  times  his  then  current  Basic  Salary  payable  on the Date of
Termination  and  provided  with the  benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except
clauses  (iii) and (iv)) until the Term Date.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,
Good Reason shall mean:

          (a) A reduction or non-payment of Employee's  Compensation  or failure
to review Employee's Compensation as required in this Agreement;

          (b) A breach  by the  Company  of this  Agreement  which is not  cured
within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to the Board by Employee;

          (c) The failure by the Company to  continue to provide  Employee  with
substantially  the same welfare  benefits  (which for purposes of this Agreement
shall mean  benefits  under all welfare plans as that term is defined in Section
3(1) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amend),  any
prerequisites,  including  participation  on a  comparable  basis in  retirement
plans,  stock  option  plans,  stock  award  plans,  and  other  plans  in which
executives of the Company of comparable title and salary participate,  or with a
package of welfare benefits and prerequisites,  that, though one or more of such
benefits or  prerequisites  may vary from those,  including  participation  on a
comparable  basis in such retirement  plans,  stock option plans and stock award
plans,  is  substantially  comparable  in all material  respects to such welfare
benefits and prerequisites, including participation on a comparable basis in the
Company's retirement plans, stock option plans and stock award plans, taken as a
whole;

          (d) The failure of the Company to award or pay  Employee  the Bonus as
provided in Section 5.2, or the failure of the Company to provide  Employee with
the benefits provided for in Section 6.1.

     7.7 NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any purported  termination of employment by the
Company by reason of Employee's Disability or for Cause, or by Employee for Good
Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice given by Employee or the Company, which shall indicate the specific basis
for termination of employment and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts
and  circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for determination of any payments
under this Agreement.

     7.8  DATE  OF  TERMINATION.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "Date  of
Termination"  shall mean the date of termination of employment  specified in the
Notice of Termination,  which shall not be more than ninety (90) days after such
Notice of  Termination  is given,  as such date may be


<PAGE>



modified  pursuant to the  following two  sentences.  If within thirty (30) days
after any Notice of Termination is given,  the party who receives such Notice of
Termination  notifies  the other  party that a dispute  exists as to the reasons
given in the Notice of Termination (a "Dispute" and the giving of such notice, a
"Notice of  Dispute"),  the Date of  Termination  shall be the date on which the
Dispute  is  finally  determined,  either by  mutual  written  agreement  of the
parties,  by the Panel,  or by a final  judgment,  order or decree of a court of
competent  jurisdiction  (the time for appeal  therefrom  having  expired and no
appeal having been  perfected);  provided that the Date of Termination  shall be
extended  by a Notice of Dispute  only if such notice is given in good faith and
the party  giving  such notice  pursues  the  resolution  of such  Dispute  with
reasonable  diligence  and provided  further that pending the  resolution of any
such Dispute,  the Company shall continue to pay Employee the same  Compensation
and to  provide  Employee  with the  same or  substantially  comparable  welfare
benefits and prerequisites,  including participation in the Company's retirement
plans, profit sharing plans, to the extent then so available at the date of such
determination, stock option plans, stock award plans or stock appreciation right
plans that  Employee  was paid and  provided to the extent  that such  continued
participation  is possible under the general terms and provisions of such plans,
programs and  benefits  but in no event  beyond the Term Date.  Should a Dispute
asserted by Employee ultimately be determined in favor of the Company,  then all
sums (net of tax withholdings by the Company from such sums) paid by the Company
to Employee from the Date of Termination  specified in the Notice of Termination
until final resolution of the Dispute  pursuant to this paragraph,  exclusive of
accrued,  unpaid  amounts  prior to the  Date of  Termination,  shall be  repaid
promptly  by Employee  to the  Company,  all  options,  rights and stock  awards
granted to  Employee  during  such  period  shall be canceled or returned to the
Company,  and no service as an employee  shall be credited to Employee  for such
period for  pension  purposes.  Employee  shall not be  obligated  to pay to the
Company the cost of providing  Employee with welfare benefits and  prerequisites
for  such  period  unless  the  final  judgment,  order  or  decree  of a  court
arbitration  panel or other body resolving the Dispute  determines that Employee
acted in bad faith in giving a Notice of Dispute. Should a Dispute ultimately be
determined in favor of Employee,  then Employee  shall be entitled to retain all
sums paid to Employee under this subparagraph  pending resolution of the Dispute
and shall be entitled to receive,  in addition,  the payments and other benefits
provided for in this Section 7 to the extent not  previously  paid hereunder and
the payment of  Employee's  reasonable  legal fees  incurred as a result of such
Dispute  upon  submission  to the Company of a detailed  statement  of fees from
Employee's attorneys.

8. ARBITRATION

     Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the parties  hereby agree that any
dispute  regarding the rights and  obligations of any party under this Agreement
or under any law governing the relationship created by this Agreement, including
without limitation  Employee's challenge of a purported termination for Cause or
Disability,  must be resolved  pursuant to this Section 8. Within seven (7) days
of either party's written notice to the other of his or its desire to submit any
arbitrable  matter as set forth herein to arbitration,  the parties will meet to
attempt to amicably  resolve their  differences  and,  failing such  resolution,
either or both of the  parties  may submit the matter to  mandatory  and binding
arbitration  with the Center for  Public  Resources  ("CPR").  The  issue(s)  in
dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Center for Public
Resources  Rules for  Non-Administered  Arbitration of Business  Disputes,  by a
panel of three

                                       9

<PAGE>



arbitrators (the "Panel").  The only issue(s) to be determined by the Panel will
be those issues specifically  submitted to the Panel. The Panel will not extend,
modify or suspend any of the terms of this Agreement.  The arbitration  shall be
governed by the United States  Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss.1-16,  and judgment
upon the  award  rendered  by the  Panel  may be  entered  by any  court  having
jurisdiction thereof. A determination of the Panel shall be by majority vote.

     Promptly  following  receipt  of the  request  for  arbitration,  CPR shall
convene  the  parties  in person  or by  telephone  to  attempt  to  select  the
arbitrators  by  agreement of the  parties.  If  agreement  is not reached,  the
Company  shall  select  one  arbitrator  and  Employee  shall  select  one other
arbitrator.  These two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. If these two
arbitrators are unable to select the third arbitrator by mutual  agreement,  CPR
shall submit to the parties a list of not less than eleven (11) candidates. Such
list shall include a brief statement of each  candidate's  qualifications.  Each
party  shall  number  the  candidates  in order of  preference,  shall  note any
objection they may have to any  candidate,  and shall deliver the list so marked
back to CPR. Any party failing  without good cause to return the candidate  list
so marked within ten (10) days after receipt shall be deemed to have assented to
all candidates  listed thereon.  CPR shall  designate the arbitrator  willing to
serve for whom the parties  collectively  have indicated the highest  preference
and who does not appear to have a conflict of interest.  If a tie should  result
between two candidates, CPR may designate either candidate.

     This agreement to arbitrate is specifically enforceable.  Judgment upon any
award rendered by the Panel may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The
decision of the Panel within the scope of the submission is final and binding on
all  parties,  and any  right  to  judicial  action  on any  matter  subject  to
arbitration  hereunder hereby is waived (unless otherwise provided by applicable
law),  except suit to enforce this arbitration award or in the event arbitration
is not available for any reason or in the event the Company shall seek equitable
relief to enforce  Section 9 of this  Agreement.  If the rules of the CPR differ
from those of this Section 8, the provisions of this Section 8 will control. The
Company  shall  pay all the  costs  of  arbitration  including  the  fees of the
arbitrators,  and the arbitrators shall award reasonable legal fees to Employee,
unless the arbitrators or a judicial forum shall finally determine that Employee
acted in bad faith.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PROPRIETARY INTERESTS

     9.1   ACKNOWLEDGMENT   OF   CONFIDENTIALITY.   Employee   understands   and
acknowledges that he may obtain  Confidential  Information  during the course of
his employment by the Company.  Accordingly,  Employee agrees that he shall not,
either  during  the Term or at any  time  within  two  years  after  the Date of
Termination,  (i) use or disclose any such Confidential  Information outside the
Company,  its  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates;  or (ii) except as required in the
proper  performance of his services  hereunder,  remove or aid in the removal of
any Confidential  Information or any property or material  relating thereto from
the premises of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

          The foregoing confidentiality  provisions shall cease to be applicable
to any Confidential  Information which becomes generally available to the public
(except  by  reason  of or as a  consequence  of a  breach  by  Employee  of his
obligations under this Section 9).

                                       10

<PAGE>



                In the event  Employee  is  required  by law or a court order to
disclose any such Confidential Information, he shall promptly notify the Company
of such requirement and provide the Company with a copy of any court order or of
any law which in his opinion  requires  such  disclosure  and, if the Company so
elects,  to the extent that he is legally  able,  permit the Company an adequate
opportunity, at its own expense, to contest such law or court order.

     9.2 DELIVERY OF MATERIAL.  Employee  shall  promptly,  and without  charge,
deliver to the Company on the termination of his employment hereunder, or at any
other time the Company may so request, all memoranda,  notes, records,  reports,
manuals,  computer disks, videotapes,  drawings,  blueprints and other documents
(and  all  copies  thereof)  relating  to  the  Business  of  the  Company,  its
Subsidiaries and its Affiliates, and all property associated therewith, which he
may then possess or have under his control.

10. NON-COMPETITION PROVISIONS

     Employee  agrees that he will not,  during the Restricted  Period,  compete
directly  or  indirectly  with the  Business.  The phrase  "compete  directly or
indirectly  with the Business" shall be deemed to include, without  limiting the
generality  thereof,  (1)  engaging or having a material  interest,  directly or
indirectly,   as   owner,   employee,    officer,   director,   partner,   sales
representative,  stockholder, capital investor, lessor, renderer of consultation
services or advise,  either alone or in association with other, in the operation
of any  aspect  of any  type of  business  or  enterprise  competitive  with the
Business; (2) soliciting any of the employees of the Company or any Affiliate to
leave the employ of the  Company or the  Affiliate;  (3)  soliciting  any of the
employees  of the  Company or any  Affiliate  to become  employees  of any other
Person;  or (4)  soliciting  any customer of the Company or any  Affiliate  with
respect to the Business.  Similarly,  Employee shall not raid,  entice or induce
any Person who on the Date of Termination is, or within one (1) year immediately
preceding  the  Date of  Termination  was,  a  customer  of the  Company  or any
Affiliate, to become a customer of any other Person for products or services the
same as, or similar to,  those  products and services as from time to time shall
be provided by the Company or any Affiliate, and Employee shall not approach any
Person for such purpose;  nor shall Employee  raid,  entice or induce any Person
who on the Date of Termination is, or within one year immediately  preceding the
Date of Termination was, an employee of the Company or any Affiliate,  to become
employed by any other Person;  similarly,  Employee  shall not approach any such
employee for such  purpose or authorize or knowingly  approve the taking of such
actions by any other  Person or assist any such other  Person in taking any such
action.

          The phrase  "compete  directly or indirectly  with the Business" shall
not be deemed to include an ownership interest as an inactive  investor,  which,
for purposes of this Agreement, shall mean only the beneficial ownership of less
than five  (5%)  percent  of the  outstanding  shares of any  series or class of
securities of any competitor of the Company or any Affiliate,  which  securities
of such series or class are publicly traded in the securities market.

11. SURVIVAL

                                       11

<PAGE>



          The  provisions  of  Sections  7,  8,  9,  10,  and 14  shall  survive
termination of this Agreement and remain enforceable according to their terms.

12. SEVERABILITY

          The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement
shall in no way affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other  provisions
hereof.

13. NOTICES

          All notices,  demands and  requests  required or permitted to be given
under the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed duly given if made in
writing and  delivered  personally  or mailed by postage  prepaid  certified  or
registered mail, return receipt requested,  accompanied by a second copy sent by
ordinary mail, which notices shall be addressed as follows:

          If to the Company:

          Cunningham Graphics, Inc.
          629 Grove Street
          Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
          Attn:  President

          If to Employee:

          Gordon Mays
          84 Earl Street
          Westbury, New York 11590

          with a copy to:

          David I. Ferber, Esq.
          Ferber Chan & Essner
          530 Fifth Avenue
          New York, New York 10036-5101

          By notifying  the other parties in writing,  given as  aforesaid,  any
party may from  time-to-time  change  its  address  or the name of any person to
whose  attention  notice  is to be  given,  or may add  another  person to whose
attention notice is to be given, in connection with notice to any party.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUCCESSORS

          Neither this  Agreement nor any of his rights or duties  hereunder may
be assigned or delegated by Employee.  This  Agreement is not  assignable by the
Company   except  to  any

                                       12

<PAGE>



successor in interest which takes over all or substantially  all of the business
of the  Company,  as it is  conducted  at  the  time  of  such  assignment.  Any
corporation  into or with which the Company is merged or  consolidated  or which
takes over all or  substantially  all of the  business of the  Company  shall be
deemed to be a successor  of the Company for  purposes  hereof.  This  Agreement
shall be binding upon and,  except as  aforesaid,  shall inure to the benefit of
the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

15. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

          In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by
Employee in connection  with the termination of Employee's  employment  (whether
pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  or any  other  plan,  arrangement  or
agreement  with the  Company,  any person  whose  actions  result in a Change in
Control of the Company or any person affiliated with the Company or such person)
(collectively with the payments and benefits hereunder,  "Total Payments") would
not be deductible  (in whole or part) as a result of section 280G of the Code by
the Company,  an affiliate or other person making such payment or providing such
benefit,  the payments and benefits  hereunder shall be reduced until no portion
of the Total Payments is not deductible,  or the payments and benefits hereunder
are reduced to zero. At Employee's  request,  such  reduction may be effected by
extending  the date the  payment  would  otherwise  be due by not more than five
years or by  decreasing  the amount of the payment or benefit  otherwise due and
payable.  For purposes of this  limitation  (i) no portion of the Total Payments
the receipt or  enjoyment of which  Employee  shall have  effectively  waived in
writing  prior to the date of  payment  shall be  taken  into  account,  (ii) no
portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which,  in the opinion
of tax counsel selected by Employee and acceptable to the Company's  independent
auditors,  is not likely to constitute a "parachute  payment" within the meaning
of section  280G(b)(2)  of the Code,  (iii) the payments and benefits  hereunder
shall be reduced only to the extent necessary so that, in the opinion of the tax
counsel  referred  to in clause  (ii),  the Total  Payments  (other  than  those
referred to in clauses (i) or (ii)) in their  entirety are likely to  constitute
reasonable  compensation  for services  actually  rendered within the meaning of
section  280G(b)(4)  of the Code or are  otherwise  not  likely to be subject to
disallowance  as deductions;  and (iv) the value of any non-cash  benefit or any
deferred  payment or benefit  included in the Total Payments shall be determined
by the  Company's  independent  auditors in  accordance  with the  principles of
sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, WAIVER AND OTHER

     16.1.  INTEGRATION.  This  Agreement  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties  hereto on its subject  matter and  supersedes  all previous  agreements
between the parties hereto,  written or oral,  express or implied,  covering the
subject matter hereof. No representations,  inducements, promises or agreements,
oral or otherwise, not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

     16.2. NO WAIVER. No waiver or modification of any of the provisions of this
Agreement  shall be valid  unless in  writing  and signed by or on behalf of the
party granting such waiver or modification. No waiver by any party of any breach
or default  hereunder  shall be deemed a waiver of any repetition of such breach
or default or shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default, nor shall
it in any way affect any of the other terms or conditions  of this

                                       13

<PAGE>



Agreement or the enforceability  thereof.  No failure of the Company or Employee
to exercise any power given it/him hereunder or to insist upon strict compliance
by the other party with any obligation  hereunder,  and no custom or practice at
variance  with the terms hereof,  shall  constitute a waiver of the right of the
other party to demand strict compliance with the terms hereof.

          Employee  shall not have the right to sign any waiver or  modification
of any  provisions  of this  Agreement on behalf of the  Company,  nor shall any
action taken by Employee reduce his obligations under this Agreement.

          This  Agreement  may  not  be  supplemented  or  rescinded  except  by
instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto after the date hereof.
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights of any of the parties hereunder may
be terminated except as provided herein.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

     17.1 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed,  and
the rights and  obligations of the parties hereto  enforced,  in accordance with
the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     17.2 HEADINGS. The Section and Subsection headings contained herein are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not in any  way  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.

     17.3 SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of
this  Agreement  shall in no way affect the  validity or  enforceability  of any
other provisions hereof.

     17.4 OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY.  The Company's  obligation to pay Employee the
compensation and to make the arrangements  provided herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any setoff, counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense or other right which
the Company may have against Employee or anyone else. All amounts payable by the
Company  hereunder  shall be paid without notice or demand.  Except as expressly
provided  herein,  the  Company  waives all rights  which it may now have or may
hereafter have conferred upon it, by statute or otherwise, to terminate,  cancel
or rescind this Agreement in whole or in part. Except as provided in Section 7.8
herein,  each and every payment made hereunder by the Company shall be final and
the  Company  will not seek to  recover  for any  reason all or any part of such
payment from  Employee or any person  entitled  thereto.  Employee  shall not be
required to mitigate the amount of any payment or other benefit  provided for in
this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise.

     17.5 RIGHTS OF BENEFICIARIES OF EMPLOYEE. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by, Employee's personal or legal representatives,
executors,   administrators,   successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees  and
legatees.  If Employee  should die while any  amounts  would still be payable to
Employee  hereunder  if he had  continued  to  live,  all such  amounts,  unless
otherwise  provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement to Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other  designee or, if there be no
such designee, to Employee's estate.

                                       14

<PAGE>



                IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as
of the date first written above, to be effective as of the Commencement Date.

                                              CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.

                                              By:
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                  Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                                  Title: President and Chief
                                                         Executive Officer


                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Gordon Mays



                                       15





                                                                    Exhibit 10.5

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          AGREEMENT  dated  as of  April  13,  1998  by and  between  CUNNINGHAM
GRAPHICS, INC., a New Jersey corporation,  with its principal offices located at
629 Grove Street,  Jersey City,  New Jersey 07310 (the  "Company"),  and TIMOTHY
MAYS,  with an  address  at 3  Hearthstone  Drive,  Dix  Hills,  New York  11746
("Employee");

                                R E C I T A L S:

          WHEREAS,  the  Employee  is a  shareholder  and senior  officer of the
Company; and

          WHEREAS,  the Company is contemplating a  reorganization,  by which it
will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cunningham Graphics International, Inc.
("CGII") and will be followed by an initial  public  offering of common stock by
CGII,  and wishes to memorialize  the terms of the Employee's  employment by the
Company prior to the consummation of such transactions;

          NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:

     1.1  "AFFILIATE"  shall  mean  a  Person  which,  directly  or  indirectly,
controls,  is controlled by or is under common control with CGII or the Company,
and for purposes  hereof,  "control"  shall mean the ownership of 20% or more of
the voting interests of the Person in question.

     1.2 "BASIC SALARY" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section
5.1 of this Agreement.

     1.3  "BOARD"  shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  as duly
constituted from time to time. Any action of the Board hereunder with respect to
this  Agreement  shall  require the approval of a majority of the whole Board of
Directors of the Company.

     1.4  "BUSINESS"  shall mean the  business  conducted  by the Company or any
Subsidiary,  directly or indirectly,  including,  but not limited to, commercial
printing and services ancillary thereto.


<PAGE>



     1.5 "CAUSE" shall mean any of the following:

          (a) The conviction of Employee for a felony, or the willful commission
by  Employee of a criminal  act,  that in the  reasonable  judgment of the Board
causes or will  likely  cause  substantial  economic  damage to the  Company  or
substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company;

          (b) The  willful  commission  by  Employee  of an act of  fraud in the
performance of such Employee's  duties on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary;
or

          (c)  The  continuing  willful  failure  of  Employee  to  perform  the
substantive  duties of the Employee to the Company  (other than any such failure
resulting from  Employee's  incapacity due to physical or mental  illness) after
written notice thereof (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail)
and a  reasonable  opportunity  to be heard and cure such  failure  are given to
Employee by the Board.

          For  purposes  of this  subparagraph,  no act,  or failure to act,  on
Employee's  part shall be  considered  "willful"  unless done,  or omitted to be
done, by him not in good faith and without  reasonable belief that his action or
omission was in the best interests of the Company or a Subsidiary.

     1.6 "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean:

     (A) any "person"  (as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act")),  other than a trustee
or other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under an employee  benefit plan of the
Company or a  Subsidiary,  which becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company
representing  20% or more of the  combined  voting power of the  Company's  then
outstanding securities;

     (B) 33-1/3% of the Board of Directors  consists of  individuals  other than
the members of the Board of Directors on the  Commencement  Date (the "Incumbent
Directors");  provided,  however, that any person becoming a director subsequent
to such date whose  election or nomination for election was approved by at least
two-thirds  of the  directors  who at the time of such  election  or  nomination
comprised  the  Incumbent  Directors  shall for purposes of this  definition  be
considered an Incumbent Director;

     (C) the shareholders of the Company approve, or if no shareholder  approval
is  required or  obtained,  the Company  completes  a merger,  consolidation  or
similar  transaction  of the Company  with or into any other  corporation,  or a
binding share exchange involving the Company's securities occurs, other than any
such  transaction  which would  result in the voting  securities  of the Company
outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by
remaining  outstanding  or by being  converted  into  voting  securities  of the
surviving  entity)  at least  75% of the  combined  voting  power of the  voting
securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such transaction; or

                                       2

<PAGE>



     (D) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete  liquidation
of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all
or substantially all the Company's assets.

     1.7 "CODE" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and
the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder.

     1.8 "COMMENCEMENT DATE" shall mean the date that the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 is declared  effective by the United States Securities and
Exchange  Commission and the Company  consummates the initial public offering of
its securities.

     1.9 "COMPENSATION"  shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section
4 of this Agreement.

     1.10 "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" shall include, without limitation by reason
of specification, any information, including, without limitation, trade secrets,
operational methods, methods of doing business,  technical processes,  formulae,
designs and design projects,  inventions,  research  projects,  strategic plans,
possible  acquisition  information and other business  affairs of the Company or
its  Affiliates,  which (i) is or are  designed  to be used in, or are or may be
useful in connection  with,  the Business of the Company,  any Subsidiary or any
Affiliate  of any  thereof,  or  which,  in the case of any of  these  entities,
results from any of the research or  development  activities of any such entity,
or  (ii) is  private  or  confidential  in that  it is not  generally  known  or
available to the public,  except as the result of unauthorized  disclosure by or
information supplied by Employee,  or (iii) gives the Company or a Subsidiary or
any Affiliate an opportunity  or the  possibility of obtaining an advantage over
competitors  who may not know or use such  information  or who are not  lawfully
permitted to use the same.

     1.11 "DATE OF  TERMINATION"  shall mean the Term Date, or such earlier date
upon which this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

     1.12  "DISABILITY"   shall  mean  the  inability  of  Employee  to  perform
Employee's duties of employment for the Company, if employed by the Company or a
Subsidiary,  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement and by-laws of the Company
as hereinafter  provided,  because of physical or mental disability,  where such
disability  shall have existed for a period of more than 180 consecutive days or
an  aggregate of 210 days in any 365 day period.  The  existence of a Disability
means that Employee's mental and/or physical condition substantially  interferes
with Employee's performance of his substantive duties for the Company and/or its
Subsidiaries  as  specified  in this  Agreement.  The fact of  whether  or not a
Disability  exists  hereunder  shall be determined by  professionally  qualified
medical experts selected by the Board and reasonably  acceptable to the Employee
or his agent.

     1.13 "DUTIES"  shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 2.1
of this Agreement.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     1.14  "EMPLOYMENT  YEAR"  shall  mean  each  twelve-month  period,  or part
thereof,  during  which  Employee  is  employed  hereunder,  commencing  on  the
Commencement  Date and on the same day of the subsequent  calendar year and each
consecutive 12 month period thereafter.

     1.15 "GOOD REASON" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7.6.

     1.16 "PANEL" shall have the meaning given such terms in Section 8.

     1.17 "PERSON" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship,  partnership,
joint venture, trust,  unincorporated  organization,  association,  corporation,
limited liability company,  institution,  public benefit corporation,  entity or
government  (whether  federal,  state,  county,  city,  municipal or  otherwise,
including,  without limitation,  any instrumentality,  division, agency, body or
department thereof).

     1.18  "RESTRICTED  PERIOD"  shall  mean the Term and (i) the  twelve  month
period  thereafter in the case of a termination of employment of Employee by the
Company for Cause;  (ii) the twelve month period  thereafter  in the case of the
termination of Employee's  employment  voluntarily,  other than for Good Reason;
and (iii) during the period of Disability.

     1.19  "SUBSIDIARY"  shall  mean a  Person,  50% or more of the  outstanding
voting interests of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the
Company.

     1.20 "TERM"  shall mean the period of  employment  of  Employee  under this
Agreement.

     1.21 "TERM DATE" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 3
of this Agreement.

     Wherever  from the  context  it  appears  appropriate,  each word or phrase
stated in either the singular or the plural  shall  include the singular and the
plural,  and each pronoun  stated in the  masculine,  feminine or neuter  gender
shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

2. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

     2.1 EMPLOYMENT;  TITLE;  DUTIES.  The Company hereby employs Employee,  and
Employee hereby accepts appointment,  as Executive Vice President - Sales of the
Company.   The  duties  of  Employee  shall  be  to  have  general   supervisory
responsibility   for  the   Company's   sales  to  major   corporate   customers
(collectively, the "Duties"), acting, in all instances, under the supervision of
the  President  of the Company and in  accordance  with the  policies set by the
Board. To the extent that the Board  determines to procure a policy of directors
and officers  liability  insurance,  the Company  shall take such actions as are
necessary to include Employee within the coverage of such policy.

     2.2  PERFORMANCE  OF DUTIES.  Employee shall devote  substantially  all his
working  time to perform the Duties as an  executive  of the Company and for the
performance  of  such  other  executive  duties  as are  assigned  to  him  from
time-to-time by the Board. During the Term, Employee:  (i) shall comply with all
laws, statutes,  ordinances, rules and regulations relating to

                                       4

<PAGE>



the  Business,  and (ii) shall not  engage in or become  employed,  directly  or
indirectly,  in a business  which  competes with the Business of the Company and
its Affiliates, without the prior written consent of the Board, nor shall he act
as a consultant to or provide any services to, whether on a  remunerative  basis
or otherwise,  the commercial or professional business of any other Person which
competes  with the  Business  of the Company and its  Affiliates,  without  such
written consent, which, in both instances, may be given or withheld by the Board
in its absolute discretion.

     2.3 LOCATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  The principal  place of employment of Employee
shall be within a thirty  mile radius of Jersey  City,  New Jersey or such other
location as is consented to by Employee.  The Duties shall not require  Employee
to relocate  his  residence  without his  consent.  It is,  however,  distinctly
understood  and agreed that  Employee may be required,  in  connection  with the
performance  of his  duties,  to work  from  time to  time  at  other  locations
designated  by the Board or as required in  connection  with the Business of the
Company.

3. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

          The employment of Employee  pursuant to this Agreement  shall commence
as of the  Commencement  Date and  shall  end  three  years  thereafter,  unless
extended pursuant to the next sentence or unless sooner  terminated  pursuant to
Section 7 (the later of (i) the third  anniversary of the Commencement  Date and
(ii) the date to which Employee's period of employment has been extended, is the
"Term  Date").  If  Employee's  employment  hereunder  has not  previously  been
terminated in accordance with Section 7 hereof,  then on the second  anniversary
of the Commencement Date, and on each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement
Date, the Term shall be extended for one additional year, unless the Board shall
provide written notice to Employee six months or more prior to such  anniversary
date that this Agreement will not be so extended.  The rights of termination set
forth in  Section  7 shall be  applicable  during  any such  extended  period of
employment.

4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

          The  Company  shall  pay  Employee,  as  compensation  for  all of the
services to be rendered by him hereunder  during the Term, and in  consideration
of the  various  restrictions  imposed  upon  Employee  during  the Term and the
Restricted  Period,  and otherwise  under this  Agreement,  the Basic Salary and
other  benefits as  provided  for and  determined  pursuant to Sections 5 and 6,
inclusive,  of this  Agreement  (collectively,  the  "Compensation");  provided,
however, that no compensation shall be paid to Employee under this Agreement for
any period  subsequent  to the  termination  of  employment  of Employee for any
reason whatsoever, except as provided in Section 7.

                                       5

<PAGE>



5. BASIC SALARY/BONUS

     5.1 BASIC SALARY.  The Company shall pay Employee,  as compensation for all
of the services to be rendered by him hereunder  during each Employment  Year, a
salary of $150,000 per  Employment  Year (as  adjusted  upward by the Board from
time to time) (the  "Basic  Salary"),  payable in  substantially  equal  monthly
payments,  less such  deductions  or amounts as are  required  to be deducted or
withheld  by   applicable   laws  or   regulations,   deductions   for  employee
contributions to welfare  benefits  provided by the Company to Employee and such
other  deductions or amounts,  if any, as are authorized by Employee.  The Basic
Salary shall be prorated for the month in which  employment  by the Company or a
Subsidiary  commences or terminates,  and for any Employment  Year which is less
than twelve (12) months in  duration.  The Basic  Salary may be  increased  from
time-to-time by the Board (without Employee's  participation as a director) and,
once  increased,  shall not  thereafter  be reduced.  The Basic  Salary shall be
reviewed  at least once in every  Employment  Year by a  committee  of the Board
responsible  for determining  compensation of senior  management of the Company,
each of the  members  of which is a  "non-employee-director"  as defined in Rule
16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Committee").  Any increase in Basic Salary shall
not serve to  offset or reduce  any other  obligation  to  Employee  under  this
Agreement.

     5.2 BONUS. Employee will be awarded and, unless deferred by Employee,  paid
a cash bonus (the "Bonus") for each Employment Year within ninety days after the
close of the fiscal year of the Company ending within such Employment Year in an
amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  then-current  bonus or
incentive  compensation  policy  in an amount  appropriate  for  Executive  Vice
President - Sales of the Company.  The Committee in  consultation  with Employee
shall  establish  in advance of each fiscal year of the Company  during the Term
goals and levels of the Bonus for such fiscal year which shall be related to the
estimated budget for the Company for such fiscal year.

     5.3.  COMMISSION.  Employee shall be entitled to a commission in the amount
of one and one half percent (1 1/2%) on the payments actually collected,  net of
inkjetting,  labeling,  insertion,  mainframe  printing,  shipping  and  mailing
charges,  in respect of printing  and binding  charges to New York Life,  Credit
Suisse  First  Boston  (United  States  printing  jobs only),  CIBC  Oppenheimer
(non-mutual fund jobs only), AICPA, Bear Stearns (fixed income department jobs),
Needham,   Brown  Brothers,   National  League  for  Nursing,   Benjamin  Moore,
Outstanding Investor,  American Cancer Society, CNET, Prudential Securities, and
future  customers  directly  attributable  to  Employee  as  determined  by  the
President of the Company. The commission shall be based upon sales booked on and
after  April 1, 1998.  Payment of the  commission  shall be made on a  quarterly
basis between 45 and 60 days following the end of each calendar quarter.  At the
option  of  the  Company,  advance  payments  of  the  commission,   subject  to
reconciliation  later in the  year,  may be made  based  upon  historical  sales
levels.

                                       6

<PAGE>



6. ADDITIONAL BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES

     6.1 ADDITIONAL BENEFITS. The Company shall provide the following additional
benefits to Employee during the Term:

          (i) provision of a comprehensive medical indemnity policy for Employee
and his family having terms no less  favorable  than the coverage made available
to Employee and his family on the day prior to the Commencement Date;

          (ii)  provision of an  automobile  at a total monthly cost up to $500,
plus insurance;

          (iii)  such  other  benefits  as the Board  shall  lawfully  adopt and
approve for Employee;

          (iv) term life  insurance in the amount of  $1,000,000  payable to his
spouse,  or such other designated  beneficiary as Employee may specify from time
to time, to the extent the same is available at normal market rates;

          (v) four (4) weeks of paid vacation; and

          (vi) long term disability  insurance coverage  consistent with current
Company policy.

     6.2 REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES. The Company shall pay or reimburse Employee
for all reasonable  expenses actually incurred or paid by him during the Term in
the performance of his services under this Agreement,  upon presentation of such
bills, expense statements,  vouchers or such other supporting information as the
Board may  reasonably  require.  In the event the Company  requires  Employee to
travel on business during the Term, Employee shall be reimbursed for any related
travel expenses in accordance with this Section 6.2.

7. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     7.1  DEATH.  If  Employee  dies  during  the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate,  except that the Company shall continue to pay to Employee's  spouse,
or in the absence of a surviving spouse, his estate, Employee's Compensation for
a period through the third full month following the date of death, pay any other
amounts which were accrued but unpaid,  provide  welfare  benefits to his family
for the balance of the stated  Term as if Employee  had not died and provide for
the payment of the life insurance benefit provided for in Section 6.1.

     7.2 DISABILITY. If, during the Term, Employee has a Disability, the Company
may,  at  any  time  after  Employee  has  a  Disability,  terminate  Employee's
employment by written notice to him. In the event that Employee's  employment is
terminated,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  except  that the  Company  shall
continue  to pay  Employee's  Compensation  for a period  through the third full
month  following the date of the  termination of his  employment,  pay any other
amounts  which were  accrued but unpaid,  and  provide  welfare  benefits to his
family  for the  balance  of the  stated  Term,  as if  Employee  had  not  been
terminated  for  Disability and pay or provide for the payment of the disability
benefit provided for in Section 6.1, until Employee reaches age 65.

                                       7

<PAGE>



     7.3 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by Employee at
any time with or without cause upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company.
After such 30 day period,  the Company  shall have no further  liability to make
payments hereunder except those required by law or which were accrued and unpaid
at the end of the Term.

     7.4 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. The Company may terminate Employee's  employment
hereunder  for Cause at any time by  written  notice  given to  Employee  by the
Board.  Upon such  termination  Employee shall not have any right to receive any
further payments hereunder except for amounts accrued and unpaid hereunder prior
thereto and provide  welfare  benefits as required by law and except as provided
in Section 7.8.

     7.5  TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE.  If this  Agreement is  terminated by the
Company without Cause, Employee shall be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to
one half of  Employee's  then  current  Basic  Salary,  payable upon the Date of
Termination,  payment of any accrued but unpaid  amounts,  and provided with the
benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except clauses (iii) and (v)) until the Term
Date.  If a Change of Control  occurs and this  Agreement is  terminated  by the
Company  without  Cause  within a period  of one year  following  the  Change of
Control,  then  Employee  shall be entitled  to a lump sum payment  equal to two
times his then  current  Basic  Salary,  payable  upon the Date of  Termination,
payment of any  accrued  but unpaid  amounts,  and  provided  with the  benefits
described in Section 6.1 (except  clauses  (iii) and (iv) until the Term Date or
for a period of six months, whichever is longer.

     7.6. TERMINATION FOR GOOD REASON. In the event this Agreement is terminated
by Employee  for Good Reason,  Employee  shall be entitled to a lump sum payment
equal  to two  times  his  then  current  Basic  Salary  payable  on the Date of
Termination  and  provided  with the  benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except
clauses (iii) and (v)) until the Term Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Good
Reason shall mean:

          (a) A reduction or non-payment  of Employee's  Basic Salary or failure
to review Employee's Basic Salary as required in this Agreement;

          (b) A breach  by the  Company  of this  Agreement  which is not  cured
within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to the Board by Employee;

          (c) The failure by the Company to  continue to provide  Employee  with
substantially  the same welfare  benefits  (which for purposes of this Agreement
shall mean  benefits  under all welfare plans as that term is defined in Section
3(1) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amend),  any
prerequisites,  including  participation  on a  comparable  basis in  retirement
plans,  stock  option  plans,  stock  award  plans,  and  other  plans  in which
executives of the Company of comparable title and salary participate,  or with a
package of welfare benefits and prerequisites,  that, though one or more of such
benefits or  prerequisites  may vary from those,  including  participation  on a
comparable  basis in such retirement  plans,  stock option plans and stock award
plans,  is  substantially  comparable  in all material  respects to such welfare
benefits and prerequisites, including participation on a comparable basis in the
Company's retirement plans, stock option plans and stock award plans, taken as a
whole;

                                       8

<PAGE>



          (d) The failure of the Company to award or pay  Employee  the Bonus as
provided in Section  5.2,  or  commission  as  provided  in Section  5.3, or the
failure of the Company to provide  Employee  with the  benefits  provided for in
Section 6.1.

     7.7 NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any purported  termination of employment by the
Company by reason of Employee's Disability or for Cause, or by Employee for Good
Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice given by Employee or the Company, which shall indicate the specific basis
for termination of employment and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts
and  circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for determination of any payments
under this Agreement.

     7.8  DATE  OF  TERMINATION.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "Date  of
Termination"  shall mean the date of termination of employment  specified in the
Notice of Termination,  which shall not be more than ninety (90) days after such
Notice of  Termination  is given,  as such date may be modified  pursuant to the
following  two  sentences.  If  within  thirty  (30) days  after  any  Notice of
Termination is given, the party who receives such Notice of Termination notifies
the other party that a dispute  exists as to the reasons  given in the Notice of
Termination (a "Dispute" and the giving of such notice,  a "Notice of Dispute"),
the  Date of  Termination  shall be the date on which  the  Dispute  is  finally
determined,  either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by the Panel, or
by a final judgment,  order or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction (the
time for appeal  therefrom  having expired and no appeal having been perfected);
provided that the Date of  Termination  shall be extended by a Notice of Dispute
only if such  notice is given in good  faith and the party  giving  such  notice
pursues the  resolution of such Dispute with  reasonable  diligence and provided
further that  pending the  resolution  of any such  Dispute,  the Company  shall
continue to pay Employee the same  Compensation and to provide Employee with the
same or substantially  comparable welfare benefits and prerequisites,  including
participation in the Company's  retirement  plans,  profit sharing plans, to the
extent then so available at the date of such determination,  stock option plans,
stock award plans or stock  appreciation  right plans that Employee was paid and
provided to the extent that such continued  participation  is possible under the
general  terms and  provisions  of such plans,  programs  and benefits but in no
event beyond the Term Date. Should a Dispute asserted by Employee  ultimately be
determined in favor of the Company,  then all sums (net of tax  withholdings  by
the Company  from such sums) paid by the  Company to  Employee  from the Date of
Termination specified in the Notice of Termination until final resolution of the
Dispute pursuant to this paragraph,  exclusive of accrued,  unpaid amounts prior
to the Date of Termination, shall be repaid promptly by Employee to the Company,
all  options,  rights and stock  awards  granted to Employee  during such period
shall be  canceled or  returned  to the  Company,  and no service as an employee
shall be  credited to Employee  for such period for pension  purposes.  Employee
shall not be obligated to pay to the Company the cost of providing Employee with
welfare  benefits and  prerequisites  for such period unless the final judgment,
order or decree of a court arbitration panel or other body resolving the Dispute
determines  that  Employee  acted in bad faith in  giving a Notice  of  Dispute.
Should a Dispute  ultimately be  determined in favor of Employee,  then Employee
shall be entitled to retain all sums paid to  Employee  under this  subparagraph
pending resolution of the Dispute and shall be entitled to receive, in addition,
the payments and other benefits provided for in this Section 7 to the

                                       9

<PAGE>



extent not previously  paid  hereunder and the payment of Employee's  reasonable
legal fees  incurred as a result of such Dispute upon  submission to the Company
of a detailed statement of fees from Employee's attorneys.

8. ARBITRATION

     Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the parties  hereby agree that any
dispute  regarding the rights and  obligations of any party under this Agreement
or under any law governing the relationship created by this Agreement, including
without limitation  Employee's challenge of a purported termination for Cause or
Disability,  must be resolved  pursuant to this Section 8. Within seven (7) days
of either party's written notice to the other of his or its desire to submit any
arbitrable  matter as set forth herein to arbitration,  the parties will meet to
attempt to amicably  resolve their  differences  and,  failing such  resolution,
either or both of the  parties  may submit the matter to  mandatory  and binding
arbitration  with the Center for  Public  Resources  ("CPR").  The  issue(s)  in
dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Center for Public
Resources  Rules for  Non-Administered  Arbitration of Business  Disputes,  by a
panel of three arbitrators (the "Panel").  The only issue(s) to be determined by
the Panel will be those issues  specifically  submitted to the Panel.  The Panel
will not  extend,  modify or  suspend  any of the terms of this  Agreement.  The
arbitration  shall be governed by the United  States  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.
ss.1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Panel may be entered by any
court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  A  determination  of the Panel shall be by
majority vote.

     Promptly  following  receipt  of the  request  for  arbitration,  CPR shall
convene  the  parties  in person  or by  telephone  to  attempt  to  select  the
arbitrators  by  agreement of the  parties.  If  agreement  is not reached,  the
Company  shall  select  one  arbitrator  and  Employee  shall  select  one other
arbitrator.  These two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. If these two
arbitrators are unable to select the third arbitrator by mutual  agreement,  CPR
shall submit to the parties a list of not less than eleven (11) candidates. Such
list shall include a brief statement of each  candidate's  qualifications.  Each
party  shall  number  the  candidates  in order of  preference,  shall  note any
objection they may have to any  candidate,  and shall deliver the list so marked
back to CPR. Any party failing  without good cause to return the candidate  list
so marked within ten (10) days after receipt shall be deemed to have assented to
all candidates  listed thereon.  CPR shall  designate the arbitrator  willing to
serve for whom the parties  collectively  have indicated the highest  preference
and who does not appear to have a conflict of interest.  If a tie should  result
between two candidates, CPR may designate either candidate.

     This agreement to arbitrate is specifically enforceable.  Judgment upon any
award rendered by the Panel may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The
decision of the Panel within the scope of the submission is final and binding on
all  parties,  and any  right  to  judicial  action  on any  matter  subject  to
arbitration  hereunder hereby is waived (unless otherwise provided by applicable
law),  except suit to enforce this arbitration award or in the event arbitration
is not available for any reason or in the event the Company shall seek equitable
relief to enforce  Section 9 of this  Agreement.  If the rules of the CPR differ
from those of this Section 8, the provisions of this Section 8 will control. The
Company  shall  pay all the  costs  of  arbitration  including  the  fees of the
arbitrators,  and the arbitrators shall award reasonable legal fees to

                                       10

<PAGE>



Employee,  unless the  arbitrators or a judicial  forum shall finally  determine
that Employee acted in bad faith.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PROPRIETARY INTERESTS

     9.1   ACKNOWLEDGMENT   OF   CONFIDENTIALITY.   Employee   understands   and
acknowledges that he may obtain  Confidential  Information  during the course of
his employment by the Company.  Accordingly,  Employee agrees that he shall not,
either  during  the Term or at any  time  within  two  years  after  the Date of
Termination,  (i) use or disclose any such Confidential  Information outside the
Company,  its  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates;  or (ii) except as required in the
proper  performance of his services  hereunder,  remove or aid in the removal of
any Confidential  Information or any property or material  relating thereto from
the premises of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

          The foregoing confidentiality  provisions shall cease to be applicable
to any Confidential  Information which becomes generally available to the public
(except  by  reason  of or as a  consequence  of a  breach  by  Employee  of his
obligations under this Section 9).

          In the event  Employee is required by law or a court order to disclose
any such Confidential Information,  he shall promptly notify the Company of such
requirement and provide the Company with a copy of any court order or of any law
which in his opinion requires such disclosure and, if the Company so elects,  to
the extent that he is legally able, permit the Company an adequate  opportunity,
at its own expense, to contest such law or court order.

     9.2 DELIVERY OF MATERIAL.  Employee  shall  promptly,  and without  charge,
deliver to the Company on the termination of his employment hereunder, or at any
other time the Company may so request, all memoranda,  notes, records,  reports,
manuals,  computer disks, videotapes,  drawings,  blueprints and other documents
(and  all  copies  thereof)  relating  to  the  Business  of  the  Company,  its
Subsidiaries and its Affiliates, and all property associated therewith, which he
may then possess or have under his control.

10. NON-COMPETITION PROVISIONS

     Employee  agrees that he will not,  during the Restricted  Period,  compete
directly  or  indirectly  with the  Business.  The phrase  "compete  directly or
indirectly  with the Business" shall be deemed to include, without  limiting the
generality  thereof,  (1)  engaging or having a material  interest,  directly or
indirectly,   as   owner,   employee,    officer,   director,   partner,   sales
representative,  stockholder, capital investor, lessor, renderer of consultation
services or advise,  either alone or in association with other, in the operation
of any  aspect  of any  type of  business  or  enterprise  competitive  with the
Business; (2) soliciting any of the employees of the Company or any Affiliate to
leave the employ of the  Company or the  Affiliate;  (3)  soliciting  any of the
employees  of the  Company or any  Affiliate  to become  employees  of any other
Person;  or (4)  soliciting  any customer of the Company or any  Affiliate  with
respect to the Business.  Similarly,  Employee shall not raid,  entice or induce
any Person who on the Date of Termination is, or within one (1) year immediately
preceding  the  Date of  Termination  was,  a  customer  of the  Company  or any
Affiliate, to become a customer of any other Person for products or services the
same as, or similar to,  those

                                       11

<PAGE>



products  and  services as from time to time shall be provided by the Company or
any Affiliate,  and Employee shall not approach any Person for such purpose; nor
shall Employee raid,  entice or induce any Person who on the Date of Termination
is, or within one year  immediately  preceding the Date of  Termination  was, an
employee  of the  Company  or any  Affiliate,  to become  employed  by any other
Person;  similarly,  Employee  shall not  approach  any such  employee  for such
purpose or  authorize  or  knowingly  approve the taking of such  actions by any
other Person or assist any such other Person in taking any such action.

          The phrase  "compete  directly or indirectly  with the Business" shall
not be deemed to include an ownership interest as an inactive  investor,  which,
for purposes of this Agreement, shall mean only the beneficial ownership of less
than five  (5%)  percent  of the  outstanding  shares of any  series or class of
securities of any competitor of the Company or any Affiliate,  which  securities
of such series or class are publicly traded in the securities market.

11. SURVIVAL

          The  provisions  of  Sections  7,  8,  9,  10,  and 14  shall  survive
termination of this Agreement and remain enforceable according to their terms.

12. SEVERABILITY

          The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement
shall in no way affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other  provisions
hereof.

13. NOTICES

          All notices,  demands and  requests  required or permitted to be given
under the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed duly given if made in
writing and  delivered  personally  or mailed by postage  prepaid  certified  or
registered mail, return receipt requested,  accompanied by a second copy sent by
ordinary mail, which notices shall be addressed as follows:

          If to the Company:

          Cunningham Graphics, Inc.
          629 Grove Street
          Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
          Attn:  President

          If to Employee:

          Timothy Mays
          3 Hearthstone Drive
          Dix Hills, New York 11746


                                       12

<PAGE>



          with a copy to:

          David I. Ferber, Esq.
          Ferber Chan & Essner
          530 Fifth Avenue
          New York, New York 10036-5101

          By notifying  the other parties in writing,  given as  aforesaid,  any
party may from  time-to-time  change  its  address  or the name of any person to
whose  attention  notice  is to be  given,  or may add  another  person to whose
attention notice is to be given, in connection with notice to any party.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUCCESSORS

          Neither this  Agreement nor any of his rights or duties  hereunder may
be assigned or delegated by Employee.  This  Agreement is not  assignable by the
Company   except  to  any  successor  in  interest   which  takes  over  all  or
substantially all of the business of the Company, as it is conducted at the time
of such assignment.  Any corporation into or with which the Company is merged or
consolidated or which takes over all or substantially all of the business of the
Company  shall be deemed to be a successor of the Company for  purposes  hereof.
This Agreement  shall be binding upon and,  except as aforesaid,  shall inure to
the  benefit  of the  parties  and their  respective  successors  and  permitted
assigns.

15. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

          In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by
Employee in connection  with the termination of Employee's  employment  (whether
pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  or any  other  plan,  arrangement  or
agreement  with the  Company,  any person  whose  actions  result in a Change in
Control of the Company or any person affiliated with the Company or such person)
(collectively with the payments and benefits hereunder,  "Total Payments") would
not be deductible  (in whole or part) as a result of section 280G of the Code by
the Company,  an affiliate or other person making such payment or providing such
benefit,  the payments and benefits  hereunder shall be reduced until no portion
of the Total Payments is not deductible,  or the payments and benefits hereunder
are reduced to zero. At Employee's  request,  such  reduction may be effected by
extending  the date the  payment  would  otherwise  be due by not more than five
years or by  decreasing  the amount of the payment or benefit  otherwise due and
payable.  For purposes of this  limitation  (i) no portion of the Total Payments
the receipt or  enjoyment of which  Employee  shall have  effectively  waived in
writing  prior to the date of  payment  shall be  taken  into  account,  (ii) no
portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which,  in the opinion
of tax counsel selected by Employee and acceptable to the Company's  independent
auditors,  is not likely to constitute a "parachute  payment" within the meaning
of section  280G(b)(2)  of the Code,  (iii) the payments and benefits  hereunder
shall be reduced only to the extent necessary so that, in the opinion of the tax
counsel  referred  to in clause  (ii),  the Total  Payments  (other  than  those
referred to in clauses (i) or (ii)) in their  entirety are likely to  constitute
reasonable  compensation  for services  actually  rendered within the

                                       13

<PAGE>



meaning  of section  280G(b)(4)  of the Code or are  otherwise  not likely to be
subject  to  disallowance  as  deductions;  and (iv) the  value of any  non-cash
benefit or any deferred  payment or benefit included in the Total Payments shall
be  determined  by the Company's  independent  auditors in  accordance  with the
principles of sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, WAIVER AND OTHER

     16.1.  INTEGRATION.  This  Agreement  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties  hereto on its subject  matter and  supersedes  all previous  agreements
between the parties hereto,  written or oral,  express or implied,  covering the
subject matter hereof. No representations,  inducements, promises or agreements,
oral or otherwise, not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

     16.2. NO WAIVER. No waiver or modification of any of the provisions of this
Agreement  shall be valid  unless in  writing  and signed by or on behalf of the
party granting such waiver or modification. No waiver by any party of any breach
or default  hereunder  shall be deemed a waiver of any repetition of such breach
or default or shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default, nor shall
it in any way affect any of the other terms or conditions  of this  Agreement or
the  enforceability  thereof.  No failure of the Company or Employee to exercise
any power given  it/him  hereunder  or to insist upon strict  compliance  by the
other party with any obligation hereunder, and no custom or practice at variance
with the terms hereof, shall constitute a waiver of the right of the other party
to demand strict compliance with the terms hereof.

          Employee  shall not have the right to sign any waiver or  modification
of any  provisions  of this  Agreement on behalf of the  Company,  nor shall any
action taken by Employee reduce his obligations under this Agreement.

          This  Agreement  may  not  be  supplemented  or  rescinded  except  by
instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto after the date hereof.
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights of any of the parties hereunder may
be terminated except as provided herein.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

     17.1 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed,  and
the rights and  obligations of the parties hereto  enforced,  in accordance with
the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     17.2 HEADINGS. The Section and Subsection headings contained herein are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not in any  way  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.

     17.3 SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of
this  Agreement  shall in no way affect the  validity or  enforceability  of any
other provisions hereof.

     17.4 OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY.  The Company's  obligation to pay Employee the
compensation and to make the arrangements  provided herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any setoff,

                                       14

<PAGE>



counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense or other  right  which the  Company may have
against  Employee or anyone else. All amounts  payable by the Company  hereunder
shall be paid without notice or demand. Except as expressly provided herein, the
Company  waives all rights which it may now have or may hereafter have conferred
upon it, by statute or otherwise, to terminate, cancel or rescind this Agreement
in whole or in part.  Except as provided  in Section 7.8 herein,  each and every
payment made  hereunder  by the Company  shall be final and the Company will not
seek to recover for any reason all or any part of such payment from  Employee or
any person  entitled  thereto.  Employee  shall not be required to mitigate  the
amount of any payment or other benefit provided for in this Agreement by seeking
other employment or otherwise.

     17.5 RIGHTS OF BENEFICIARIES OF EMPLOYEE. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by, Employee's personal or legal representatives,
executors,   administrators,   successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees  and
legatees.  If Employee  should die while any  amounts  would still be payable to
Employee  hereunder  if he had  continued  to  live,  all such  amounts,  unless
otherwise  provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement to Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other  designee or, if there be no
such designee, to Employee's estate.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above, to be effective as of the Commencement Date.

                                              CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.

                                              By:
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                  Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                                  Title:    President and Chief

                                                          Executive Officer


                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Timothy Mays


                                       15





                                                                    Exhibit 10.6

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          AGREEMENT dated as of April 13, 1998 by and among CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS,
INC., a New Jersey corporation,  with its principal offices located at 629 Grove
Street,  Jersey City,  New Jersey  07310 (the  "Company"),  CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS
INTERNATIONAL,  INC.  ("CGII")  and  ROBERT  NEEDLE,  with an address at 45 Ruby
Drive, Morganville, New Jersey 07751 ("Employee");

                                R E C I T A L S:

          WHEREAS,  the Employee is a senior  executive  officer of the Company;
and

          WHEREAS,  the Company is contemplating a  reorganization,  by which it
will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of CGII and will be followed by an initial
public  offering of common stock by CGII, and wishes to memorialize the terms of
the  Employee's  employment  by the Company  prior to the  consummation  of such
transactions;

          NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:

     1.1  "AFFILIATE"  shall  mean  a  Person  which,  directly  or  indirectly,
controls,  is controlled by or is under common control with CGII or the Company,
and for purposes  hereof,  "control"  shall mean the ownership of 20% or more of
the voting interests of the Person in question.

     1.2 "BASIC SALARY" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section
5.1 of this Agreement.

     1.3  "BOARD"  shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  as duly
constituted from time to time. Any action of the Board hereunder with respect to
this  Agreement  shall  require the approval of a majority of the whole Board of
Directors of the Company.

     1.4  "BUSINESS"  shall mean the  business  conducted  by the Company or any
Subsidiary,  directly or indirectly,  including,  but not limited to, commercial
printing and services ancillary thereto.


<PAGE>




     1.5 "CAUSE" shall mean any of the following:

          (a) The conviction of Employee for a felony, or the willful commission
by  Employee of a criminal  act,  that in the  reasonable  judgment of the Board
causes or will  likely  cause  substantial  economic  damage to the  Company  or
substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company;

          (b) The  willful  commission  by  Employee  of an act of  fraud in the
performance of such Employee's  duties on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary;
or

          (c)  The  continuing  willful  failure  of  Employee  to  perform  the
substantive  duties of the Employee to the Company  (other than any such failure
resulting from  Employee's  incapacity due to physical or mental  illness) after
written notice thereof (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail)
and a  reasonable  opportunity  to be heard and cure such  failure  are given to
Employee by the Board.

          For  purposes  of this  subparagraph,  no act,  or failure to act,  on
Employee's  part shall be  considered  "willful"  unless done,  or omitted to be
done, by him not in good faith and without  reasonable belief that his action or
omission was in the best interests of the Company or a Subsidiary.

     1.6 "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean:

     (A) any "person"  (as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act")),  other than a trustee
or other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under an employee  benefit plan of the
Company or a  Subsidiary,  which becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company
representing  20% or more of the  combined  voting power of the  Company's  then
outstanding securities;

     (B) 33-1/3% of the Board of Directors  consists of  individuals  other than
the members of the Board of Directors on the  Commencement  Date (the "Incumbent
Directors");  provided,  however, that any person becoming a director subsequent
to such date whose  election or nomination for election was approved by at least
two-thirds  of the  directors  who at the time of such  election  or  nomination
comprised  the  Incumbent  Directors  shall for purposes of this  definition  be
considered an Incumbent Director;

     (C) the shareholders of the Company approve, or if no shareholder  approval
is  required or  obtained,  the Company  completes  a merger,  consolidation  or
similar  transaction  of the Company  with or into any other  corporation,  or a
binding share exchange involving the Company's securities occurs, other than any
such  transaction  which would  result in the voting  securities  of the Company
outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by
remaining  outstanding  or by being  converted  into  voting  securities  of the
surviving  entity)  at least  75% of the  combined  voting  power of the  voting
securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such transaction; or

                                       2

<PAGE>



     (D) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete  liquidation
of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all
or substantially all the Company's assets.

     1.7 "CODE" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and
the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder.

     1.8 "COMMENCEMENT DATE" shall mean the date that the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 is declared  effective by the United States Securities and
Exchange  Commission and the Company  consummates the initial public offering of
its securities.

     1.9 "CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION" shall include, without limitation by reason
of specification, any information, including, without limitation, trade secrets,
operational methods, methods of doing business,  technical processes,  formulae,
designs and design projects,  inventions,  research  projects,  strategic plans,
possible  acquisition  information and other business  affairs of the Company or
its  Affiliates,  which (i) is or are  designed  to be used in, or are or may be
useful in connection  with,  the Business of the Company,  any Subsidiary or any
Affiliate  of any  thereof,  or  which,  in the case of any of  these  entities,
results from any of the research or  development  activities of any such entity,
or  (ii) is  private  or  confidential  in that  it is not  generally  known  or
available to the public,  except as the result of unauthorized  disclosure by or
information supplied by Employee,  or (iii) gives the Company or a Subsidiary or
any Affiliate an opportunity  or the  possibility of obtaining an advantage over
competitors  who may not know or use such  information  or who are not  lawfully
permitted to use the same.

     1.10 "DATE OF  TERMINATION"  shall mean the Term Date, or such earlier date
upon which this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

     1.11  "DISABILITY"   shall  mean  the  inability  of  Employee  to  perform
Employee's duties of employment for the Company, if employed by the Company or a
Subsidiary,  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement and by-laws of the Company
as hereinafter  provided,  because of physical or mental disability,  where such
disability  shall have existed for a period of more than 90 consecutive  days or
an  aggregate of 120 days in any 365 day period.  The  existence of a Disability
means that Employee's mental and/or physical condition substantially  interferes
with Employee's performance of his substantive duties for the Company and/or its
Subsidiaries  as  specified  in this  Agreement.  The fact of  whether  or not a
Disability  exists  hereunder  shall be determined by  professionally  qualified
medical experts selected by the Board and reasonably  acceptable to the Employee
or his agent.

     1.12 "DUTIES"  shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 2.1
of this Agreement.

     1.13  "EMPLOYMENT  YEAR"  shall  mean  each  twelve-month  period,  or part
thereof,  during  which  Employee  is  employed  hereunder,  commencing  on  the
Commencement  Date and on the same day of the subsequent  calendar year and each
consecutive 12 month period thereafter.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     1.14 "GOOD REASON" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7.6.

     1.15 "PANEL" shall have the meaning given such terms in Section 8.

     1.16 "PERSON" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship,  partnership,
joint venture, trust,  unincorporated  organization,  association,  corporation,
limited liability company,  institution,  public benefit corporation,  entity or
government  (whether  federal,  state,  county,  city,  municipal or  otherwise,
including,  without limitation,  any instrumentality,  division, agency, body or
department thereof).

     1.17  "RESTRICTED  PERIOD"  shall  mean the Term and (i) the  twelve  month
period  thereafter in the case of a termination of employment of Employee by the
Company (including non-extension) for Cause; (ii) the period thereafter,  not to
exceed twelve  months,  which  corresponds  to the portion of Employee's  annual
salary paid as a lump sum pursuant to Section 7.5 or 7.6; (iii) the twelve month
period  thereafter  in the  case of the  termination  of  Employee's  employment
voluntarily;  and (iv) the  three  month  period  thereafter  in the case of the
termination of Employee's employment as a result of a Disability. The Restricted
Period shall end in the event of the non-renewal of the Term.

     1.18  "SUBSIDIARY"  shall  mean a  Person,  50% or more of the  outstanding
voting  interests of which is owned or controlled,  directly or  indirectly,  by
CGII.

     1.19 "TERM"  shall mean the period of  employment  of  Employee  under this
Agreement.

     1.20 "TERM DATE" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 3
of this Agreement.

     Wherever  from the  context  it  appears  appropriate,  each word or phrase
stated in either the singular or the plural  shall  include the singular and the
plural,  and each pronoun  stated in the  masculine,  feminine or neuter  gender
shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

2. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

     2.1 EMPLOYMENT;  TITLE;  DUTIES.  The Company hereby employs Employee,  and
Employee hereby accepts appointment,  as Chief Operating Officer of the Company.
The  duties  of  Employee  shall  be  to  manage  the  day-to-day  manufacturing
operations of the Company,  including  management of facilities  and  personnel,
supervision of the  implementation  of new technology and oversight of equipment
purchases ; to pursue the objectives of the Business, to perform generally those
responsibilities  and to render  services  as are  necessary  and  desirable  to
protect and to advance the best  interests  of the  Company  (collectively,  the
"Duties"),  acting, in all instances, under the supervision of the President and
Chief Executive  Officer,  and in accordance with the policies set by the Board.
The Company  reserves the right to change  Employee's title and the scope of the
Duties,  and upon any such  change  the  Company  shall not be in breach of this
Agreement provided that (i) the Company does not reduce the Basic Salary,  Bonus
and other  benefits to which  Employee is entitled  under Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3
and 6.1 of this  Agreement  and (ii) Employee  remains in a managerial  position
with responsibilities  related

                                       4

<PAGE>



to  sales.  To the  extent  that the  Board  determines  to  procure a policy of
directors and officers liability insurance,  the Company shall take such actions
as are necessary to include Employee within the coverage of such policy.

     2.2  PERFORMANCE  OF DUTIES.  Employee shall devote  substantially  all his
working  time to perform the Duties as an  executive  of the Company and for the
performance  of  such  other  executive  duties  as are  assigned  to  him  from
time-to-time by the President.  During the Term, Employee: (i) shall comply with
all laws, statutes,  ordinances, rules and regulations relating to the Business,
and (ii) shall not engage in or become  employed,  directly or indirectly,  in a
business  which  competes  with the Business of the Company and its  Affiliates,
without  the  prior  written  consent  of the  President,  nor shall he act as a
consultant  to or provide any services to,  whether on a  remunerative  basis or
otherwise,  the  commercial or  professional  business of any other Person which
competes  with the  Business  of the Company and its  Affiliates,  without  such
written  consent,  which,  in both  instances,  may be given or  withheld by the
President in his absolute discretion.

     2.3 LOCATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  The principal  place of employment of Employee
shall be within a thirty  mile radius of Jersey  City,  New Jersey or such other
location as is consented to by Employee.  The Duties shall not require  Employee
to relocate his residence  outside the State of New Jersey  without his consent.
It is, however,  distinctly understood and agreed that Employee may be required,
in connection with the  performance of his duties,  to work from time to time at
other  locations  designated by the President or as required in connection  with
the Business of the Company.

3. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

          The employment of Employee  pursuant to this Agreement  shall commence
as of the  Commencement  Date and  shall  end  three  years  thereafter,  unless
extended pursuant to the next sentence or unless sooner  terminated  pursuant to
Section 7 (the later of (i) the third  anniversary of the Commencement  Date and
(ii) the date to which Employee's period of employment has been extended, is the
"Term  Date").  If  Employee's  employment  hereunder  has not  previously  been
terminated in accordance with Section 7 hereof,  then on the second  anniversary
of the Commencement Date, and on each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement
Date, the Term shall be extended for one additional year, unless the Board shall
provide written notice to Employee six months or more prior to such  anniversary
date that this Agreement will not be so extended.  The rights of termination set
forth in  Section  7 shall be  applicable  during  any such  extended  period of
employment.

                                       5

<PAGE>




4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

          The  Company  shall  pay  Employee,  as  compensation  for  all of the
services to be rendered by him hereunder  during the Term, and in  consideration
of the  various  restrictions  imposed  upon  Employee  during  the Term and the
Restricted  Period,  and otherwise  under this  Agreement,  the Basic Salary and
other  benefits as  provided  for and  determined  pursuant to Sections 5 and 6,
inclusive, of this Agreement;  provided,  however, that no compensation shall be
paid  to  Employee  under  this  Agreement  for  any  period  subsequent  to the
termination  of  employment  of Employee  for any reason  whatsoever,  except as
provided in Section 7.

5. BASIC SALARY/BONUS

     5.1 BASIC SALARY.  The Company shall pay Employee,  as compensation for all
of the services to be rendered by him hereunder  during each Employment  Year, a
salary of $155,000 per  Employment  Year (as  adjusted  upward by the Board from
time to time) (the  "Basic  Salary"),  payable in  substantially  equal  monthly
payments,  less such  deductions  or amounts as are  required  to be deducted or
withheld  by   applicable   laws  or   regulations,   deductions   for  employee
contributions to welfare  benefits  provided by the Company to Employee and such
other  deductions or amounts,  if any, as are authorized by Employee.  The Basic
Salary shall be prorated for the month in which  employment  by the Company or a
Subsidiary  commences or terminates,  and for any Employment  Year which is less
than twelve (12) months in  duration.  The Basic  Salary may be  increased  from
time-to-time by the Board (without Employee's  participation as a director) and,
once  increased,  shall not  thereafter  be reduced.  The Basic  Salary shall be
reviewed  at least once in every  Employment  Year by a  committee  of the Board
responsible  for determining  compensation of senior  management of the Company,
each of the  members  of which is a  "non-employee-director"  as defined in Rule
16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Committee").  Any increase in Basic Salary shall
not serve to  offset or reduce  any other  obligation  to  Employee  under  this
Agreement.

     5.2 BONUS. Employee will be awarded and, unless deferred by Employee,  paid
a cash bonus (the "Bonus") for each Employment Year within ninety days after the
close of the fiscal year of the Company ending within such Employment Year in an
amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  then-current  bonus or
incentive  compensation  policy in an amount appropriate for the Chief Operating
Officer of the  Company.  The  Committee in  consultation  with  Employee  shall
establish  in advance of each fiscal  year of the Company  during the Term goals
and  levels of the Bonus for such  fiscal  year  which  shall be  related to the
estimated budget for the Company for such fiscal year. The Committee shall award
to Employee a special  bonus in the range of $5,000 to $15,000 on or before July
15, 1998  dependent upon the  integration  into the operations of the Company of
the McGraw Hill print shop and the BZW print shop.

     5.3.  COMMISSION.  Employee shall be entitled to a commission in the amount
of one percent  (1%) on the  payments  actually  collected,  net of  inkjetting,
labeling,  insertion,  mainframe  printing,  shipping  and mailing  charges (the
"Commission Base"), in respect of printing and

                                       6

<PAGE>



binding charges to Goldman,  Sachs & Co. ("Goldman Sachs") and McGraw Hill / S &
P by the Company and all other  Subsidiaries.  In the event that a Subsidiary is
not wholly-owned,  the commission attributable to sales by such Subsidiary shall
be calculated on the basis of the amount derived by  multiplying  the Commission
Base by a percentage equal to the percentage of CGII's voting interest ownership
of the Subsidiary.  The commission shall be based upon sales booked on and after
April 1, 1998.  Payment of the  commission  shall be made on a  quarterly  basis
between 45 and 60 days following the end of each calendar quarter.

6. ADDITIONAL BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES

     6.1 ADDITIONAL BENEFITS. The Company shall provide the following additional
benefits to Employee during the Term:

          (i) provision of a comprehensive medical indemnity policy for Employee
and his family having terms no less  favorable  than the coverage made available
to Employee and his family on the day prior to the Commencement Date;

          (ii)  provision of an  automobile  at a total monthly cost up to $500,
plus insurance;

          (iii)  such  other  benefits  as the Board  shall  lawfully  adopt and
approve for Employee;

          (iv) term life  insurance  in the  amount of  $500,000  payable to his
spouse,  or such other designated  beneficiary as Employee may specify from time
to time, to the extent the same is available at normal market rates;

          (v) four (4) weeks of paid vacation; and

          (vi) long term disability  insurance coverage  consistent with current
Company policy.

     6.2 REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES. The Company shall pay or reimburse Employee
for all reasonable  expenses actually incurred or paid by him during the Term in
the performance of his services under this Agreement,  upon presentation of such
bills, expense statements,  vouchers or such other supporting information as the
Board may  reasonably  require.  In the event the Company  requires  Employee to
travel on business during the Term, Employee shall be reimbursed for any related
travel expenses in accordance with this Section 6.2.

     6.3. STOCK OPTIONS.  The Company  confirms the grant to Employee of options
under the CGII 1998 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") to acquire  50,000  shares of
CGII's common stock at the initial public offering price.  Such options shall be
fully vested upon the closing of CGII's initial public  offering.  The agreement
memorializing  the  grant  of such  options  shall  provide  for the  "cashless"
exercise thereof.  Subject to any restrictions imposed upon CGII by the terms of
an underwriting agreement,  CGII agrees to file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission,   as  soon  as  practicable   following  the  Commencement  Date,  a
registration statement on Form S-8 covering the sale of shares acquired upon the
exercise of options under the Plan.

                                       7

<PAGE>



7. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     7.1  DEATH.  If  Employee  dies  during  the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate,  except that the Company shall continue to pay to Employee's  spouse,
or in the absence of a surviving spouse, his estate, Employee's Basic Salary for
a period through the third full month following the date of death, pay any other
amounts which were accrued but unpaid,  provide  welfare  benefits to his family
for the balance of the stated Term as if Employee had not died,  provide for the
payment of the life insurance  benefit  provided for in Section 6.1 and continue
payment of the  commissions  under  Section 5.3 in respect of payments  actually
collected from Goldman Sachs for the duration of the term of a printing services
agreement  which may be in effect with Goldman  Sachs at the time of  Employee's
death or six months, whichever is longer.

     7.2 DISABILITY. If, during the Term, Employee has a Disability, the Company
may,  at  any  time  after  Employee  has  a  Disability,  terminate  Employee's
employment by written notice to him. In the event that Employee's  employment is
terminated,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  except  that the  Company  shall
continue  to pay  Employee's  Basic  Salary for a period  through the third full
month  following the date of the  termination of his  employment,  pay any other
amounts  which were  accrued but unpaid,  and  provide  welfare  benefits to his
family until the Term Date, and pay or provide for the payment of the disability
benefit provided for in Section 6.1, until Employee reaches age 65.

     7.3 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by Employee at
any time with or without cause upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company.
After such 30 day period,  the Company  shall have no further  liability to make
payments hereunder except those required by law or which were accrued and unpaid
at the end of the Term.

     7.4 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. The Company may terminate Employee's  employment
hereunder  for Cause at any time by  written  notice  given to  Employee  by the
Board.  Upon such  termination  Employee shall not have any right to receive any
further payments hereunder except for amounts accrued and unpaid hereunder prior
thereto and provide  welfare  benefits as required by law and except as provided
in Section 7.8.

     7.5  TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE.  If this  Agreement is  terminated by the
Company without Cause, Employee shall be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to
one half of  Employee's  then current  annual  salary,  payable upon the Date of
Termination,  payment of any accrued but unpaid  amounts,  and provided with the
benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except clauses (iii) and (v)) until the Term
Date.  If a Change of Control  occurs and this  Agreement is  terminated  by the
Company  without  Cause  within a period  of one year  following  the  Change of
Control,  then  Employee  shall be entitled  to a lump sum payment  equal to two
times his then current annual salary.

     7.6. TERMINATION FOR GOOD REASON. In the event this Agreement is terminated
by Employee  for Good Reason,  Employee  shall be entitled to a lump sum payment
equal to two  times  his  then  current  annual  salary  payable  on the Date of
Termination  and  provided  with the  benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except
clauses (iii) and (v)) until the Term Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Good
Reason shall mean:

                                       8

<PAGE>



          (a) A reduction or non-payment  of Employee's  Basic Salary or failure
to review Employee's Basic Salary as required in this Agreement;

          (b) A breach  by the  Company  of this  Agreement  which is not  cured
within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to the Board by Employee;

          (c) The failure by the Company to  continue to provide  Employee  with
substantially  the same welfare  benefits  (which for purposes of this Agreement
shall mean  benefits  under all welfare plans as that term is defined in Section
3(1) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amend),  any
prerequisites,  including  participation  on a  comparable  basis in  retirement
plans,  stock  option  plans,  stock  award  plans,  and  other  plans  in which
executives of the Company of comparable title and salary participate,  or with a
package of welfare benefits and prerequisites,  that, though one or more of such
benefits or  prerequisites  may vary from those,  including  participation  on a
comparable  basis in such retirement  plans,  stock option plans and stock award
plans,  is  substantially  comparable  in all material  respects to such welfare
benefits and prerequisites, including participation on a comparable basis in the
Company's retirement plans, stock option plans and stock award plans, taken as a
whole;

          (d) The failure of the Company to award or pay  Employee  the Bonus as
provided in Section  5.2,  or  commission  as  provided  in Section  5.3, or the
failure of the Company to provide  Employee  with the  benefits  provided for in
Section 6.1.

     7.7 NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any purported  termination of employment by the
Company by reason of Employee's Disability or for Cause, or by Employee for Good
Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice given by Employee or the Company, which shall indicate the specific basis
for termination of employment and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts
and  circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for determination of any payments
under this Agreement.

     7.8  DATE  OF  TERMINATION.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "Date  of
Termination"  shall mean the date of termination of employment  specified in the
Notice of Termination,  which shall not be more than ninety (90) days after such
Notice of  Termination  is given,  as such date may be modified  pursuant to the
following  two  sentences.  If  within  thirty  (30) days  after  any  Notice of
Termination is given, the party who receives such Notice of Termination notifies
the other party that a dispute  exists as to the reasons  given in the Notice of
Termination (a "Dispute" and the giving of such notice,  a "Notice of Dispute"),
the  Date of  Termination  shall be the date on which  the  Dispute  is  finally
determined,  either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by the Panel, or
by a final judgment,  order or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction (the
time for appeal  therefrom  having expired and no appeal having been perfected);
provided that the Date of  Termination  shall be extended by a Notice of Dispute
only if such  notice is given in good  faith and the party  giving  such  notice
pursues the  resolution of such Dispute with  reasonable  diligence and provided
further that  pending the  resolution  of any such  Dispute,  the Company  shall
continue to pay Employee the same Basic Salary and to provide  Employee with the
same or substantially  comparable welfare benefits and prerequisites,  including
participation in the

                                       9

<PAGE>



Company's  retirement  plans,  profit  sharing  plans,  to the  extent  then  so
available at the date of such  determination,  stock option  plans,  stock award
plans or stock  appreciation  right plans that Employee was paid and provided to
the extent that such continued participation is possible under the general terms
and  provisions of such plans,  programs and benefits but in no event beyond the
Term Date.  Should a Dispute  asserted by Employee  ultimately  be determined in
favor of the Company, then all sums (net of tax withholdings by the Company from
such  sums)  paid by the  Company  to  Employee  from  the  Date of  Termination
specified in the Notice of  Termination  until final  resolution  of the Dispute
pursuant to this  paragraph,  exclusive of accrued,  unpaid amounts prior to the
Date of Termination,  shall be repaid  promptly by Employee to the Company,  all
options, rights and stock awards granted to Employee during such period shall be
canceled  or  returned to the  Company,  and no service as an employee  shall be
credited to Employee for such period for pension purposes. Employee shall not be
obligated  to pay to the Company the cost of  providing  Employee  with  welfare
benefits and prerequisites  for such period unless the final judgment,  order or
decree  of a court  arbitration  panel  or  other  body  resolving  the  Dispute
determines  that  Employee  acted in bad faith in  giving a Notice  of  Dispute.
Should a Dispute  ultimately be  determined in favor of Employee,  then Employee
shall be entitled to retain all sums paid to  Employee  under this  subparagraph
pending resolution of the Dispute and shall be entitled to receive, in addition,
the payments and other benefits provided for in this Section 7 to the extent not
previously  paid hereunder and the payment of Employee's  reasonable  legal fees
incurred  as a result  of such  Dispute  upon  submission  to the  Company  of a
detailed statement of fees from Employee's attorneys.

8. ARBITRATION

     Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the parties  hereby agree that any
dispute  regarding the rights and  obligations of any party under this Agreement
or under any law governing the relationship created by this Agreement, including
without limitation  Employee's challenge of a purported termination for Cause or
Disability,  must be resolved  pursuant to this Section 8. Within seven (7) days
of either party's written notice to the other of his or its desire to submit any
arbitrable  matter as set forth herein to arbitration,  the parties will meet to
attempt to amicably  resolve their  differences  and,  failing such  resolution,
either or both of the  parties  may submit the matter to  mandatory  and binding
arbitration  with the Center for  Public  Resources  ("CPR").  The  issue(s)  in
dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Center for Public
Resources  Rules for  Non-Administered  Arbitration of Business  Disputes,  by a
panel of three arbitrators (the "Panel").  The only issue(s) to be determined by
the Panel will be those issues  specifically  submitted to the Panel.  The Panel
will not  extend,  modify or  suspend  any of the terms of this  Agreement.  The
arbitration  shall be governed by the United  States  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.
ss.1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Panel may be entered by any
court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  A  determination  of the Panel shall be by
majority vote.

     Promptly  following  receipt  of the  request  for  arbitration,  CPR shall
convene  the  parties  in person  or by  telephone  to  attempt  to  select  the
arbitrators  by  agreement of the  parties.  If  agreement  is not reached,  the
Company  shall  select  one  arbitrator  and  Employee  shall  select  one other
arbitrator.  These two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. If these two
arbitrators are unable to select the third arbitrator by mutual  agreement,  CPR
shall submit to the parties a list of not less than eleven (11) candidates. Such
list shall include a brief statement of each  candidate's

                                       10

<PAGE>



qualifications.  Each party shall number the  candidates in order of preference,
shall note any objection they may have to any  candidate,  and shall deliver the
list so marked back to CPR. Any party  failing  without good cause to return the
candidate  list so marked  within ten (10) days after receipt shall be deemed to
have  assented  to all  candidates  listed  thereon.  CPR  shall  designate  the
arbitrator willing to serve for whom the parties collectively have indicated the
highest preference and who does not appear to have a conflict of interest.  If a
tie should result between two candidates, CPR may designate either candidate.

     This agreement to arbitrate is specifically enforceable.  Judgment upon any
award rendered by the Panel may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The
decision of the Panel within the scope of the submission is final and binding on
all  parties,  and any  right  to  judicial  action  on any  matter  subject  to
arbitration  hereunder hereby is waived (unless otherwise provided by applicable
law),  except suit to enforce this arbitration award or in the event arbitration
is not available for any reason or in the event the Company shall seek equitable
relief to enforce  Section 9 of this  Agreement.  If the rules of the CPR differ
from those of this Section 8, the provisions of this Section 8 will control. The
Company  shall  pay all the  costs  of  arbitration  including  the  fees of the
arbitrators,  and the arbitrators shall award reasonable legal fees to Employee,
unless the arbitrators or a judicial forum shall finally determine that Employee
acted in bad faith.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PROPRIETARY INTERESTS

     9.1   ACKNOWLEDGMENT   OF   CONFIDENTIALITY.   Employee   understands   and
acknowledges that he may obtain  Confidential  Information  during the course of
his employment by the Company.  Accordingly,  Employee agrees that he shall not,
either  during  the Term or at any  time  within  two  years  after  the Date of
Termination,  (i) use or disclose any such Confidential  Information outside the
Company,  its  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates;  or (ii) except as required in the
proper  performance of his services  hereunder,  remove or aid in the removal of
any Confidential  Information or any property or material  relating thereto from
the premises of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

          The foregoing confidentiality  provisions shall cease to be applicable
to any Confidential  Information which becomes generally available to the public
(except  by  reason  of or as a  consequence  of a  breach  by  Employee  of his
obligations under this Section 9).

          In the event  Employee is required by law or a court order to disclose
any such Confidential Information,  he shall promptly notify the Company of such
requirement and provide the Company with a copy of any court order or of any law
which in his opinion requires such disclosure and, if the Company so elects,  to
the extent that he is legally able, permit the Company an adequate  opportunity,
at its own expense, to contest such law or court order.

     9.2 DELIVERY OF MATERIAL.  Employee  shall  promptly,  and without  charge,
deliver to the Company on the termination of his employment hereunder, or at any
other time the Company may so request, all memoranda,  notes, records,  reports,
manuals,  computer disks, videotapes,  drawings,  blueprints and other documents
(and  all  copies  thereof)  relating  to  the  Business  of  the 

                                       11

<PAGE>



Company,  its  Subsidiaries  and its  Affiliates,  and all  property  associated
therewith, which he may then possess or have under his control.

10. NON-COMPETITION PROVISIONS

     Employee  agrees that he will not,  during the Restricted  Period,  compete
directly  or  indirectly  with the  Business.  The phrase  "compete  directly or
indirectly  with the Business" shall be deemed to include, without  limiting the
generality  thereof,  (1)  engaging or having a material  interest,  directly or
indirectly,   as   owner,   employee,    officer,   director,   partner,   sales
representative,  stockholder, capital investor, lessor, renderer of consultation
services or advise,  either alone or in association with other, in the operation
of any  aspect  of any  type of  business  or  enterprise  competitive  with the
Business; (2) soliciting any of the employees of the Company or any Affiliate to
leave the employ of the  Company or any  Affiliate;  (3)  soliciting  any of the
employees  of the  Company or any  Affiliate  to become  employees  of any other
Person;  or (4)  soliciting  any customer of the Company or any  Affiliate  with
respect to the Business.  Similarly,  Employee shall not raid,  entice or induce
any Person who on the Date of Termination is, or within one (1) year immediately
preceding  the  Date of  Termination  was,  a  customer  of the  Company  or any
Affiliate, to become a customer of any other Person for products or services the
same as, or similar to,  those  products and services as from time to time shall
be provided by the Company or any Affiliate, and Employee shall not approach any
Person for such purpose;  nor shall Employee  raid,  entice or induce any Person
who on the Date of Termination is, or within one year immediately  preceding the
Date of Termination was, an employee of the Company or any Affiliate,  to become
employed by any other Person;  similarly,  Employee  shall not approach any such
employee for such  purpose or authorize or knowingly  approve the taking of such
actions by any other  Person or assist any such other  Person in taking any such
action.

     The phrase "compete  directly or indirectly with the Business" shall not be
deemed to include an  ownership  interest as an inactive  investor,  which,  for
purposes of this  Agreement,  shall mean only the  beneficial  ownership of less
than five  (5%)  percent  of the  outstanding  shares of any  series or class of
securities of any competitor of the Company or any Affiliate,  which  securities
of such series or class are publicly traded in the securities market.

     Employee  may request a waiver  from the Company of a term of this  Section
10. The Company  agrees to consider  any such  request in good faith,  but it is
expressly  acknowledged by Employee that the Company shall have no obligation to
grant any waiver.

11. SURVIVAL

          The  provisions  of  Sections  7,  8,  9,  10,  and 14  shall  survive
termination of this Agreement and remain enforceable according to their terms.

12. SEVERABILITY

          The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement
shall in no way affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other  provisions
hereof.

                                       12

<PAGE>



13. NOTICES

          All notices,  demands and  requests  required or permitted to be given
under the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed duly given if made in
writing and  delivered  personally  or mailed by postage  prepaid  certified  or
registered mail, return receipt requested,  accompanied by a second copy sent by
ordinary mail, which notices shall be addressed as follows:

          If to the Company or CGII:

          Cunningham Graphics, Inc.
          629 Grove Street
          Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
          Attn: President

          If to Employee:

          Robert Needle
          45 Ruby Drive
          Morganville, New Jersey 07751

          By notifying  the other parties in writing,  given as  aforesaid,  any
party may from  time-to-time  change  its  address  or the name of any person to
whose  attention  notice  is to be  given,  or may add  another  person to whose
attention notice is to be given, in connection with notice to any party.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUCCESSORS

          Neither this  Agreement nor any of his rights or duties  hereunder may
be assigned or delegated by Employee.  This  Agreement is not  assignable by the
Company   except  to  any  successor  in  interest   which  takes  over  all  or
substantially all of the business of the Company, as it is conducted at the time
of such assignment.  Any corporation into or with which the Company is merged or
consolidated or which takes over all or substantially all of the business of the
Company  shall be deemed to be a successor of the Company for  purposes  hereof.
This Agreement  shall be binding upon and,  except as aforesaid,  shall inure to
the  benefit  of the  parties  and their  respective  successors  and  permitted
assigns.

                                       13

<PAGE>



15. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

          In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by
Employee in connection  with the termination of Employee's  employment  (whether
pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  or any  other  plan,  arrangement  or
agreement  with the  Company,  any person  whose  actions  result in a Change in
Control of the Company or any person affiliated with the Company or such person)
(collectively with the payments and benefits hereunder,  "Total Payments") would
not be deductible  (in whole or part) as a result of section 280G of the Code by
the Company,  an affiliate or other person making such payment or providing such
benefit,  the payments and benefits  hereunder shall be reduced until no portion
of the Total Payments is not deductible,  or the payments and benefits hereunder
are reduced to zero. At Employee's  request,  such  reduction may be effected by
extending  the date the  payment  would  otherwise  be due by not more than five
years or by  decreasing  the amount of the payment or benefit  otherwise due and
payable.  For purposes of this  limitation  (i) no portion of the Total Payments
the receipt or  enjoyment of which  Employee  shall have  effectively  waived in
writing  prior to the date of  payment  shall be  taken  into  account,  (ii) no
portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which,  in the opinion
of tax counsel selected by Employee and acceptable to the Company's  independent
auditors,  is not likely to constitute a "parachute  payment" within the meaning
of section  280G(b)(2)  of the Code,  (iii) the payments and benefits  hereunder
shall be reduced only to the extent necessary so that, in the opinion of the tax
counsel  referred  to in clause  (ii),  the Total  Payments  (other  than  those
referred to in clauses (i) or (ii)) in their  entirety are likely to  constitute
reasonable  compensation  for services  actually  rendered within the meaning of
section  280G(b)(4)  of the Code or are  otherwise  not  likely to be subject to
disallowance  as deductions;  and (iv) the value of any non-cash  benefit or any
deferred  payment or benefit  included in the Total Payments shall be determined
by the  Company's  independent  auditors in  accordance  with the  principles of
sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, WAIVER AND OTHER

     16.1.  INTEGRATION.  This  Agreement  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties  hereto on its subject  matter and  supersedes  all previous  agreements
between the parties hereto,  written or oral,  express or implied,  covering the
subject matter hereof. No representations,  inducements, promises or agreements,
oral or otherwise, not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

     16.2. NO WAIVER. No waiver or modification of any of the provisions of this
Agreement  shall be valid  unless in  writing  and signed by or on behalf of the
party granting such waiver or modification. No waiver by any party of any breach
or default  hereunder  shall be deemed a waiver of any repetition of such breach
or default or shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default, nor shall
it in any way affect any of the other terms or conditions  of this  Agreement or
the  enforceability  thereof.  No failure of the Company to  exercise  any power
given it  hereunder  or to insist upon strict  compliance  by Employee  with any
obligation  hereunder,  and no custom or  practice  at  variance  with the terms
hereof,  shall  constitute a waiver of the right of the Company to demand strict
compliance with the terms hereof.

                                       14

<PAGE>



          Employee  shall not have the right to sign any waiver or  modification
of any  provisions  of this  Agreement on behalf of the  Company,  nor shall any
action taken by Employee reduce his obligations under this Agreement.

          This  Agreement  may  not  be  supplemented  or  rescinded  except  by
instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto after the date hereof.
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights of any of the parties hereunder may
be terminated except as provided herein.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

     17.1 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed,  and
the rights and  obligations of the parties hereto  enforced,  in accordance with
the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     17.2 HEADINGS. The Section and Subsection headings contained herein are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not in any  way  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.

     17.3 SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of
this  Agreement  shall in no way affect the  validity or  enforceability  of any
other provisions hereof.

     17.4 OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY.  The Company's  obligation to pay Employee the
compensation and to make the arrangements  provided herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any setoff, counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense or other right which
the Company may have against Employee or anyone else. All amounts payable by the
Company  hereunder  shall be paid without notice or demand.  Except as expressly
provided  herein,  the  Company  waives all rights  which it may now have or may
hereafter have conferred upon it, by statute or otherwise, to terminate,  cancel
or rescind this Agreement in whole or in part. Except as provided in Section 7.8
herein,  each and every payment made hereunder by the Company shall be final and
the  Company  will not seek to  recover  for any  reason all or any part of such
payment from  Employee or any person  entitled  thereto.  Employee  shall not be
required to mitigate the amount of any payment or other benefit  provided for in
this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise.

     17.5 RIGHTS OF BENEFICIARIES OF EMPLOYEE. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by, Employee's personal or legal representatives,
executors,   administrators,   successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees  and
legatees.  If Employee  should die while any  amounts  would still be payable to
Employee  hereunder  if he had  continued  to  live,  all such  amounts,  unless
otherwise  provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement to Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other  designee or, if there be no
such designee, to Employee's estate.

                                       15

<PAGE>



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above, to be effective as of the Commencement Date.

                                CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.

                                By:
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                                CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                By:
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Robert Needle




                                       16





                                                                    Exhibit 10.8

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          AGREEMENT dated as of March 27, 1998 by and among CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS,
INC., a New Jersey corporation,  with its principal offices located at 629 Grove
Street,  Jersey City,  New Jersey  07310 (the  "Company"),  CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS
INTERNATIONAL, INC. ("CGII") and ROBERT M. OKIN with an address at 9 Quid Place,
Manalapan, New Jersey 07726 ("Employee");

                                R E C I T A L S:

          WHEREAS,  the Company  desires to employ the Employee as a Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer; and

          WHEREAS,  the Company is contemplating a  reorganization,  by which it
will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of CGII and will be followed by an initial
public  offering of common stock by CGII, and wishes to memorialize the terms of
the  Employee's  employment  by the Company  prior to the  consummation  of such
transactions;

          NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:

     1.1  "AFFILIATE"  shall  mean  a  Person  which,  directly  or  indirectly,
controls,  is controlled by or is under common control with CGII or the Company,
and for purposes  hereof,  "control"  shall mean the ownership of 20% or more of
the voting interests of the Person in question.

     1.2 "BASIC SALARY" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section
6.1 of this Agreement.

     1.3  "BOARD"  shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  as duly
constituted from time to time. Any action of the Board hereunder with respect to
this  Agreement  shall  require the approval of a majority of the whole Board of
Directors of the Company.

     1.4  "BUSINESS"  shall mean the  business  conducted  by the Company or any
Subsidiary,  directly or indirectly,  including,  but not limited to, commercial
printing and services ancillary thereto.


<PAGE>



     1.5 "CAUSE" shall mean any of the following:

          (a) The conviction of Employee for a felony, or the willful commission
by  Employee of a criminal  act,  that in the  reasonable  judgment of the Board
causes or will  likely  cause  substantial  economic  damage to the  Company  or
substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company;

          (b) The  willful  commission  by  Employee  of an act of  fraud in the
performance of such Employee's  duties on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary;
or

          (c)  The  continuing  willful  failure  of  Employee  to  perform  the
substantive  duties of the Employee to the Company  (other than any such failure
resulting from  Employee's  incapacity due to physical or mental  illness) after
written notice thereof (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail)
and a  reasonable  opportunity  to be heard and cure such  failure  are given to
Employee by the Board.

          For  purposes  of this  subparagraph,  no act,  or failure to act,  on
Employee's  part shall be  considered  "willful"  unless done,  or omitted to be
done, by him not in good faith and without  reasonable belief that his action or
omission was in the best interests of the Company or a Subsidiary.

     1.6 "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean:

     (A) any "person"  (as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act")),  other than a trustee
or other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under an employee  benefit plan of the
Company or a  Subsidiary,  which becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company
representing  20% or more of the  combined  voting power of the  Company's  then
outstanding securities;

     (B) 33-1/3% of the Board of Directors  consists of  individuals  other than
the members of the Board of Directors on the  Commencement  Date (the "Incumbent
Directors");  provided,  however, that any person becoming a director subsequent
to such date whose  election or nomination for election was approved by at least
two-thirds  of the  directors  who at the time of such  election  or  nomination
comprised  the  Incumbent  Directors  shall for purposes of this  definition  be
considered an Incumbent Director;

     (C) the shareholders of the Company approve, or if no shareholder  approval
is  required or  obtained,  the Company  completes  a merger,  consolidation  or
similar  transaction  of the Company  with or into any other  corporation,  or a
binding share exchange involving the Company's securities occurs, other than any
such  transaction  which would  result in the voting  securities  of the Company
outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by
remaining  outstanding  or by being  converted  into  voting  securities  of the
surviving  entity)  at least  75% of the  combined  voting  power of the  voting
securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such transaction; or

                                       2

<PAGE>



     (D) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete  liquidation
of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all
or substantially all the Company's assets.

     1.7 "CODE" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and
the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder.

     1.8 "COMMENCEMENT DATE" shall mean April 6, 1998.

     1.9 "CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION" shall include, without limitation by reason
of specification, any information, including, without limitation, trade secrets,
operational methods, methods of doing business,  technical processes,  formulae,
designs and design projects,  inventions,  research  projects,  strategic plans,
possible  acquisition  information and other business  affairs of the Company or
its  Affiliates,  which (i) is or are  designed  to be used in, or are or may be
useful in connection  with,  the Business of the Company,  any Subsidiary or any
Affiliate  of any  thereof,  or  which,  in the case of any of  these  entities,
results from any of the research or  development  activities of any such entity,
or  (ii) is  private  or  confidential  in that  it is not  generally  known  or
available to the public,  except as the result of unauthorized  disclosure by or
information supplied by Employee,  or (iii) gives the Company or a Subsidiary or
any Affiliate an opportunity  or the  possibility of obtaining an advantage over
competitors  who may not know or use such  information  or who are not  lawfully
permitted to use the same.

     1.10 "DATE OF  TERMINATION"  shall mean the Term Date, or such earlier date
upon which this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

     1.11  "DISABILITY"   shall  mean  the  inability  of  Employee  to  perform
Employee's duties of employment for the Company, if employed by the Company or a
Subsidiary,  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement and by-laws of the Company
as hereinafter  provided,  because of physical or mental disability,  where such
disability  shall have existed for a period of more than 90 consecutive  days or
an  aggregate of 120 days in any 365 day period.  The  existence of a Disability
means that Employee's mental and/or physical condition substantially  interferes
with Employee's performance of his substantive duties for the Company and/or its
Subsidiaries  as  specified  in this  Agreement.  The fact of  whether  or not a
Disability  exists  hereunder  shall be determined by  professionally  qualified
medical experts selected by the Board and reasonably  acceptable to the Employee
or his agent.

     1.12 "DUTIES"  shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 2.1
of this Agreement.

     1.13  "EMPLOYMENT  YEAR"  shall  mean  each  twelve-month  period,  or part
thereof,  during  which  Employee  is  employed  hereunder,  commencing  on  the
Commencement  Date and on the same day of the subsequent  calendar year and each
consecutive 12 month period thereafter.

     1.14 "PANEL" shall have the meaning given such terms in Section 8.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     1.15 "PERSON" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship,  partnership,
joint venture, trust,  unincorporated  organization,  association,  corporation,
limited liability company,  institution,  public benefit corporation,  entity or
government  (whether  federal,  state,  county,  city,  municipal or  otherwise,
including,  without limitation,  any instrumentality,  division, agency, body or
department thereof).

     1.16  "RESTRICTED  PERIOD"  shall mean the Term and the twelve month period
thereafter in the case of a termination of employment of Employee by the Company
(including  non-extension)  for  Cause;  and the Term and the six  month  period
thereafter  in all  other  cases of the  termination  of  Employee's  employment
whether voluntarily or by the Company (including non-extension).

     1.17  "SUBSIDIARY"  shall  mean a  Person,  50% or more of the  outstanding
voting  interests of which is owned or controlled,  directly or  indirectly,  by
CGII.

     1.18 "TERM"  shall mean the period of  employment  of  Employee  under this
Agreement.

     1.19 "TERM DATE" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 3
of this Agreement.

     Wherever  from the  context  it  appears  appropriate,  each word or phrase
stated in either the singular or the plural  shall  include the singular and the
plural,  and each pronoun  stated in the  masculine,  feminine or neuter  gender
shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

2. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

     2.1 EMPLOYMENT;  TITLE;  DUTIES.  The Company hereby employs Employee,  and
Employee  hereby  accepts  appointment,  as  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief
Financial  Officer of the  Company.  The duties of Employee  shall be act as the
principal  financial officer of CGII and the Company;  to supervise the finance,
human resources and management information services departments of the Company ;
to  pursue  the  objectives  of  the  Business,   to  perform   generally  those
responsibilities  and to render  services  as are  necessary  and  desirable  to
protect and to advance the best  interests  of the  Company  (collectively,  the
"Duties"),  acting, in all instances, under the supervision of the President and
Chief Executive  Officer,  and in accordance with the policies set by the Board.
To the extent that the Board  determines  to procure a policy of  directors  and
officers  liability  insurance,  the  Company  shall  take such  actions  as are
necessary to include Employee within the coverage of such policy.

     2.2  PERFORMANCE  OF DUTIES.  Employee shall devote  substantially  all his
working  time to perform the Duties as an  executive  of the Company and for the
performance  of  such  other  executive  duties  as are  assigned  to  him  from
time-to-time by the President.  During the Term, Employee: (i) shall comply with
all laws, statutes,  ordinances, rules and regulations relating to the Business,
and (ii) shall not engage in or become  employed,  directly or indirectly,  in a
business  which  competes  with the Business of the Company and its  Affiliates,
without  the  prior  written  consent  of the  President,  nor shall he act as a
consultant  to or provide any services to,  whether on a  remunerative  basis or
otherwise,  the  commercial or  professional  business of any

                                       4

<PAGE>



other Person which competes with the Business of the Company and its Affiliates,
without such written consent, which, in both instances, may be given or withheld
by the President in his absolute discretion.

     2.3 LOCATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  The principal  place of employment of Employee
shall be within a thirty  mile radius of Jersey  City,  New Jersey or such other
location as is consented to by Employee.  The Duties shall not require  Employee
to relocate his residence  outside the State of New Jersey  without his consent.
It is, however,  distinctly understood and agreed that Employee may be required,
in connection with the  performance of his duties,  to work from time to time at
other  locations  designated by the President or as required in connection  with
the Business of the Company.

3. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

          The employment of Employee  pursuant to this Agreement  shall commence
as of the Commencement  Date and shall end one year thereafter,  unless extended
pursuant to the next sentence or unless sooner terminated  pursuant to Section 7
(the later of (i) the first  anniversary of the  Commencement  Date and (ii) the
date to which  Employee's  period of employment has been extended,  is the "Term
Date"). If Employee's employment hereunder has not previously been terminated in
accordance  with  Section  7  hereof,  then  on  the  first  anniversary  of the
Commencement Date, and on each subsequent  anniversary of the Commencement Date,
the Term shall be  extended  for one  additional  year,  unless the Board  shall
provide  written  notice  to  Employee  three  months  or  more  prior  to  such
anniversary  date that this  Agreement  will not be so  extended.  The rights of
termination set forth in Section 7 shall be applicable  during any such extended
period of employment.

4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

          The  Company  shall  pay  Employee,  as  compensation  for  all of the
services to be rendered by him hereunder  during the Term, and in  consideration
of the  various  restrictions  imposed  upon  Employee  during  the Term and the
Restricted  Period,  and otherwise  under this  Agreement,  the Basic Salary and
other  benefits as  provided  for and  determined  pursuant to Sections 5 and 6,
inclusive, of this Agreement;  provided,  however, that no compensation shall be
paid  to  Employee  under  this  Agreement  for  any  period  subsequent  to the
termination  of  employment  of Employee  for any reason  whatsoever,  except as
provided in Section 7.

                                       5

<PAGE>




5. BASIC SALARY/BONUS

     5.1 BASIC SALARY.  The Company shall pay Employee,  as compensation for all
of the services to be rendered by him hereunder  during each Employment  Year, a
salary of $145,000 per  Employment  Year (as  adjusted  upward by the Board from
time to time) (the  "Basic  Salary"),  payable in  substantially  equal  monthly
payments,  less such  deductions  or amounts as are  required  to be deducted or
withheld  by   applicable   laws  or   regulations,   deductions   for  employee
contributions to welfare  benefits  provided by the Company to Employee and such
other  deductions or amounts,  if any, as are authorized by Employee.  The Basic
Salary shall be prorated for the month in which  employment  by the Company or a
Subsidiary  commences or terminates,  and for any Employment  Year which is less
than twelve (12) months in  duration.  The Basic  Salary may be  increased  from
time-to-time by the Board and, once increased,  shall not thereafter be reduced.
The Basic Salary shall be reviewed at least once in every  Employment  Year by a
committee  of the  Board  responsible  for  determining  compensation  of senior
management   of   the   Company,   each   of  the   members   of   which   is  a
"non-employee-director"  as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange
Commission  under  the  Securities   Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the
"Committee").  Any  increase in Basic Salary shall not serve to offset or reduce
any other obligation to Employee under this Agreement.

     5.2 BONUS. Employee will be awarded and, unless deferred by Employee,  paid
a cash bonus (the "Bonus") for each Employment Year within ninety days after the
close of the fiscal year of the Company ending within such Employment Year in an
amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  then-current  bonus or
incentive  compensation  policy in an amount appropriate for the Chief Financial
Officer of the  Company.  The  Committee in  consultation  with  Employee  shall
establish  in advance of each fiscal  year of the Company  during the Term goals
and  levels of the Bonus for such  fiscal  year  which  shall be  related to the
estimated budget for the Company for such fiscal year.

     5.3 SIGNING  BONUS.  Employee will be paid a signing bonus of $5,000 on the
Commencement  Date in consideration of consulting  services and other assistance
provided to the Company during evenings and weekends in the period from the date
hereof to the Commencement Date.

6. ADDITIONAL BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES

     6.1 ADDITIONAL BENEFITS. The Company shall provide the following additional
benefits to Employee during the Term:

          (i) provision of a comprehensive medical indemnity policy for Employee
and his family having terms no less  favorable  than the coverage made available
to other members of senior management;

          (ii) a monthly  allowance  of $500 on account of  automobile  expenses
inclusive of insurance;

                                       6

<PAGE>



          (iii)  such  other  benefits  as the Board  shall  lawfully  adopt and
approve for members of senior management generally;

          (iv) three (3) weeks of paid  vacation  during each  Employment  Year;
provided,  however, any vacation must be approved by the President with at least
two weeks' prior notice; and

          (v) long term disability  insurance  coverage  consistent with current
Company policy.

     6.2 REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES. The Company shall pay or reimburse Employee
for all reasonable  expenses actually incurred or paid by him during the Term in
the performance of his services under this Agreement,  upon presentation of such
bills, expense statements,  vouchers or such other supporting information as the
Board may  reasonably  require.  In the event the Company  requires  Employee to
travel on business during the Term, Employee shall be reimbursed for any related
travel expenses in accordance with this Section 6.2.

     6.3. STOCK OPTIONS.  The Company  confirms the grant to Employee of options
under the CGII 1998 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") to acquire  45,000  shares of
CGII's common stock at the initial public offering price.  Such options shall be
fully vested upon the closing of CGII's initial public offering.  Subject to any
restrictions imposed upon CGII by the terms of an underwriting  agreement,  CGII
agrees  to  file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  as  soon as
practicable following the closing of its initial public offering, a registration
statement on Form S-8 covering the sale of shares  acquired upon the exercise of
options under the Plan.

7. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     7.1  DEATH.  If  Employee  dies  during  the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate,  except that the Company shall continue to pay to Employee's  spouse,
or in the absence of a surviving spouse, his estate, Employee's Basic Salary for
a period through the third full month following the date of death, pay any other
amounts which were accrued but unpaid,  provide  welfare  benefits to his family
for the balance of the stated  Term as if Employee  had not died and provide for
the payment of the life insurance benefit provided for in Section 6.1.

     7.2 DISABILITY. If, during the Term, Employee has a Disability, the Company
may,  at  any  time  after  Employee  has  a  Disability,  terminate  Employee's
employment by written notice to him. In the event that Employee's  employment is
terminated,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  except  that the  Company  shall
continue  to pay  Employee's  Basic  Salary for a period  through the third full
month  following the date of the  termination of his  employment,  pay any other
amounts  which were  accrued but unpaid,  and  provide  welfare  benefits to his
family until the Term Date, and pay or provide for the payment of the disability
benefit provided for in Section 6.1, until Employee reaches age 65.

     7.3 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by Employee at
any time with or without cause upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company.
After such 30 day period,  the Company  shall have no further  liability to make
payments hereunder except those required by law or which were accrued and unpaid
at the end of the Term.

                                       7

<PAGE>



     7.4 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. The Company may terminate Employee's  employment
hereunder  for Cause at any time by  written  notice  given to  Employee  by the
Board.  Upon such  termination  Employee shall not have any right to receive any
further payments hereunder except for amounts accrued and unpaid hereunder prior
thereto and provide  welfare  benefits as required by law and except as provided
in Section 7.8.

     7.5  TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE.  If this  Agreement is  terminated by the
Company without Cause, Employee shall be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to
one half of  Employee's  then current  annual  salary,  payable upon the Date of
Termination,  payment of any accrued but unpaid  amounts,  and provided with the
benefits described in Section 6.1 (except clauses (iii) and (iv)) until the Term
Date.  If a Change of Control  occurs and this  Agreement is  terminated  by the
Company  without  Cause  within a period  of one year  following  the  Change of
Control, then Employee shall be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to one half
of Employee's then current annual salary, if the Change of Control occurs within
six months of the  Commencement  Date, with the lump sum amount  increasing by a
factor of one half of the  Employee's  then  current  annual  salary on each six
month anniversary of the Commencement Date thereafter, to a maximum of two times
the Employee's then current annual salary.

     7.6 NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any purported  termination of employment by the
Company by reason of Employee's Disability or for Cause shall be communicated by
written  Notice of Termination to Employee.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  a
"Notice of  Termination"  shall mean a notice given by the Company,  which shall
indicate the specific basis for termination of employment and shall set forth in
reasonable  detail the basis of determination  of the remaining  payments due to
Employee under this Agreement.

     7.8  DATE  OF  TERMINATION.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "Date  of
Termination"  shall mean the date of termination of employment  specified in the
Notice of  Termination,  as such date may be modified  pursuant to the following
two  sentences.  If within thirty (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is
given,  Employee  notifies the Company  that a dispute  exists as to the reasons
given in the Notice of Termination (a "Dispute" and the giving of such notice, a
"Notice of  Dispute"),  the Date of  Termination  shall be the date on which the
Dispute  is  finally  determined,  either by  mutual  written  agreement  of the
parties,  by the Panel,  or by a final  judgment,  order or decree of a court of
competent  jurisdiction  (the time for appeal  therefrom  having  expired and no
appeal having been  perfected);  provided that the Date of Termination  shall be
extended  by a Notice of Dispute  only if such notice is given in good faith and
Employee  pursues the resolution of such Dispute with  reasonable  diligence and
provided  further that pending the  resolution of any such Dispute,  the Company
shall  continue to pay Employee  the same Basic  Salary and to provide  Employee
with the same or substantially  comparable  welfare benefits and  prerequisites,
including participation in the Company's retirement plans, profit sharing plans,
to the extent then so available at the date of such determination,  stock option
plans,  stock award plans or stock  appreciation  right plans that  Employee was
paid and provided to the extent that such  continued  participation  is possible
under the general terms and provisions of such plans,  programs and benefits but
in no event  beyond  the  Term  Date.  Should a  Dispute  asserted  by  Employee
ultimately  be  determined  in favor of the  Company,  then all sums (net of tax
withholdings by the Company from such sums) paid by the Company to Employee from
the Date of  Termination  specified  in the Notice of  Termination  until  final
resolution  of the Dispute 

                                       8

<PAGE>



pursuant to this  paragraph,  exclusive of accrued,  unpaid amounts prior to the
Date of Termination,  shall be repaid  promptly by Employee to the Company,  all
options, rights and stock awards granted to Employee during such period shall be
canceled  or  returned to the  Company,  and no service as an employee  shall be
credited to Employee for such period for pension purposes. Employee shall not be
obligated  to pay to the Company the cost of  providing  Employee  with  welfare
benefits and prerequisites  for such period unless the final judgment,  order or
decree  of a court  arbitration  panel  or  other  body  resolving  the  Dispute
determines  that  Employee  acted in bad faith in  giving a Notice  of  Dispute.
Should a Dispute  ultimately be  determined in favor of Employee,  then Employee
shall be entitled to retain all sums paid to  Employee  under this  subparagraph
pending resolution of the Dispute and shall be entitled to receive, in addition,
the payments and other benefits provided for in this Section 7 to the extent not
previously  paid hereunder and the payment of Employee's  reasonable  legal fees
incurred  as a result  of such  Dispute  upon  submission  to the  Company  of a
detailed statement of fees from Employee's attorneys.

8. ARBITRATION

     Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the parties  hereby agree that any
dispute  regarding the rights and  obligations of any party under this Agreement
or under any law governing the relationship created by this Agreement, including
without limitation  Employee's challenge of a purported termination for Cause or
Disability,  must be resolved  pursuant to this Section 8. Within seven (7) days
of either party's written notice to the other of his or its desire to submit any
arbitrable  matter as set forth herein to arbitration,  the parties will meet to
attempt to amicably  resolve their  differences  and,  failing such  resolution,
either or both of the  parties  may submit the matter to  mandatory  and binding
arbitration  with the Center for  Public  Resources  ("CPR").  The  issue(s)  in
dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Center for Public
Resources  Rules for  Non-Administered  Arbitration of Business  Disputes,  by a
panel of three arbitrators (the "Panel").  The only issue(s) to be determined by
the Panel will be those issues  specifically  submitted to the Panel.  The Panel
will not  extend,  modify or  suspend  any of the terms of this  Agreement.  The
arbitration  shall be governed by the United  States  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.
ss.1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Panel may be entered by any
court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  A  determination  of the Panel shall be by
majority vote.

     Promptly  following  receipt  of the  request  for  arbitration,  CPR shall
convene  the  parties  in person  or by  telephone  to  attempt  to  select  the
arbitrators  by  agreement of the  parties.  If  agreement  is not reached,  the
Company  shall  select  one  arbitrator  and  Employee  shall  select  one other
arbitrator.  These two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. If these two
arbitrators are unable to select the third arbitrator by mutual  agreement,  CPR
shall submit to the parties a list of not less than eleven (11) candidates. Such
list shall include a brief statement of each  candidate's  qualifications.  Each
party  shall  number  the  candidates  in order of  preference,  shall  note any
objection they may have to any  candidate,  and shall deliver the list so marked
back to CPR. Any party failing  without good cause to return the candidate  list
so marked within ten (10) days after receipt shall be deemed to have assented to
all candidates  listed thereon.  CPR shall  designate the arbitrator  willing to
serve for whom the parties  collectively  have indicated the highest  preference
and who does not appear to have a conflict of interest.  If a tie should  result
between two candidates, CPR may designate either candidate.

                                        9

<PAGE>



     This agreement to arbitrate is specifically enforceable.  Judgment upon any
award rendered by the Panel may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The
decision of the Panel within the scope of the submission is final and binding on
all  parties,  and any  right  to  judicial  action  on any  matter  subject  to
arbitration  hereunder hereby is waived (unless otherwise provided by applicable
law),  except suit to enforce this arbitration award or in the event arbitration
is not available for any reason or in the event the Company shall seek equitable
relief to enforce  Section 9 of this  Agreement.  If the rules of the CPR differ
from those of this Section 8, the provisions of this Section 8 will control. The
Company  shall  pay all the  costs  of  arbitration  including  the  fees of the
arbitrators,  and the arbitrators shall award reasonable legal fees to Employee,
unless the arbitrators or a judicial forum shall finally determine that Employee
acted in bad faith.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PROPRIETARY INTERESTS

     9.1   ACKNOWLEDGMENT   OF   CONFIDENTIALITY.   Employee   understands   and
acknowledges that he may obtain  Confidential  Information  during the course of
his employment by the Company.  Accordingly,  Employee agrees that he shall not,
either  during  the Term or at any  time  within  two  years  after  the Date of
Termination,  (i) use or disclose any such Confidential  Information outside the
Company,  its  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates;  or (ii) except as required in the
proper  performance of his services  hereunder,  remove or aid in the removal of
any Confidential  Information or any property or material  relating thereto from
the premises of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

          The foregoing confidentiality  provisions shall cease to be applicable
to any Confidential  Information which becomes generally available to the public
(except  by  reason  of or as a  consequence  of a  breach  by  Employee  of his
obligations under this Section 9).

          In the event  Employee is required by law or a court order to disclose
any such Confidential Information,  he shall promptly notify the Company of such
requirement and provide the Company with a copy of any court order or of any law
which in his opinion requires such disclosure and, if the Company so elects,  to
the extent that he is legally able, permit the Company an adequate  opportunity,
at its own expense, to contest such law or court order.

     9.2 DELIVERY OF MATERIAL.  Employee  shall  promptly,  and without  charge,
deliver to the Company on the termination of his employment hereunder, or at any
other time the Company may so request, all memoranda,  notes, records,  reports,
manuals,  computer disks, videotapes,  drawings,  blueprints and other documents
(and  all  copies  thereof)  relating  to  the  Business  of  the  Company,  its
Subsidiaries and its Affiliates, and all property associated therewith, which he
may then possess or have under his control.

10. NON-COMPETITION PROVISIONS

          Employee  agrees  that he will  not,  during  the  Restricted  Period,
compete directly or indirectly with the Business.  The phrase "compete  directly
or indirectly  with the Business" shall be deemed to include,  without  limiting
the generality thereof, (1) engaging or having a material

                                       10

<PAGE>



interest,  directly  or  indirectly,  as  owner,  employee,  officer,  director,
partner, sales representative,  stockholder,  capital investor, lessor, renderer
of consultation  services or advise,  either alone or in association with other,
in the operation of any aspect of any type of business or enterprise competitive
with the  Business;  (2)  soliciting  any of the employees of the Company or any
Affiliate to leave the employ of the Company or any  Affiliate;  (3)  soliciting
any of the employees of the Company or any Affiliate to become  employees of any
other  Person;  or (4)  soliciting  any customer of the Company or any Affiliate
with respect to the  Business.  Similarly,  Employee  shall not raid,  entice or
induce  any  Person  who on the Date of  Termination  is, or within one (1) year
immediately  preceding the Date of Termination was, a customer of the Company or
any Affiliate, to become a customer of any other Person for products or services
the same as, or similar to,  those  products  and  services as from time to time
shall be  provided  by the  Company or any  Affiliate,  and  Employee  shall not
approach any Person for such purpose;  nor shall Employee raid, entice or induce
any Person  who on the Date of  Termination  is, or within one year  immediately
preceding  the Date of  Termination  was,  an  employee  of the  Company  or any
Affiliate, to become employed by any other Person; similarly, Employee shall not
approach any such  employee  for such purpose or authorize or knowingly  approve
the taking of such  actions by any other  Person or assist any such other Person
in taking any such action.

     The phrase "compete  directly or indirectly with the Business" shall not be
deemed to include an  ownership  interest as an inactive  investor,  which,  for
purposes of this  Agreement,  shall mean only the  beneficial  ownership of less
than five  (5%)  percent  of the  outstanding  shares of any  series or class of
securities of any competitor of the Company or any Affiliate,  which  securities
of such series or class are publicly traded in the securities market.

11. SURVIVAL

          The  provisions  of  Sections  7,  8,  9,  10,  and 14  shall  survive
termination of this Agreement and remain enforceable according to their terms.

12. SEVERABILITY

          The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement
shall in no way affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other  provisions
hereof.

                                       11

<PAGE>



13. NOTICES

          All notices,  demands and  requests  required or permitted to be given
under the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed duly given if made in
writing and  delivered  personally  or mailed by postage  prepaid  certified  or
registered mail, return receipt requested,  accompanied by a second copy sent by
ordinary mail, which notices shall be addressed as follows:

          If to the Company or CGII:

          Cunningham Graphics, Inc.
          629 Grove Street
          Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
          Attn: President

          If to Employee:

          Robert M. Okin
          9 Quid Place
          Manalapan, New Jersey 07726

          By notifying  the other parties in writing,  given as  aforesaid,  any
party may from  time-to-time  change  its  address  or the name of any person to
whose  attention  notice  is to be  given,  or may add  another  person to whose
attention notice is to be given, in connection with notice to any party.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUCCESSORS

          Neither this  Agreement nor any of his rights or duties  hereunder may
be assigned or delegated by Employee.  This  Agreement is not  assignable by the
Company   except  to  any  successor  in  interest   which  takes  over  all  or
substantially all of the business of the Company, as it is conducted at the time
of such assignment.  Any corporation into or with which the Company is merged or
consolidated or which takes over all or substantially all of the business of the
Company  shall be deemed to be a successor of the Company for  purposes  hereof.
This Agreement  shall be binding upon and,  except as aforesaid,  shall inure to
the  benefit  of the  parties  and their  respective  successors  and  permitted
assigns.

15. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

          In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by
Employee in connection  with the termination of Employee's  employment  (whether
pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  or any  other  plan,  arrangement  or
agreement  with the  Company,  any person  whose  actions  result in a Change in
Control of the Company or any person affiliated with the Company or such person)
(collectively with the payments and benefits hereunder,  "Total

                                       12

<PAGE>



Payments")  would not be  deductible  (in whole or part) as a result of  section
280G of the Code by the  Company,  an  affiliate  or other  person  making  such
payment or providing such benefit,  the payments and benefits hereunder shall be
reduced  until no  portion  of the  Total  Payments  is not  deductible,  or the
payments and benefits hereunder are reduced to zero. At Employee's request, such
reduction may be effected by extending  the date the payment would  otherwise be
due by not more than five years or by  decreasing  the amount of the  payment or
benefit  otherwise  due and  payable.  For  purposes of this  limitation  (i) no
portion of the Total  Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which  Employee shall
have  effectively  waived in writing prior to the date of payment shall be taken
into account,  (ii) no portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account
which, in the opinion of tax counsel  selected by Employee and acceptable to the
Company's  independent  auditors,  is not  likely  to  constitute  a  "parachute
payment"  within  the  meaning  of  section  280G(b)(2)  of the Code,  (iii) the
payments and benefits hereunder shall be reduced only to the extent necessary so
that,  in the opinion of the tax counsel  referred to in clause (ii),  the Total
Payments (other than those referred to in clauses (i) or (ii)) in their entirety
are likely to constitute reasonable  compensation for services actually rendered
within the meaning of section 280G(b)(4) of the Code or are otherwise not likely
to be subject to disallowance as deductions;  and (iv) the value of any non-cash
benefit or any deferred  payment or benefit included in the Total Payments shall
be  determined  by the Company's  independent  auditors in  accordance  with the
principles of sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, WAIVER AND OTHER

     16.1.  INTEGRATION.  This  Agreement  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties  hereto on its subject  matter and  supersedes  all previous  agreements
between the parties hereto,  written or oral,  express or implied,  covering the
subject matter hereof. No representations,  inducements, promises or agreements,
oral or otherwise, not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

     16.2. NO WAIVER. No waiver or modification of any of the provisions of this
Agreement  shall be valid  unless in  writing  and signed by or on behalf of the
party granting such waiver or modification. No waiver by any party of any breach
or default  hereunder  shall be deemed a waiver of any repetition of such breach
or default or shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default, nor shall
it in any way affect any of the other terms or conditions  of this  Agreement or
the  enforceability  thereof.  No failure of the Company to  exercise  any power
given it  hereunder  or to insist upon strict  compliance  by Employee  with any
obligation  hereunder,  and no custom or  practice  at  variance  with the terms
hereof,  shall  constitute a waiver of the right of the Company to demand strict
compliance with the terms hereof.

          Employee  shall not have the right to sign any waiver or  modification
of any  provisions  of this  Agreement on behalf of the  Company,  nor shall any
action taken by Employee reduce his obligations under this Agreement.

          This  Agreement  may  not  be  supplemented  or  rescinded  except  by
instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto after the date hereof.
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights of any of the parties hereunder may
be terminated except as provided herein.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

                                       13

<PAGE>



     17.1 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed,  and
the rights and  obligations of the parties hereto  enforced,  in accordance with
the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     17.2 HEADINGS. The Section and Subsection headings contained herein are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not in any  way  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.

     17.3 SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of
this  Agreement  shall in no way affect the  validity or  enforceability  of any
other provisions hereof.

     17.4 OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY.  The Company's  obligation to pay Employee the
compensation and to make the arrangements  provided herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any setoff, counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense or other right which
the Company may have against Employee or anyone else. All amounts payable by the
Company  hereunder  shall be paid without notice or demand.  Except as expressly
provided  herein,  the  Company  waives all rights  which it may now have or may
hereafter have conferred upon it, by statute or otherwise, to terminate,  cancel
or rescind this Agreement in whole or in part. Except as provided in Section 7.7
herein,  each and every payment made hereunder by the Company shall be final and
the  Company  will not seek to  recover  for any  reason all or any part of such
payment from  Employee or any person  entitled  thereto.  Employee  shall not be
required to mitigate the amount of any payment or other benefit  provided for in
this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise.

     17.5 RIGHTS OF BENEFICIARIES OF EMPLOYEE. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by, Employee's personal or legal representatives,
executors,   administrators,   successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees  and
legatees.  If Employee  should die while any  amounts  would still be payable to
Employee  hereunder  if he had  continued  to  live,  all such  amounts,  unless
otherwise  provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement to Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other  designee or, if there be no
such designee, to Employee's estate.

                                       14

<PAGE>



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above, to be effective as of the Commencement Date.

                                CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.

                                By:
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                                CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                By:
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Robert M. Okin



                                       15




                                                                   Exhibit 10.15


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          AGREEMENT dated as of April 13, 1998 by and among CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS,
INC., a New Jersey corporation,  with its principal offices located at 629 Grove
Street,  Jersey City,  New Jersey  07310 (the  "Company"),  CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS
INTERNATIONAL,  INC.  ("CGII")  and IOANNIS  LYKOGIANNIS,  with an address at 15
Elmwood Drive, Warren, N.J. 07059 ("Employee");

                                R E C I T A L S:

          WHEREAS,  the Employee is a senior  executive  officer of the Company;
and

          WHEREAS,  the Company is contemplating a  reorganization,  by which it
will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of CGII and will be followed by an initial
public  offering of common stock by CGII, and wishes to memorialize the terms of
the  Employee's  employment  by the Company  prior to the  consummation  of such
transactions;

          NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:

     1.1  "AFFILIATE"  shall  mean  a  Person  which,  directly  or  indirectly,
controls,  is controlled by or is under common control with CGII or the Company,
and for purposes  hereof,  "control"  shall mean the ownership of 20% or more of
the voting interests of the Person in question.

     1.2 "BASIC SALARY" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section
5.1 of this Agreement.

     1.3  "BOARD"  shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  as duly
constituted from time to time. Any action of the Board hereunder with respect to
this  Agreement  shall  require the approval of a majority of the whole Board of
Directors of the Company.

     1.4  "BUSINESS"  shall mean the  business  conducted  by the Company or any
Subsidiary,  directly or indirectly,  including,  but not limited to, commercial
printing and services ancillary thereto.


<PAGE>



     1.5 "CAUSE" shall mean any of the following:

          (a) The conviction of Employee for a felony, or the willful commission
by  Employee of a criminal  act,  that in the  reasonable  judgment of the Board
causes or will  likely  cause  substantial  economic  damage to the  Company  or
substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company;

          (b) The  willful  commission  by  Employee  of an act of  fraud in the
performance of such Employee's  duties on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary;
or

          (c)  The  continuing  willful  failure  of  Employee  to  perform  the
substantive  duties of the Employee to the Company  (other than any such failure
resulting from  Employee's  incapacity due to physical or mental  illness) after
written notice thereof (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail)
and a  reasonable  opportunity  to be heard and cure such  failure  are given to
Employee by the Board.

          For  purposes  of this  subparagraph,  no act,  or failure to act,  on
Employee's  part shall be  considered  "willful"  unless done,  or omitted to be
done, by him not in good faith and without  reasonable belief that his action or
omission was in the best interests of the Company or a Subsidiary.

     1.6 "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean:

     (A) any "person"  (as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act")),  other than a trustee
or other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under an employee  benefit plan of the
Company or a  Subsidiary,  which becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company
representing  20% or more of the  combined  voting power of the  Company's  then
outstanding securities;

     (B) 33-1/3% of the Board of Directors  consists of  individuals  other than
the members of the Board of Directors on the  Commencement  Date (the "Incumbent
Directors");  provided,  however, that any person becoming a director subsequent
to such date whose  election or nomination for election was approved by at least
two-thirds  of the  directors  who at the time of such  election  or  nomination
comprised  the  Incumbent  Directors  shall for purposes of this  definition  be
considered an Incumbent Director;

     (C) the shareholders of the Company approve, or if no shareholder  approval
is  required or  obtained,  the Company  completes  a merger,  consolidation  or
similar  transaction  of the Company  with or into any other  corporation,  or a
binding share exchange involving the Company's securities occurs, other than any
such  transaction  which would  result in the voting  securities  of the Company
outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by
remaining  outstanding  or by being  converted  into  voting  securities  of the
surviving  entity)  at least  75% of the  combined  voting  power of the  voting
securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such transaction; or

                                       2

<PAGE>



     (D) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete  liquidation
of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all
or substantially all the Company's assets.

     1.7 "CODE" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and
the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder.

     1.8 "COMMENCEMENT DATE" shall mean the date that the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 is declared  effective by the United States Securities and
Exchange  Commission and the Company  consummates the initial public offering of
its securities.

     1.9 "CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION" shall include, without limitation by reason
of specification, any information, including, without limitation, trade secrets,
operational methods, methods of doing business,  technical processes,  formulae,
designs and design projects,  inventions,  research  projects,  strategic plans,
possible  acquisition  information and other business  affairs of the Company or
its  Affiliates,  which (i) is or are  designed  to be used in, or are or may be
useful in connection  with,  the Business of the Company,  any Subsidiary or any
Affiliate  of any  thereof,  or  which,  in the case of any of  these  entities,
results from any of the research or  development  activities of any such entity,
or  (ii) is  private  or  confidential  in that  it is not  generally  known  or
available to the public,  except as the result of unauthorized  disclosure by or
information supplied by Employee,  or (iii) gives the Company or a Subsidiary or
any Affiliate an opportunity  or the  possibility of obtaining an advantage over
competitors  who may not know or use such  information  or who are not  lawfully
permitted to use the same.

     1.10 "DATE OF  TERMINATION"  shall mean the Term Date, or such earlier date
upon which this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

     1.11  "DISABILITY"   shall  mean  the  inability  of  Employee  to  perform
Employee's duties of employment for the Company, if employed by the Company or a
Subsidiary,  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement and by-laws of the Company
as hereinafter  provided,  because of physical or mental disability,  where such
disability  shall have existed for a period of more than 90 consecutive  days or
an  aggregate of 120 days in any 365 day period.  The  existence of a Disability
means that Employee's mental and/or physical condition substantially  interferes
with Employee's performance of his substantive duties for the Company and/or its
Subsidiaries  as  specified  in this  Agreement.  The fact of  whether  or not a
Disability  exists  hereunder  shall be determined by  professionally  qualified
medical experts selected by the Board and reasonably  acceptable to the Employee
or his agent.

     1.12 "DUTIES"  shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 2.1
of this Agreement.

     1.13  "EMPLOYMENT  YEAR"  shall  mean  each  twelve-month  period,  or part
thereof,  during  which  Employee  is  employed  hereunder,  commencing  on  the
Commencement  Date and on the same day of the subsequent  calendar year and each
consecutive 12 month period thereafter.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     1.14 "GOOD REASON" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7.6.

     1.15 "PANEL" shall have the meaning given such terms in Section 8.

     1.16 "PERSON" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship,  partnership,
joint venture, trust,  unincorporated  organization,  association,  corporation,
limited liability company,  institution,  public benefit corporation,  entity or
government  (whether  federal,  state,  county,  city,  municipal or  otherwise,
including,  without limitation,  any instrumentality,  division, agency, body or
department thereof).

     1.17  "RESTRICTED  PERIOD"  shall  mean (i) the Term and the  twelve  month
period  thereafter in the case of a termination of employment of Employee by the
Company  (including  non-extension)  for  Cause;  (ii) the  Term and the  period
thereafter,  not to exceed twelve  months,  which  corresponds to the portion of
Employee's  annual  salary  paid as a lump sum  pursuant  to Section 7.5 or 7.6;
(iii) the Term and twelve month period thereafter in the case of the termination
of Employee's  employment  voluntarily or as a result of a Disability;  and (iv)
the Term and the six month period thereafter in the case of the non-extension of
this Agreement by the Company other than for Cause.

     1.18  "SUBSIDIARY"  shall  mean a  Person,  50% or more of the  outstanding
voting  interests of which is owned or controlled,  directly or  indirectly,  by
CGII.

     1.19 "TERM"  shall mean the period of  employment  of  Employee  under this
Agreement.

     1.20 "TERM DATE" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 3
of this Agreement.

     Wherever  from the  context  it  appears  appropriate,  each word or phrase
stated in either the singular or the plural  shall  include the singular and the
plural,  and each pronoun  stated in the  masculine,  feminine or neuter  gender
shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

2. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

     2.1 EMPLOYMENT;  TITLE;  DUTIES.  The Company hereby employs Employee,  and
Employee  hereby accepts  appointment,  as Senior Vice President - Operations of
the  Company.  The duties of  Employee  shall be to manage  internal  production
operations  of  the  Company  (collectively,   the  "Duties"),  acting,  in  all
instances,  under  the  supervision  of the  President  and  the Chief Operating
Officer,  and in  accordance  with the  policies  set by the Board.  The Company
reserves the right to change  Employee's title and the scope of the Duties,  and
upon any such  change  the  Company  shall not be in  breach  of this  Agreement
provided that (i) the Company does not reduce the Basic Salary,  Bonus and other
benefits to which  Employee is entitled  under Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 6.1 of this
Agreement   and  (ii)   Employee   remains  in  a   managerial   position   with
responsibilities related to production activities.  To the extent that the Board
determines  to procure a policy of directors and officers  liability  insurance,
the Company shall take such actions as are necessary to include  Employee within
the coverage of such policy.

                                       4

<PAGE>



     2.2  PERFORMANCE  OF DUTIES.  Employee shall devote  substantially  all his
working  time to perform the Duties as an  executive  of the Company and for the
performance  of  such  other  executive  duties  as are  assigned  to  him  from
time-to-time by the President.  During the Term, Employee: (i) shall comply with
all laws, statutes,  ordinances, rules and regulations relating to the Business,
and (ii) shall not engage in or become  employed,  directly or indirectly,  in a
business  which  competes  with the Business of the Company and its  Affiliates,
without  the  prior  written  consent  of the  President,  nor shall he act as a
consultant  to or provide any services to,  whether on a  remunerative  basis or
otherwise,  the  commercial or  professional  business of any other Person which
competes  with the  Business  of the Company and its  Affiliates,  without  such
written  consent,  which,  in both  instances,  may be given or  withheld by the
President in his absolute discretion.

     2.3 LOCATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  The principal  place of employment of Employee
shall be within a thirty  mile radius of Jersey  City,  New Jersey or such other
location as is consented to by Employee.  The Duties shall not require  Employee
to relocate his residence  outside the State of New Jersey  without his consent.
It is, however,  distinctly understood and agreed that Employee may be required,
in connection with the  performance of his duties,  to work from time to time at
other  locations  designated by the President or as required in connection  with
the Business of the Company.

3. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

          The employment of Employee  pursuant to this Agreement  shall commence
as of the  Commencement  Date and  shall  end  three  years  thereafter,  unless
extended pursuant to the next sentence or unless sooner  terminated  pursuant to
Section 7 (the later of (i) the third  anniversary of the Commencement  Date and
(ii) the date to which Employee's period of employment has been extended, is the
"Term  Date").  If  Employee's  employment  hereunder  has not  previously  been
terminated in accordance with Section 7 hereof,  then on the second  anniversary
of the Commencement Date, and on each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement
Date, the Term shall be extended for one additional year, unless the Board shall
provide written notice to Employee six months or more prior to such  anniversary
date that this Agreement will not be so extended.  The rights of termination set
forth in  Section  7 shall be  applicable  during  any such  extended  period of
employment.

4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

          The  Company  shall  pay  Employee,  as  compensation  for  all of the
services to be rendered by him hereunder  during the Term, and in  consideration
of the  various  restrictions  imposed  upon  Employee  during  the Term and the
Restricted  Period,  and otherwise  under this  Agreement,  the Basic Salary and
other  benefits as  provided  for and  determined  pursuant to Sections 5 and 6,
inclusive, of this Agreement;  provided,  however, that no compensation shall be
paid  to  Employee  under  this  Agreement  for  any  period  subsequent  to the
termination  of  employment  of Employee  for any reason  whatsoever,  except as
provided in Section 7.

5. BASIC SALARY/BONUS

                                       5

<PAGE>



     5.1 BASIC SALARY.  The Company shall pay Employee,  as compensation for all
of the services to be rendered by him hereunder  during each Employment  Year, a
salary of $119,000 per  Employment  Year (as  adjusted  upward by the Board from
time to time) (the  "Basic  Salary"),  payable in  substantially  equal  monthly
payments,  less such  deductions  or amounts as are  required  to be deducted or
withheld  by   applicable   laws  or   regulations,   deductions   for  employee
contributions to welfare  benefits  provided by the Company to Employee and such
other  deductions or amounts,  if any, as are authorized by Employee.  The Basic
Salary shall be prorated for the month in which  employment  by the Company or a
Subsidiary  commences or terminates,  and for any Employment  Year which is less
than twelve (12) months in  duration.  The Basic  Salary may be  increased  from
time-to-time by the Board (without Employee's  participation as a director) and,
once  increased,  shall not  thereafter  be reduced.  The Basic  Salary shall be
reviewed  at least once in every  Employment  Year by a  committee  of the Board
responsible  for determining  compensation of senior  management of the Company,
each of the  members  of which is a  "non-employee-director"  as defined in Rule
16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Committee").  Any increase in Basic Salary shall
not serve to  offset or reduce  any other  obligation  to  Employee  under  this
Agreement.

     5.2 BONUS. Employee will be awarded and, unless deferred by Employee,  paid
a cash bonus (the "Bonus") for each Employment Year within ninety days after the
close of the fiscal year of the Company ending within such Employment Year in an
amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  then-current  bonus or
incentive  compensation  policy  in an  amount  appropriate  for a  Senior  Vice
President of the Company.  The Committee in  consultation  with  Employee  shall
establish  in advance of each fiscal  year of the Company  during the Term goals
and  levels of the Bonus for such  fiscal  year  which  shall be  related to the
estimated budget for the Company for such fiscal year.

6. ADDITIONAL BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES

     6.1 ADDITIONAL BENEFITS. The Company shall provide the following additional
benefits to Employee during the Term:

          (i)  provision of an  automobile  at a total  monthly cost up to $500,
inclusive of insurance;

          (ii) such other benefits as the Board shall lawfully adopt and approve
for Employee;

          (iii) four (4) weeks of paid vacation;

          (iv) long term disability  insurance coverage  consistent with current
Company policy; and

          (v) term life  insurance  in the  amount of  $250,000  payable  to his
spouse,  or such other designated  beneficiary as Employee may specify from time
to time, to the exent the same is available at normal market rates.

                                       6

<PAGE>



Employee shall have the option to be included in the Company's medical insurance
plan which is provided to other senior officers of the Company.

     6.2 REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES. The Company shall pay or reimburse Employee
for all reasonable  expenses actually incurred or paid by him during the Term in
the performance of his services under this Agreement,  upon presentation of such
bills, expense statements,  vouchers or such other supporting information as the
Board may  reasonably  require.  In the event the Company  requires  Employee to
travel on business during the Term, Employee shall be reimbursed for any related
travel expenses in accordance with this Section 6.2.

     6.3. STOCK OPTIONS.  The Company  confirms the grant to Employee of options
under the CGII 1998 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") to acquire  50,000  shares of
CGII's common stock at the initial public offering price.  Such options shall be
fully vested upon the closing of CGII's initial public offering.  Subject to any
restrictions imposed upon CGII by the terms of an underwriting  agreement,  CGII
agrees  to  file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  as  soon as
practicable  following the Commencement  Date, a registration  statement on Form
S-8 covering the sale of shares  acquired upon the exercise of options under the
Plan.

7. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     7.1  DEATH.  If  Employee  dies  during  the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate,  except that the Company shall continue to pay to Employee's  spouse,
or in the absence of a surviving spouse, his estate, Employee's Basic Salary for
a period through the third full month following the date of death, pay any other
amounts which were accrued but unpaid,  provide  welfare  benefits to his family
for the balance of the stated  Term as if Employee  had not died and provide for
the payment of the life insurance benefit provided for in Section 6.1.

     7.2 DISABILITY. If, during the Term, Employee has a Disability, the Company
may,  at  any  time  after  Employee  has  a  Disability,  terminate  Employee's
employment by written notice to him. In the event that Employee's  employment is
terminated,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  except  that the  Company  shall
continue  to pay  Employee's  Basic  Salary for a period  through the third full
month  following the date of the  termination of his  employment,  pay any other
amounts  which were  accrued but unpaid,  and  provide  welfare  benefits to his
family until the Term Date, and pay or provide for the payment of the disability
benefit provided for in Section 6.1, until Employee reaches age 65.

     7.3 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by Employee at
any time with or without cause upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company.
After such 30 day period,  the Company  shall have no further  liability to make
payments hereunder except those required by law or which were accrued and unpaid
at the end of the Term.

     7.4 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. The Company may terminate Employee's  employment
hereunder  for Cause at any time by  written  notice  given to  Employee  by the
Board.  Upon such  termination  Employee shall not have any right to receive any
further payments hereunder except for amounts accrued and unpaid hereunder prior
thereto and provide  welfare  benefits as required by law and except as provided
in Section 7.8.

                                       7

<PAGE>



     7.5  TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE.  If this  Agreement is  terminated by the
Company without Cause, Employee shall be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to
one half of  Employee's  then current  annual  salary,  payable upon the Date of
Termination,  payment of any accrued but unpaid  amounts,  and provided with the
benefits described in Section 6.1 (except clauses (ii) and (iii)) until the Term
Date.  If a Change of Control  occurs and this  Agreement is  terminated  by the
Company  without  Cause  within a period  of one year  following  the  Change of
Control,  then  Employee  shall be entitled  to a lump sum payment  equal to two
times his then current annual salary.

     7.6. TERMINATION FOR GOOD REASON. In the event this Agreement is terminated
by Employee  for Good Reason,  Employee  shall be entitled to a lump sum payment
equal to two  times  his  then  current  annual  salary  payable  on the Date of
Termination  and  provided  with the  benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except
clauses  (ii) and (iii)) until the Term Date.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,
Good Reason shall mean:

          (a) A reduction or non-payment  of Employee's  Basic Salary or failure
to review Employee's Basic Salary as required in this Agreement;

          (b) A breach  by the  Company  of this  Agreement  which is not  cured
within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to the Board by Employee;

          (c) The failure by the Company to  continue to provide  Employee  with
substantially  the same welfare  benefits  (which for purposes of this Agreement
shall mean  benefits  under all welfare plans as that term is defined in Section
3(1) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amend),  any
prerequisites,  including  participation  on a  comparable  basis in  retirement
plans,  stock  option  plans,  stock  award  plans,  and  other  plans  in which
executives of the Company of comparable title and salary participate,  or with a
package of welfare benefits and prerequisites,  that, though one or more of such
benefits or  prerequisites  may vary from those,  including  participation  on a
comparable  basis in such retirement  plans,  stock option plans and stock award
plans,  is  substantially  comparable  in all material  respects to such welfare
benefits and prerequisites, including participation on a comparable basis in the
Company's retirement plans, stock option plans and stock award plans, taken as a
whole;

          (d) The failure of the Company to award or pay  Employee  the Bonus as
provided in Section 5.2, or the failure of the Company to provide  Employee with
the benefits provided for in Section 6.1.

     7.7 NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any purported  termination of employment by the
Company by reason of Employee's Disability or for Cause, or by Employee for Good
Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice given by Employee or the Company, which shall indicate the specific basis
for termination of employment and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts
and  circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for determination of any payments
under this Agreement.

                                       8

<PAGE>



     7.8  DATE  OF  TERMINATION.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "Date  of
Termination"  shall mean the date of termination of employment  specified in the
Notice of Termination,  which shall not be more than ninety (90) days after such
Notice of  Termination  is given,  as such date may be modified  pursuant to the
following  two  sentences.  If  within  thirty  (30) days  after  any  Notice of
Termination is given, the party who receives such Notice of Termination notifies
the other party that a dispute  exists as to the reasons  given in the Notice of
Termination (a "Dispute" and the giving of such notice,  a "Notice of Dispute"),
the  Date of  Termination  shall be the date on which  the  Dispute  is  finally
determined,  either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by the Panel, or
by a final judgment,  order or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction (the
time for appeal  therefrom  having expired and no appeal having been perfected);
provided that the Date of  Termination  shall be extended by a Notice of Dispute
only if such  notice is given in good  faith and the party  giving  such  notice
pursues the  resolution of such Dispute with  reasonable  diligence and provided
further that  pending the  resolution  of any such  Dispute,  the Company  shall
continue to pay Employee the same Basic Salary and to provide  Employee with the
same or substantially  comparable welfare benefits and prerequisites,  including
participation in the Company's  retirement  plans,  profit sharing plans, to the
extent then so available at the date of such determination,  stock option plans,
stock award plans or stock  appreciation  right plans that Employee was paid and
provided to the extent that such continued  participation  is possible under the
general  terms and  provisions  of such plans,  programs  and benefits but in no
event beyond the Term Date. Should a Dispute asserted by Employee  ultimately be
determined in favor of the Company,  then all sums (net of tax  withholdings  by
the Company  from such sums) paid by the  Company to  Employee  from the Date of
Termination specified in the Notice of Termination until final resolution of the
Dispute pursuant to this paragraph,  exclusive of accrued,  unpaid amounts prior
to the Date of Termination, shall be repaid promptly by Employee to the Company,
all  options,  rights and stock  awards  granted to Employee  during such period
shall be  canceled or  returned  to the  Company,  and no service as an employee
shall be  credited to Employee  for such period for pension  purposes.  Employee
shall not be obligated to pay to the Company the cost of providing Employee with
welfare  benefits and  prerequisites  for such period unless the final judgment,
order or decree of a court arbitration panel or other body resolving the Dispute
determines  that  Employee  acted in bad faith in  giving a Notice  of  Dispute.
Should a Dispute  ultimately be  determined in favor of Employee,  then Employee
shall be entitled to retain all sums paid to  Employee  under this  subparagraph
pending resolution of the Dispute and shall be entitled to receive, in addition,
the payments and other benefits provided for in this Section 7 to the extent not
previously  paid hereunder and the payment of Employee's  reasonable  legal fees
incurred  as a result  of such  Dispute  upon  submission  to the  Company  of a
detailed statement of fees from Employee's attorneys.

8. ARBITRATION

     Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the parties  hereby agree that any
dispute  regarding the rights and  obligations of any party under this Agreement
or under any law governing the relationship created by this Agreement, including
without limitation  Employee's challenge of a purported termination for Cause or
Disability,  must be resolved  pursuant to this Section 8. Within seven (7) days
of either party's written notice to the other of his or its desire to submit any
arbitrable  matter as set forth herein to arbitration,  the parties will meet to
attempt to amicably  resolve their  differences  and,  failing such  resolution,
either or both of the  parties  may submit the

                                       9

<PAGE>



matter to mandatory and binding arbitration with the Center for Public Resources
("CPR").  The issue(s) in dispute shall be settled by  arbitration in accordance
with the Center for Public Resources Rules for  Non-Administered  Arbitration of
Business  Disputes,  by a panel of three  arbitrators  (the  "Panel").  The only
issue(s)  to be  determined  by the  Panel  will be  those  issues  specifically
submitted to the Panel. The Panel will not extend,  modify or suspend any of the
terms of this Agreement.  The arbitration shall be governed by the United States
Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss.1-16,  and judgment upon the award rendered by the
Panel may be entered by any court having  jurisdiction  thereof. A determination
of the Panel shall be by majority vote.

     Promptly  following  receipt  of the  request  for  arbitration,  CPR shall
convene  the  parties  in person  or by  telephone  to  attempt  to  select  the
arbitrators  by  agreement of the  parties.  If  agreement  is not reached,  the
Company  shall  select  one  arbitrator  and  Employee  shall  select  one other
arbitrator.  These two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. If these two
arbitrators are unable to select the third arbitrator by mutual  agreement,  CPR
shall submit to the parties a list of not less than eleven (11) candidates. Such
list shall include a brief statement of each  candidate's  qualifications.  Each
party  shall  number  the  candidates  in order of  preference,  shall  note any
objection they may have to any  candidate,  and shall deliver the list so marked
back to CPR. Any party failing  without good cause to return the candidate  list
so marked within ten (10) days after receipt shall be deemed to have assented to
all candidates  listed thereon.  CPR shall  designate the arbitrator  willing to
serve for whom the parties  collectively  have indicated the highest  preference
and who does not appear to have a conflict of interest.  If a tie should  result
between two candidates, CPR may designate either candidate.

     This agreement to arbitrate is specifically enforceable.  Judgment upon any
award rendered by the Panel may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The
decision of the Panel within the scope of the submission is final and binding on
all  parties,  and any  right  to  judicial  action  on any  matter  subject  to
arbitration  hereunder hereby is waived (unless otherwise provided by applicable
law),  except suit to enforce this arbitration award or in the event arbitration
is not available for any reason or in the event the Company shall seek equitable
relief to enforce  Section 9 of this  Agreement.  If the rules of the CPR differ
from those of this Section 8, the provisions of this Section 8 will control. The
Company  shall  pay all the  costs  of  arbitration  including  the  fees of the
arbitrators,  and the arbitrators shall award reasonable legal fees to Employee,
unless the arbitrators or a judicial forum shall finally determine that Employee
acted in bad faith.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PROPRIETARY INTERESTS

     9.1   ACKNOWLEDGMENT   OF   CONFIDENTIALITY.   Employee   understands   and
acknowledges that he may obtain  Confidential  Information  during the course of
his employment by the Company.  Accordingly,  Employee agrees that he shall not,
either  during  the Term or at any  time  within  two  years  after  the Date of
Termination,  (i) use or disclose any such Confidential  Information outside the
Company,  its  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates;  or (ii) except as required in the
proper  performance of his services  hereunder,  remove or aid in the removal of
any Confidential  Information or any property or material  relating thereto from
the premises of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

                                       10

<PAGE>



          The foregoing confidentiality  provisions shall cease to be applicable
to any Confidential  Information which becomes generally available to the public
(except  by  reason  of or as a  consequence  of a  breach  by  Employee  of his
obligations under this Section 9).

          In the event  Employee is required by law or a court order to disclose
any such Confidential Information,  he shall promptly notify the Company of such
requirement and provide the Company with a copy of any court order or of any law
which in his opinion requires such disclosure and, if the Company so elects,  to
the extent that he is legally able, permit the Company an adequate  opportunity,
at its own expense, to contest such law or court order.

     9.2 DELIVERY OF MATERIAL.  Employee  shall  promptly,  and without  charge,
deliver to the Company on the termination of his employment hereunder, or at any
other time the Company may so request, all memoranda,  notes, records,  reports,
manuals,  computer disks, videotapes,  drawings,  blueprints and other documents
(and  all  copies  thereof)  relating  to  the  Business  of  the  Company,  its
Subsidiaries and its Affiliates, and all property associated therewith, which he
may then possess or have under his control.

10. NON-COMPETITION PROVISIONS

     Employee  agrees that he will not,  during the Restricted  Period,  compete
directly  or  indirectly  with the  Business.  The phrase  "compete  directly or
indirectly  with the Business" shall be deemed to include, without  limiting the
generality  thereof,  (1)  engaging or having a material  interest,  directly or
indirectly,   as   owner,   employee,    officer,   director,   partner,   sales
representative,  stockholder, capital investor, lessor, renderer of consultation
services or advise,  either alone or in association with other, in the operation
of any  aspect  of any  type of  business  or  enterprise  competitive  with the
Business; (2) soliciting any of the employees of the Company or any Affiliate to
leave the employ of the  Company or any  Affiliate;  (3)  soliciting  any of the
employees  of the  Company or any  Affiliate  to become  employees  of any other
Person;  or (4)  soliciting  any customer of the Company or any  Affiliate  with
respect to the Business.  Similarly,  Employee shall not raid,  entice or induce
any Person who on the Date of Termination is, or within one (1) year immediately
preceding  the  Date of  Termination  was,  a  customer  of the  Company  or any
Affiliate, to become a customer of any other Person for products or services the
same as, or similar to,  those  products and services as from time to time shall
be provided by the Company or any Affiliate, and Employee shall not approach any
Person for such purpose;  nor shall Employee  raid,  entice or induce any Person
who on the Date of Termination is, or within one year immediately  preceding the
Date of Termination was, an employee of the Company or any Affiliate,  to become
employed by any other Person;  similarly,  Employee  shall not approach any such
employee for such  purpose or authorize or knowingly  approve the taking of such
actions by any other  Person or assist any such other  Person in taking any such
action.

     The phrase "compete  directly or indirectly with the Business" shall not be
deemed to include an  ownership  interest as an inactive  investor,  which,  for
purposes of this  Agreement,  shall mean only the  beneficial  ownership of less
than five  (5%)  percent  of the  outstanding  shares of any  series or class of
securities of any competitor of the Company or any Affiliate,  which  securities
of such series or class are publicly traded in the securities market.

                                       11

<PAGE>



11. SURVIVAL

          The  provisions  of  Sections  7,  8,  9,  10,  and 14  shall  survive
termination of this Agreement and remain enforceable according to their terms.

12. SEVERABILITY

          The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement
shall in no way affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other  provisions
hereof.

13. NOTICES

          All notices,  demands and  requests  required or permitted to be given
under the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed duly given if made in
writing and  delivered  personally  or mailed by postage  prepaid  certified  or
registered mail, return receipt requested,  accompanied by a second copy sent by
ordinary mail, which notices shall be addressed as follows:

                If to the Company or CGII:

                Cunningham Graphics, Inc.
                629 Grove Street
                Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
                Attn: President

                If to Employee:

                Ioannis Lykogiannis
                15 Elmwood Drive
                Warren, New Jersey 07059

          By notifying  the other parties in writing,  given as  aforesaid,  any
party may from  time-to-time  change  its  address  or the name of any person to
whose  attention  notice  is to be  given,  or may add  another  person to whose
attention notice is to be given, in connection with notice to any party.

14.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUCCESSORS

          Neither this  Agreement nor any of his rights or duties  hereunder may
be assigned or delegated by Employee.  This  Agreement is not  assignable by the
Company   except  to  any  successor  in  interest   which  takes  over  all  or
substantially all of the business of the Company, as it is conducted at the time
of such assignment.  Any corporation into or with which the Company is merged or
consolidated or which takes over all or substantially all of the business of the
Company  shall be deemed to be a successor of the Company for  purposes  hereof.
This

                                       12

<PAGE>



Agreement  shall be binding upon and,  except as  aforesaid,  shall inure to the
benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

15. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

          In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by
Employee in connection  with the termination of Employee's  employment  (whether
pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  or any  other  plan,  arrangement  or
agreement  with the  Company,  any person  whose  actions  result in a Change in
Control of the Company or any person affiliated with the Company or such person)
(collectively with the payments and benefits hereunder,  "Total Payments") would
not be deductible  (in whole or part) as a result of section 280G of the Code by
the Company,  an affiliate or other person making such payment or providing such
benefit,  the payments and benefits  hereunder shall be reduced until no portion
of the Total Payments is not deductible,  or the payments and benefits hereunder
are reduced to zero. At Employee's  request,  such  reduction may be effected by
extending  the date the  payment  would  otherwise  be due by not more than five
years or by  decreasing  the amount of the payment or benefit  otherwise due and
payable.  For purposes of this  limitation  (i) no portion of the Total Payments
the receipt or  enjoyment of which  Employee  shall have  effectively  waived in
writing  prior to the date of  payment  shall be  taken  into  account,  (ii) no
portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which,  in the opinion
of tax counsel selected by Employee and acceptable to the Company's  independent
auditors,  is not likely to constitute a "parachute  payment" within the meaning
of section  280G(b)(2)  of the Code,  (iii) the payments and benefits  hereunder
shall be reduced only to the extent necessary so that, in the opinion of the tax
counsel  referred  to in clause  (ii),  the Total  Payments  (other  than  those
referred to in clauses (i) or (ii)) in their  entirety are likely to  constitute
reasonable  compensation  for services  actually  rendered within the meaning of
section  280G(b)(4)  of the Code or are  otherwise  not  likely to be subject to
disallowance  as deductions;  and (iv) the value of any non-cash  benefit or any
deferred  payment or benefit  included in the Total Payments shall be determined
by the  Company's  independent  auditors in  accordance  with the  principles of
sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, WAIVER AND OTHER

     16.1.  INTEGRATION.  This  Agreement  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties  hereto on its subject  matter and  supersedes  all previous  agreements
between the parties hereto,  written or oral,  express or implied,  covering the
subject matter hereof. No representations,  inducements, promises or agreements,
oral or otherwise, not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

     16.2. NO WAIVER. No waiver or modification of any of the provisions of this
Agreement  shall be valid  unless in  writing  and signed by or on behalf of the
party granting such waiver or modification. No waiver by any party of any breach
or default  hereunder  shall be deemed a waiver of any repetition of such breach
or default or shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default, nor shall
it in any way affect any of the other terms or conditions  of this  Agreement or
the  enforceability  thereof.  No failure of the Company to  exercise  any power
given it  hereunder  or to insist upon strict  compliance  by Employee  with any
obligation  hereunder,  and no custom or  practice  at  variance  with the terms
hereof,  shall  constitute a waiver of the right of the Company to demand strict
compliance with the terms hereof.

                                       13

<PAGE>



          Employee  shall not have the right to sign any waiver or  modification
of any  provisions  of this  Agreement on behalf of the  Company,  nor shall any
action taken by Employee reduce his obligations under this Agreement.

          This  Agreement  may  not  be  supplemented  or  rescinded  except  by
instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto after the date hereof.
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights of any of the parties hereunder may
be terminated except as provided herein.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

     17.1 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed,  and
the rights and  obligations of the parties hereto  enforced,  in accordance with
the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     17.2 HEADINGS. The Section and Subsection headings contained herein are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not in any  way  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.

     17.3 SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of
this  Agreement  shall in no way affect the  validity or  enforceability  of any
other provisions hereof.

     17.4 OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY.  The Company's  obligation to pay Employee the
compensation and to make the arrangements  provided herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any setoff, counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense or other right which
the Company may have against Employee or anyone else. All amounts payable by the
Company  hereunder  shall be paid without notice or demand.  Except as expressly
provided  herein,  the  Company  waives all rights  which it may now have or may
hereafter have conferred upon it, by statute or otherwise, to terminate,  cancel
or rescind this Agreement in whole or in part. Except as provided in Section 7.8
herein,  each and every payment made hereunder by the Company shall be final and
the  Company  will not seek to  recover  for any  reason all or any part of such
payment from  Employee or any person  entitled  thereto.  Employee  shall not be
required to mitigate the amount of any payment or other benefit  provided for in
this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise.

     17.5 RIGHTS OF BENEFICIARIES OF EMPLOYEE. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by, Employee's personal or legal representatives,
executors,   administrators,   successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees  and
legatees.  If Employee  should die while any  amounts  would still be payable to
Employee  hereunder  if he had  continued  to  live,  all such  amounts,  unless
otherwise  provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement to Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other  designee or, if there be no
such designee, to Employee's estate.

                                       14

<PAGE>



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above, to be effective as of the Commencement Date.

                              CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.

                              By:
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                   Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                   Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer

                              CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                              By:
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                  Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  Ioannis Lykogiannis





                                                                   Exhibit 10.16

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          AGREEMENT dated as of April 13, 1998 by and among CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS,
INC., a New Jersey corporation,  with its principal offices located at 629 Grove
Street,  Jersey City,  New Jersey  07310 (the  "Company"),  CUNNINGHAM  GRAPHICS
INTERNATIONAL,  INC.  ("CGII")  and  ROBERT M.  ZANISNIK,  with an address at 30
Cypress Terrace, Springfield, New Jersey 07081 ("Employee");

                                R E C I T A L S:

          WHEREAS,  the Employee is a senior  executive  officer of the Company;
and

          WHEREAS,  the Company is contemplating a  reorganization,  by which it
will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of CGII and will be followed by an initial
public  offering of common stock by CGII, and wishes to memorialize the terms of
the  Employee's  employment  by the Company  prior to the  consummation  of such
transactions;

          NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

1.  DEFINITIONS

          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:

     1.1  "AFFILIATE"  shall  mean  a  Person  which,  directly  or  indirectly,
controls,  is controlled by or is under common control with CGII or the Company,
and for purposes  hereof,  "control"  shall mean the ownership of 20% or more of
the voting interests of the Person in question.

     1.2 "BASIC SALARY" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section
5.1 of this Agreement.

     1.3  "BOARD"  shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  as duly
constituted from time to time. Any action of the Board hereunder with respect to
this  Agreement  shall  require the approval of a majority of the whole Board of
Directors of the Company.

     1.4  "BUSINESS"  shall mean the  business  conducted  by the Company or any
Subsidiary,  directly or indirectly,  including,  but not limited to, commercial
printing and services ancillary thereto.


<PAGE>




     1.5 "CAUSE" shall mean any of the following:

          (a) The conviction of Employee for a felony, or the willful commission
by  Employee of a criminal  act,  that in the  reasonable  judgment of the Board
causes or will  likely  cause  substantial  economic  damage to the  Company  or
substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company;

          (b) The  willful  commission  by  Employee  of an act of  fraud in the
performance of such Employee's  duties on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary;
or

          (c)  The  continuing  willful  failure  of  Employee  to  perform  the
substantive  duties of the Employee to the Company  (other than any such failure
resulting from  Employee's  incapacity due to physical or mental  illness) after
written notice thereof (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail)
and a  reasonable  opportunity  to be heard and cure such  failure  are given to
Employee by the Board.

                For purposes of this subparagraph, no act, or failure to act, on
Employee's  part shall be  considered  "willful"  unless done,  or omitted to be
done, by him not in good faith and without  reasonable belief that his action or
omission was in the best interests of the Company or a Subsidiary.

     1.6 "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean:

     (A) any "person"  (as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act")),  other than a trustee
or other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under an employee  benefit plan of the
Company or a  Subsidiary,  which becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company
representing  20% or more of the  combined  voting power of the  Company's  then
outstanding securities;

     (B) 33-1/3% of the Board of Directors  consists of  individuals  other than
the members of the Board of Directors on the  Commencement  Date (the "Incumbent
Directors");  provided,  however, that any person becoming a director subsequent
to such date whose  election or nomination for election was approved by at least
two-thirds  of the  directors  who at the time of such  election  or  nomination
comprised  the  Incumbent  Directors  shall for purposes of this  definition  be
considered an Incumbent Director;

     (C) the shareholders of the Company approve, or if no shareholder  approval
is  required or  obtained,  the Company  completes  a merger,  consolidation  or
similar  transaction  of the Company  with or into any other  corporation,  or a
binding share exchange involving the Company's securities occurs, other than any
such  transaction  which would  result in the voting  securities  of the Company
outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by
remaining  outstanding  or by being  converted  into  voting  securities  of the
surviving  entity)  at least  75% of the  combined  voting  power of the  voting
securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such transaction; or

                                       2

<PAGE>



     (D) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete  liquidation
of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all
or substantially all the Company's assets.

     1.7 "CODE" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and
the rules, regulations and interpretations issued thereunder.

     1.8 "COMMENCEMENT DATE" shall mean the date that the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 is declared  effective by the United States Securities and
Exchange  Commission and the Company  consummates the initial public offering of
its securities.

     1.9 "CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION" shall include, without limitation by reason
of specification, any information, including, without limitation, trade secrets,
operational methods, methods of doing business,  technical processes,  formulae,
designs and design projects,  inventions,  research  projects,  strategic plans,
possible  acquisition  information and other business  affairs of the Company or
its  Affiliates,  which (i) is or are  designed  to be used in, or are or may be
useful in connection  with,  the Business of the Company,  any Subsidiary or any
Affiliate  of any  thereof,  or  which,  in the case of any of  these  entities,
results from any of the research or  development  activities of any such entity,
or  (ii) is  private  or  confidential  in that  it is not  generally  known  or
available to the public,  except as the result of unauthorized  disclosure by or
information supplied by Employee,  or (iii) gives the Company or a Subsidiary or
any Affiliate an opportunity  or the  possibility of obtaining an advantage over
competitors  who may not know or use such  information  or who are not  lawfully
permitted to use the same.

     1.10 "DATE OF  TERMINATION"  shall mean the Term Date, or such earlier date
upon which this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

     1.11  "DISABILITY"   shall  mean  the  inability  of  Employee  to  perform
Employee's duties of employment for the Company, if employed by the Company or a
Subsidiary,  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement and by-laws of the Company
as hereinafter  provided,  because of physical or mental disability,  where such
disability  shall have existed for a period of more than 90 consecutive  days or
an  aggregate of 120 days in any 365 day period.  The  existence of a Disability
means that Employee's mental and/or physical condition substantially  interferes
with Employee's performance of his substantive duties for the Company and/or its
Subsidiaries  as  specified  in this  Agreement.  The fact of  whether  or not a
Disability  exists  hereunder  shall be determined by  professionally  qualified
medical experts selected by the Board and reasonably  acceptable to the Employee
or his agent.

     1.12 "DUTIES"  shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 2.1
of this Agreement.

     1.13  "EMPLOYMENT  YEAR"  shall  mean  each  twelve-month  period,  or part
thereof,  during  which  Employee  is  employed  hereunder,  commencing  on  the
Commencement  Date and on the same day of the subsequent  calendar year and each
consecutive 12 month period thereafter.

                                       3

<PAGE>



     1.14 "GOOD REASON" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7.6.

     1.15 "PANEL" shall have the meaning given such terms in Section 8.

     1.16 "PERSON" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship,  partnership,
joint venture, trust,  unincorporated  organization,  association,  corporation,
limited liability company,  institution,  public benefit corporation,  entity or
government  (whether  federal,  state,  county,  city,  municipal or  otherwise,
including,  without limitation,  any instrumentality,  division, agency, body or
department thereof).

     1.17  "RESTRICTED  PERIOD"  shall  mean (i) the Term and the  twelve  month
period  thereafter in the case of a termination of employment of Employee by the
Company  (including  non-extension)  for  Cause;  (ii) the  Term and the  period
thereafter,  not to exceed twelve  months,  which  corresponds to the portion of
Employee's  annual  salary  paid as a lump sum  pursuant  to Section 7.5 or 7.6;
(iii) the Term and twelve month period thereafter in the case of the termination
of Employee's  employment  voluntarily or as a result of a Disability;  and (iv)
the Term and the six month period thereafter in the case of the non-extension of
this Agreement by the Company other than for Cause.

     1.18  "SUBSIDIARY"  shall  mean a  Person,  50% or more of the  outstanding
voting  interests of which is owned or controlled,  directly or  indirectly,  by
CGII.

     1.19 "TERM"  shall mean the period of  employment  of  Employee  under this
Agreement.

     1.20 "TERM DATE" shall have the meaning  assigned to that term in Section 3
of this Agreement.

     Wherever  from the  context  it  appears  appropriate,  each word or phrase
stated in either the singular or the plural  shall  include the singular and the
plural,  and each pronoun  stated in the  masculine,  feminine or neuter  gender
shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

2. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF EMPLOYEE

     2.1 EMPLOYMENT;  TITLE;  DUTIES.  The Company hereby employs Employee,  and
Employee  hereby accepts  appointment,  as Senior Vice President of the Company.
The  duties of  Employee  shall be to manage  production  and  customer  service
activities  of  the  Company  (collectively,   the  "Duties"),  acting,  in  all
instances,  under the supervision of the President and Chief Executive  Officer,
and in accordance with the policies set by the Board.  The Company  reserves the
right to change Employee's title and the scope of the Duties,  and upon any such
change the Company  shall not be in breach of this  Agreement  provided that (i)
the Company does not reduce the Basic Salary,  Bonus and other benefits to which
Employee is entitled  under Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and 6.1 of this Agreement and
(ii) Employee remains in a managerial position with responsibilities  related to
production  activities.  To the extent  that the Board  determines  to procure a
policy of directors  and officers  liability  insurance,  the Company shall take
such actions as are  necessary to include  Employee  within the coverage of such
policy.

                                       4

<PAGE>



     2.2  PERFORMANCE  OF DUTIES.  Employee shall devote  substantially  all his
working  time to perform the Duties as an  executive  of the Company and for the
performance  of  such  other  executive  duties  as are  assigned  to  him  from
time-to-time by the President.  During the Term, Employee: (i) shall comply with
all laws, statutes,  ordinances, rules and regulations relating to the Business,
and (ii) shall not engage in or become  employed,  directly or indirectly,  in a
business  which  competes  with the Business of the Company and its  Affiliates,
without  the  prior  written  consent  of the  President,  nor shall he act as a
consultant  to or provide any services to,  whether on a  remunerative  basis or
otherwise,  the  commercial or  professional  business of any other Person which
competes  with the  Business  of the Company and its  Affiliates,  without  such
written  consent,  which,  in both  instances,  may be given or  withheld by the
President in his absolute discretion.

     2.3 LOCATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  The principal  place of employment of Employee
shall be within a thirty  mile radius of Jersey  City,  New Jersey or such other
location as is consented to by Employee.  The Duties shall not require  Employee
to relocate  his  residence  without his  consent.  It is,  however,  distinctly
understood  and agreed that  Employee may be required,  in  connection  with the
performance  of his  duties,  to work  from  time to  time  at  other  locations
designated by the  President or as required in  connection  with the Business of
the Company.

3. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

          The employment of Employee  pursuant to this Agreement  shall commence
as of the  Commencement  Date and  shall  end  three  years  thereafter,  unless
extended pursuant to the next sentence or unless sooner  terminated  pursuant to
Section 7 (the later of (i) the third  anniversary of the Commencement  Date and
(ii) the date to which Employee's period of employment has been extended, is the
"Term  Date").  If  Employee's  employment  hereunder  has not  previously  been
terminated in accordance with Section 7 hereof,  then on the second  anniversary
of the Commencement Date, and on each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement
Date, the Term shall be extended for one additional year, unless the Board shall
provide written notice to Employee six months or more prior to such  anniversary
date that this Agreement will not be so extended.  The rights of termination set
forth in  Section  7 shall be  applicable  during  any such  extended  period of
employment.

4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

          The  Company  shall  pay  Employee,  as  compensation  for  all of the
services to be rendered by him hereunder  during the Term, and in  consideration
of the  various  restrictions  imposed  upon  Employee  during  the Term and the
Restricted  Period,  and otherwise  under this  Agreement,  the Basic Salary and
other  benefits as  provided  for and  determined  pursuant to Sections 5 and 6,
inclusive, of this Agreement;  provided,  however, that no compensation shall be
paid  to  Employee  under  this  Agreement  for  any  period  subsequent  to the
termination  of  employment  of Employee  for any reason  whatsoever,  except as
provided in Section 7.

                                       5

<PAGE>



5. BASIC SALARY/BONUS

     5.1 BASIC SALARY.  The Company shall pay Employee,  as compensation for all
of the services to be rendered by him hereunder  during each Employment  Year, a
salary of $88,000 per Employment Year (as adjusted upward by the Board from time
to time) (the "Basic Salary"),  payable in substantially equal monthly payments,
less such  deductions  or amounts as are  required to be deducted or withheld by
applicable laws or regulations, deductions for employee contributions to welfare
benefits  provided  by the  Company to  Employee  and such other  deductions  or
amounts,  if any, as are  authorized  by  Employee.  The Basic  Salary  shall be
prorated  for the  month in which  employment  by the  Company  or a  Subsidiary
commences or terminates,  and for any Employment  Year which is less than twelve
(12) months in duration.  The Basic Salary may be increased from time-to-time by
the Board (without Employee's  participation as a director) and, once increased,
shall not  thereafter  be reduced.  The Basic  Salary shall be reviewed at least
once in every  Employment  Year by a  committee  of the  Board  responsible  for
determining  compensation  of  senior  management  of the  Company,  each of the
members  of which is a  "non-employee-director"  as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended  (the  "Committee").  Any  increase in Basic  Salary  shall not serve to
offset or reduce any other obligation to Employee under this Agreement.

     5.2 BONUS. Employee will be awarded and, unless deferred by Employee,  paid
a cash bonus (the "Bonus") for each Employment Year within ninety days after the
close of the fiscal year of the Company ending within such Employment Year in an
amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  then-current  bonus or
incentive  compensation  policy  in an  amount  appropriate  for a  Senior  Vice
President of the Company.  The Committee in  consultation  with  Employee  shall
establish  in advance of each fiscal  year of the Company  during the Term goals
and  levels of the Bonus for such  fiscal  year  which  shall be  related to the
estimated budget for the Company for such fiscal year.

     5.3.  COMMISSION.  Employee shall be entitled to a commission in the amount
of three percent (3%) on the payments  actually  collected,  net of  inkjetting,
labeling,  insertion,  mainframe  printing,  shipping  and mailing  charges,  in
respect of printing and binding charges to GAB Business Service,  Inc. (Customer
#6000) and The Prudential Insurance Company of America and affiliates (Customers
#15165, 15166,15167,15168,15169) and such other accounts obtained by the Company
which are  attributable  to Employee and which have been  approved by the senior
executive officer of the Company with  responsibility for supervising  marketing
(presently  Gordon Mays). The commission shall be based upon sales booked on and
after  April 1, 1998.  Payment of the  commission  shall be made on a  quarterly
basis between 45 and 60 days following the end of each calendar quarter.

6. ADDITIONAL BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES

     6.1 ADDITIONAL BENEFITS. The Company shall provide the following additional
benefits to Employee during the Term:

                                       6

<PAGE>



          (i) provision of a comprehensive medical indemnity policy for Employee
and his family having terms no less  favorable  than the coverage made available
to Employee and his family on the day prior to the Commencement Date;

          (ii) such other benefits as the Board shall lawfully adopt and approve
for Employee;

          (iii) term life  insurance  in the amount of  $300,000  payable to his
spouse,  or such other designated  beneficiary as Employee may specify from time
to time, to the extent the same is available at normal market rates;

          (iv) three (3) weeks of paid vacation; and

          (v) long term disability  insurance  coverage  consistent with current
Company policy.

     6.2 REIMBURSEMENT FOR EXPENSES. The Company shall pay or reimburse Employee
for all reasonable  expenses actually incurred or paid by him during the Term in
the performance of his services under this Agreement,  upon presentation of such
bills, expense statements,  vouchers or such other supporting information as the
Board may  reasonably  require.  In the event the Company  requires  Employee to
travel on business during the Term, Employee shall be reimbursed for any related
travel expenses in accordance with this Section 6.2.

     6.3. STOCK OPTIONS.  The Company  confirms the grant to Employee of options
under the CGII 1998 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") to acquire  10,000  shares of
CGII's common stock at the initial public offering price.  Such options shall be
fully vested upon the closing of CGII's initial public offering.  Subject to any
restrictions imposed upon CGII by the terms of an underwriting  agreement,  CGII
agrees  to  file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  as  soon as
practicable  following the Commencement  Date, a registration  statement on Form
S-8 covering the sale of shares  acquired upon the exercise of options under the
Plan.

7. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     7.1  DEATH.  If  Employee  dies  during  the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall
terminate,  except that the Company shall continue to pay to Employee's  spouse,
or in the absence of a surviving spouse, his estate, Employee's Basic Salary for
a period through the third full month following the date of death, pay any other
amounts which were accrued but unpaid,  provide  welfare  benefits to his family
for the balance of the stated  Term as if Employee  had not died and provide for
the payment of the life insurance benefit provided for in Section 6.1.

     7.2 DISABILITY. If, during the Term, Employee has a Disability, the Company
may,  at  any  time  after  Employee  has  a  Disability,  terminate  Employee's
employment by written notice to him. In the event that Employee's  employment is
terminated,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  except  that the  Company  shall
continue  to pay  Employee's  Basic  Salary for a period  through the third full
month  following the date of the  termination of his  employment,  pay any other
amounts  which were  accrued but unpaid,  and  provide  welfare  benefits to his
family until the Term Date, and pay or provide for the payment of the disability
benefit provided for in Section 6.1, until Employee reaches age 65.

                                       7

<PAGE>



     7.3 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by Employee at
any time with or without cause upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company.
After such 30 day period,  the Company  shall have no further  liability to make
payments hereunder except those required by law or which were accrued and unpaid
at the end of the Term.

     7.4 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. The Company may terminate Employee's  employment
hereunder  for Cause at any time by  written  notice  given to  Employee  by the
Board.  Upon such  termination  Employee shall not have any right to receive any
further payments hereunder except for amounts accrued and unpaid hereunder prior
thereto and provide  welfare  benefits as required by law and except as provided
in Section 7.8.

     7.5  TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE.  If this  Agreement is  terminated by the
Company without Cause, Employee shall be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to
one half of  Employee's  then current  annual  salary,  payable upon the Date of
Termination,  payment of any accrued but unpaid  amounts,  and provided with the
benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except clauses (ii) and (iv)) until the Term
Date.  If a Change of Control  occurs and this  Agreement is  terminated  by the
Company  without  Cause  within a period  of one year  following  the  Change of
Control,  then  Employee  shall be entitled  to a lump sum payment  equal to two
times his then current annual salary.

     7.6. TERMINATION FOR GOOD REASON. In the event this Agreement is terminated
by Employee  for Good Reason,  Employee  shall be entitled to a lump sum payment
equal to two  times  his  then  current  annual  salary  payable  on the Date of
Termination  and  provided  with the  benefits  described in Section 6.1 (except
clauses (ii) and (iv)) until the Term Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Good
Reason shall mean:

          (a) A reduction or non-payment  of Employee's  Basic Salary or failure
to review Employee's Basic Salary as required in this Agreement;

          (b) A breach  by the  Company  of this  Agreement  which is not  cured
within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to the Board by Employee;

          (c) The failure by the Company to  continue to provide  Employee  with
substantially  the same welfare  benefits  (which for purposes of this Agreement
shall mean  benefits  under all welfare plans as that term is defined in Section
3(1) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amend),  any
prerequisites,  including  participation  on a  comparable  basis in  retirement
plans,  stock  option  plans,  stock  award  plans,  and  other  plans  in which
executives of the Company of comparable title and salary participate,  or with a
package of welfare benefits and prerequisites,  that, though one or more of such
benefits or  prerequisites  may vary from those,  including  participation  on a
comparable  basis in such retirement  plans,  stock option plans and stock award
plans,  is  substantially  comparable  in all material  respects to such welfare
benefits and prerequisites, including participation on a comparable basis in the
Company's retirement plans, stock option plans and stock award plans, taken as a
whole;

                                       8

<PAGE>



          (d) The failure of the Company to award or pay  Employee  the Bonus as
provided in Section  5.2,  or  commission  as  provided  in Section  5.3, or the
failure of the Company to provide  Employee  with the  benefits  provided for in
Section 6.1.

     7.7 NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any purported  termination of employment by the
Company by reason of Employee's Disability or for Cause, or by Employee for Good
Reason shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice given by Employee or the Company, which shall indicate the specific basis
for termination of employment and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts
and  circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for determination of any payments
under this Agreement.

     7.8  DATE  OF  TERMINATION.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "Date  of
Termination"  shall mean the date of termination of employment  specified in the
Notice of Termination,  which shall not be more than ninety (90) days after such
Notice of  Termination  is given,  as such date may be modified  pursuant to the
following  two  sentences.  If  within  thirty  (30) days  after  any  Notice of
Termination is given, the party who receives such Notice of Termination notifies
the other party that a dispute  exists as to the reasons  given in the Notice of
Termination (a "Dispute" and the giving of such notice,  a "Notice of Dispute"),
the  Date of  Termination  shall be the date on which  the  Dispute  is  finally
determined,  either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by the Panel, or
by a final judgment,  order or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction (the
time for appeal  therefrom  having expired and no appeal having been perfected);
provided that the Date of  Termination  shall be extended by a Notice of Dispute
only if such  notice is given in good  faith and the party  giving  such  notice
pursues the  resolution of such Dispute with  reasonable  diligence and provided
further that  pending the  resolution  of any such  Dispute,  the Company  shall
continue to pay Employee the same Basic Salary and to provide  Employee with the
same or substantially  comparable welfare benefits and prerequisites,  including
participation in the Company's  retirement  plans,  profit sharing plans, to the
extent then so available at the date of such determination,  stock option plans,
stock award plans or stock  appreciation  right plans that Employee was paid and
provided to the extent that such continued  participation  is possible under the
general  terms and  provisions  of such plans,  programs  and benefits but in no
event beyond the Term Date. Should a Dispute asserted by Employee  ultimately be
determined in favor of the Company,  then all sums (net of tax  withholdings  by
the Company  from such sums) paid by the  Company to  Employee  from the Date of
Termination specified in the Notice of Termination until final resolution of the
Dispute pursuant to this paragraph,  exclusive of accrued,  unpaid amounts prior
to the Date of Termination, shall be repaid promptly by Employee to the Company,
all  options,  rights and stock  awards  granted to Employee  during such period
shall be  canceled or  returned  to the  Company,  and no service as an employee
shall be  credited to Employee  for such period for pension  purposes.  Employee
shall not be obligated to pay to the Company the cost of providing Employee with
welfare  benefits and  prerequisites  for such period unless the final judgment,
order or decree of a court arbitration panel or other body resolving the Dispute
determines  that  Employee  acted in bad faith in  giving a Notice  of  Dispute.
Should a Dispute  ultimately be  determined in favor of Employee,  then Employee
shall be entitled to retain all sums paid to  Employee  under this  subparagraph
pending resolution of the Dispute and shall be entitled to receive, in addition,
the payments and other benefits provided for in this Section 7 to the extent not
previously  paid hereunder and the payment of Employee's  reasonable  legal fees

                                       9

<PAGE>



incurred  as a result  of such  Dispute  upon  submission  to the  Company  of a
detailed statement of fees from Employee's attorneys.

8.  ARBITRATION

     Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the parties  hereby agree that any
dispute  regarding the rights and  obligations of any party under this Agreement
or under any law governing the relationship created by this Agreement, including
without limitation  Employee's challenge of a purported termination for Cause or
Disability,  must be resolved  pursuant to this Section 8. Within seven (7) days
of either party's written notice to the other of his or its desire to submit any
arbitrable  matter as set forth herein to arbitration,  the parties will meet to
attempt to amicably  resolve their  differences  and,  failing such  resolution,
either or both of the  parties  may submit the matter to  mandatory  and binding
arbitration  with the Center for  Public  Resources  ("CPR").  The  issue(s)  in
dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Center for Public
Resources  Rules for  Non-Administered  Arbitration of Business  Disputes,  by a
panel of three arbitrators (the "Panel").  The only issue(s) to be determined by
the Panel will be those issues  specifically  submitted to the Panel.  The Panel
will not  extend,  modify or  suspend  any of the terms of this  Agreement.  The
arbitration  shall be governed by the United  States  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.
ss.1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Panel may be entered by any
court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  A  determination  of the Panel shall be by
majority vote.

     Promptly  following  receipt  of the  request  for  arbitration,  CPR shall
convene  the  parties  in person  or by  telephone  to  attempt  to  select  the
arbitrators  by  agreement of the  parties.  If  agreement  is not reached,  the
Company  shall  select  one  arbitrator  and  Employee  shall  select  one other
arbitrator.  These two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. If these two
arbitrators are unable to select the third arbitrator by mutual  agreement,  CPR
shall submit to the parties a list of not less than eleven (11) candidates. Such
list shall include a brief statement of each  candidate's  qualifications.  Each
party  shall  number  the  candidates  in order of  preference,  shall  note any
objection they may have to any  candidate,  and shall deliver the list so marked
back to CPR. Any party failing  without good cause to return the candidate  list
so marked within ten (10) days after receipt shall be deemed to have assented to
all candidates  listed thereon.  CPR shall  designate the arbitrator  willing to
serve for whom the parties  collectively  have indicated the highest  preference
and who does not appear to have a conflict of interest.  If a tie should  result
between two candidates, CPR may designate either candidate.

     This agreement to arbitrate is specifically enforceable.  Judgment upon any
award rendered by the Panel may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The
decision of the Panel within the scope of the submission is final and binding on
all  parties,  and any  right  to  judicial  action  on any  matter  subject  to
arbitration  hereunder hereby is waived (unless otherwise provided by applicable
law),  except suit to enforce this arbitration award or in the event arbitration
is not available for any reason or in the event the Company shall seek equitable
relief to enforce  Section 9 of this  Agreement.  If the rules of the CPR differ
from those of this Section 8, the provisions of this Section 8 will control. The
Company  shall  pay all the  costs  of  arbitration  including  the  fees of the
arbitrators,  and the arbitrators shall award reasonable legal fees to Employee,
unless the arbitrators or a judicial forum shall finally determine that Employee
acted in bad faith.

                                       10

<PAGE>



9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PROPRIETARY INTERESTS

     9.1   ACKNOWLEDGMENT   OF   CONFIDENTIALITY.   Employee   understands   and
acknowledges that he may obtain  Confidential  Information  during the course of
his employment by the Company.  Accordingly,  Employee agrees that he shall not,
either  during  the Term or at any  time  within  two  years  after  the Date of
Termination,  (i) use or disclose any such Confidential  Information outside the
Company,  its  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates;  or (ii) except as required in the
proper  performance of his services  hereunder,  remove or aid in the removal of
any Confidential  Information or any property or material  relating thereto from
the premises of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

          The foregoing confidentiality  provisions shall cease to be applicable
to any Confidential  Information which becomes generally available to the public
(except  by  reason  of or as a  consequence  of a  breach  by  Employee  of his
obligations under this Section 9).

          In the event  Employee is required by law or a court order to disclose
any such Confidential Information,  he shall promptly notify the Company of such
requirement and provide the Company with a copy of any court order or of any law
which in his opinion requires such disclosure and, if the Company so elects,  to
the extent that he is legally able, permit the Company an adequate  opportunity,
at its own expense, to contest such law or court order.

     9.2 DELIVERY OF MATERIAL.  Employee  shall  promptly,  and without  charge,
deliver to the Company on the termination of his employment hereunder, or at any
other time the Company may so request, all memoranda,  notes, records,  reports,
manuals,  computer disks, videotapes,  drawings,  blueprints and other documents
(and  all  copies  thereof)  relating  to  the  Business  of  the  Company,  its
Subsidiaries and its Affiliates, and all property associated therewith, which he
may then possess or have under his control.

10. NON-COMPETITION PROVISIONS

          Employee  agrees  that he will  not,  during  the  Restricted  Period,
compete directly or indirectly with the Business.  The phrase "compete  directly
or indirectly  with the Business" shall be deemed to include,  without  limiting
the generality thereof, (1) engaging or having a material interest,  directly or
indirectly,   as   owner,   employee,    officer,   director,   partner,   sales
representative,  stockholder, capital investor, lessor, renderer of consultation
services or advise,  either alone or in association with other, in the operation
of any  aspect  of any  type of  business  or  enterprise  competitive  with the
Business; (2) soliciting any of the employees of the Company or any Affiliate to
leave the employ of the  Company or any  Affiliate;  (3)  soliciting  any of the
employees  of the  Company or any  Affiliate  to become  employees  of any other
Person;  or (4)  soliciting  any customer of the Company or any  Affiliate  with
respect to the Business.  Similarly,  Employee shall not raid,  entice or induce
any Person who on the Date of Termination is, or within one (1) year immediately
preceding  the  Date of  Termination  was,  a  customer  of the  Company  or any
Affiliate, to become a customer of any other Person for products or services the
same as, or similar to,  those  products and services as from time to time shall
be provided by the Company or any Affiliate, and Employee shall not approach any
Person for such purpose; nor shall Employee raid, entice or

                                       11

<PAGE>



induce  any  Person  who on the  Date of  Termination  is,  or  within  one year
immediately preceding the Date of Termination was, an employee of the Company or
any Affiliate, to become employed by any other Person; similarly, Employee shall
not  approach  any such  employee  for such  purpose or  authorize  or knowingly
approve the taking of such  actions by any other Person or assist any such other
Person in taking any such action.

     The phrase "compete  directly or indirectly with the Business" shall not be
deemed to include an  ownership  interest as an inactive  investor,  which,  for
purposes of this  Agreement,  shall mean only the  beneficial  ownership of less
than five  (5%)  percent  of the  outstanding  shares of any  series or class of
securities of any competitor of the Company or any Affiliate,  which  securities
of such series or class are publicly traded in the securities market.

11. SURVIVAL

          The  provisions  of  Sections  7,  8,  9,  10,  and 14  shall  survive
termination of this Agreement and remain enforceable according to their terms.

12. SEVERABILITY

          The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement
shall in no way affect the validity or  enforceability  of any other  provisions
hereof.

13. NOTICES

          All notices,  demands and  requests  required or permitted to be given
under the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed duly given if made in
writing and  delivered  personally  or mailed by postage  prepaid  certified  or
registered mail, return receipt requested,  accompanied by a second copy sent by
ordinary mail, which notices shall be addressed as follows:

                If to the Company or CGII:

                Cunningham Graphics, Inc.
                629 Grove Street
                Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
                Attn: President

                If to Employee:

                Robert M. Zanisnik
                30 Cypress Terrace
                Springfield, New Jersey 07081

          By notifying  the other parties in writing,  given as  aforesaid,  any
party may from  time-to-time  change  its  address  or the name of any person to
whose  attention  notice  is to be  given,  or may add  another  person to whose
attention notice is to be

                                       12

<PAGE>



given, in connection with notice to any party.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUCCESSORS

          Neither this  Agreement nor any of his rights or duties  hereunder may
be assigned or delegated by Employee.  This  Agreement is not  assignable by the
Company   except  to  any  successor  in  interest   which  takes  over  all  or
substantially all of the business of the Company, as it is conducted at the time
of such assignment.  Any corporation into or with which the Company is merged or
consolidated or which takes over all or substantially all of the business of the
Company  shall be deemed to be a successor of the Company for  purposes  hereof.
This Agreement  shall be binding upon and,  except as aforesaid,  shall inure to
the  benefit  of the  parties  and their  respective  successors  and  permitted
assigns.

15. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

          In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by
Employee in connection  with the termination of Employee's  employment  (whether
pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  or any  other  plan,  arrangement  or
agreement  with the  Company,  any person  whose  actions  result in a Change in
Control of the Company or any person affiliated with the Company or such person)
(collectively with the payments and benefits hereunder,  "Total Payments") would
not be deductible  (in whole or part) as a result of section 280G of the Code by
the Company,  an affiliate or other person making such payment or providing such
benefit,  the payments and benefits  hereunder shall be reduced until no portion
of the Total Payments is not deductible,  or the payments and benefits hereunder
are reduced to zero. At Employee's  request,  such  reduction may be effected by
extending  the date the  payment  would  otherwise  be due by not more than five
years or by  decreasing  the amount of the payment or benefit  otherwise due and
payable.  For purposes of this  limitation  (i) no portion of the Total Payments
the receipt or  enjoyment of which  Employee  shall have  effectively  waived in
writing  prior to the date of  payment  shall be  taken  into  account,  (ii) no
portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which,  in the opinion
of tax counsel selected by Employee and acceptable to the Company's  independent
auditors,  is not likely to constitute a "parachute  payment" within the meaning
of section  280G(b)(2)  of the Code,  (iii) the payments and benefits  hereunder
shall be reduced only to the extent necessary so that, in the opinion of the tax
counsel  referred  to in clause  (ii),  the Total  Payments  (other  than  those
referred to in clauses (i) or (ii)) in their  entirety are likely to  constitute
reasonable  compensation  for services  actually  rendered within the meaning of
section  280G(b)(4)  of the Code or are  otherwise  not  likely to be subject to
disallowance  as deductions;  and (iv) the value of any non-cash  benefit or any
deferred  payment or benefit  included in the Total Payments shall be determined
by the  Company's  independent  auditors in  accordance  with the  principles of
sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, WAIVER AND OTHER

     16.1.  INTEGRATION.  This  Agreement  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties  hereto on its subject  matter and  supersedes  all previous  agreements
between the parties hereto,  written or

                                       13

<PAGE>



oral,   express  or  implied,   covering   the   subject   matter   hereof.   No
representations,  inducements,  promises or agreements,  oral or otherwise,  not
embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

     16.2. NO WAIVER. No waiver or modification of any of the provisions of this
Agreement  shall be valid  unless in  writing  and signed by or on behalf of the
party granting such waiver or modification. No waiver by any party of any breach
or default  hereunder  shall be deemed a waiver of any repetition of such breach
or default or shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default, nor shall
it in any way affect any of the other terms or conditions  of this  Agreement or
the  enforceability  thereof.  No failure of the Company to  exercise  any power
given it  hereunder  or to insist upon strict  compliance  by Employee  with any
obligation  hereunder,  and no custom or  practice  at  variance  with the terms
hereof,  shall  constitute a waiver of the right of the Company to demand strict
compliance with the terms hereof.

          Employee  shall not have the right to sign any waiver or  modification
of any  provisions  of this  Agreement on behalf of the  Company,  nor shall any
action taken by Employee reduce his obligations under this Agreement.

          This  Agreement  may  not  be  supplemented  or  rescinded  except  by
instrument in writing signed by all of the parties hereto after the date hereof.
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights of any of the parties hereunder may
be terminated except as provided herein.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

     17.1 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed,  and
the rights and  obligations of the parties hereto  enforced,  in accordance with
the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     17.2 HEADINGS. The Section and Subsection headings contained herein are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not in any  way  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.

     17.3 SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provision of
this  Agreement  shall in no way affect the  validity or  enforceability  of any
other provisions hereof.

     17.4 OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY.  The Company's  obligation to pay Employee the
compensation and to make the arrangements  provided herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any setoff, counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense or other right which
the Company may have against Employee or anyone else. All amounts payable by the
Company  hereunder  shall be paid without notice or demand.  Except as expressly
provided  herein,  the  Company  waives all rights  which it may now have or may
hereafter have conferred upon it, by statute or otherwise, to terminate,  cancel
or rescind this Agreement in whole or in part. Except as provided in Section 7.8
herein,  each and every payment made hereunder by the Company shall be final and
the  Company  will not seek to  recover  for any  reason all or any part of such
payment from  Employee or any person  entitled  thereto.  Employee  shall not be
required to mitigate the amount of any payment or other benefit  provided for in
this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise.

                                       14

<PAGE>



     17.5 RIGHTS OF BENEFICIARIES OF EMPLOYEE. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by, Employee's personal or legal representatives,
executors,   administrators,   successors,  heirs,  distributees,  devisees  and
legatees.  If Employee  should die while any  amounts  would still be payable to
Employee  hereunder  if he had  continued  to  live,  all such  amounts,  unless
otherwise  provided  herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement to Employee's  devisee,  legatee or other  designee or, if there be no
such designee, to Employee's estate.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above, to be effective as of the Commencement Date.

                               CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS, INC.

                                By:
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                                CUNNINGHAM GRAPHICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                By:
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Michael R. Cunningham
                                    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Robert M. Zanisnik


                                       15


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
   

     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption  "Experts" and to
the use of our  reports  dated  January  16,  1998,  in  Amendment  No. 2 to the
Registration  Statement  (Form S-1 No.  333-46541)  and  related  Prospectus  of
Cunningham Graphics International, Inc. for the registration of 2,415,000 shares
of its common stock.
    

                                            /s/ Ernst & Young LLP


   
Princeton, New Jersey
April 16, 1998
    


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3


                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     We consent to the  reference  to our firm under the  caption  "Experts"  in
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration  Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus
of Cunningham  Graphics  International,  Inc. for the  registration of 2,415,000
shares of its common stock and to the  inclusion  therein of our report dated 11
February  1998 with respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements  of Roda
Limited  and  the   financial   statements  of  Roda  Print   Concepts   Limited
(Predecessor).

                                            /s/ ERNST & YOUNG
                                            Chartered Accountants

   

London, England
16 April 1998

    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission